Cooling and Heating LOAD CALCULATION MANUAL Second Edition Faye C. McQuiston, PE. @ Jeffrey D. Spitler, PE. & American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ——_———— i eet IneCopyright © 1992 by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. All rights reserved. ‘The TFMTAB program contains portions of Vermont Views™ software, Copyright 1988-1990 Vermont Creative Software. All rights reserved. Ver~ mont Views is a trademark of Vermont Creative Software. No part of this book may be reproduced without permission in writing from ASHRAE, except by a reviewer who may quote brief passages or repro- duce illustrations in a review with appropriate credit; nor may any part of this book be reproduced, stored ina retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means—electronic, photocopying, recording, or other—without permission in writing from ASHRAE. ‘ASHRAE has compiled this publication with care, but ASHRAE has not investigated, and ASHRAE expressly disclaims any duty to investigate, any product, service, process, procedure, design, or the like which may be des- cribed herein. The appearance of any technical data, editorial material, or advertisement in this publication does not constitute endorsement, warranty, or guaranty by ASHRAE of any product, service, process, procedure, design, or thelike. ASHRAE does not warrant that the information in this publica tion is free of errors, and ASHRAE does not necessarily agree with any state ment or opinion in this publication. The entire risk of the use of any information in this publication is assumed by the user. ISBN 0-910110-85-9 Edited by: i Robert A. Parsons Claudia Forman Andrea S, AndersenPREFACE ‘The Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual, generally known as ASHRAE GRP 158, was originally published about 15 years ago under direc- tion of the late William Rudoy. The manual has served the industry well as both a working and teaching document; however, as with any manual of this type, experience and research developments have revealed some shortcom- ings in the procedures developed at that time. Further, the rapid development of the personal computer has made it possible for most designers to aban- don hand calculations in favor of more rigorous automated methods while the method described in the existing manual is constrained to be a manual procedure. With these considerations in mind, this new manual incorporates the latest developments and data for load calculations; has a large empha- sis on computer procedures with appropriate data on magnetic media; and iscomprehensive with respect to all ASHRAE load calculation procedures, except residential Work leading to the development, review, and publication of this manual ‘was directed by TC 4.1, Load Calcilations. Dr. Edward F. Sowell played an important role in the research leading to the development of new data associated with the Transfer Function Method. He was responsible for the development of the weighting factor database and software to access that data and was the principal author of Appendix A. With any publication of this magnitude, helpful suggestions, comments, and criticisms come from many individuals and sources. Their assistance is acknowledged and appreciated. Faye C. MeQuiston Jeffrey D. SpitlerTABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Purpose of Design Load Calculations ....... . 1 1.2 Types of Heat Transfer Rates 12 1.3 Load Calculation Methods 1.3 1.4 Information Required—input ... . - 1.3 1.5 Information Required—Output ............... 1.4 1.6 . Suggestion for Manual Calculations 1.4 Chapter2 Transfer Function Method ‘Overview 7 24 Transfer Functions... 22 Determination of Heat Gains. 29 Solar Radiation Intensity 29 Determination of Heat Gains through 2.10 Determination of Heat Gains through Windows: 212 Heat Gain through Interior Partitions, Floors, and Ci 2.13 Heat Gain through Below-Grade Surfaces 2.13 Conversion of Heat Gains into Cooling Load 2413 ‘Summation of Hourly Cooling Loads 2414 Heat Extraction Rate and Room Temperature 214 Chapter3 Weather Data and Design Con 3.1 Indoor Design Conditions . . 34 3.2 Outdoor Design Conditions ....... 34 3.3 Wind Data 3.2 3.4 __ Interpolation between Stations 33 3.5 Weather-Oriented Design Factors .. 33 3.6 Data Related to Underground Structures . 3.3 3.7 Evaporative Cooling Weather Data ........ 3.3 Chapter4 Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data 4.1 Thermal Properties of Building and Insulation Materials 44 4.2 Surface Conductances and Resistances 44 4.3 Thermal Resistance of Air Spaces ...... 41 4.4 Ceiling Air Spaces ele 42 4.5 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Doors .. 4.2 4.6 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Windows and Skylights 42 4.7 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Below-Grade Walls and Floors .. . . 42 4.8 Transmission Coefficients for Slabs on Grade 43 49 Examples 0.0.2.2... eeeeeeeeetteesseeees 43 Chapter5 _ Internal Heat Gain 5.1 People . 5.1 5.2 Lighting 51 5.3 Miscellaneous Equipment - 53 5.4 Examples 5.4Chapter 6 _ Infiltration 61 Infiltration and Outdoor Ventilation Air Loads Le eteted al 7 64 6.2 Pressure Difference Due to Stack Effect nee . fs 6.2 6.3 Pressure Difference Due to Wind Effect ...... . . > w. 63 6.4 Pressure Difference Due to Building Pressurization 64 6.5 Curtain Wall Infiltration per Floor or Room ......- wees sees 65 6.6 Crack Infiltration for Doors and Movable Windows. wees 7 67 6.7 _ Infiltration through Commercial-Type Doors. wie 67 6.8 Infiltration for Low-Rise Buildings ...... eee 7 wees 69 Chapter7 Heating Load 7.1 Outdoor Design Conditions beeen wees nee Stated pest 7.2 Indoor Design Conditions Satetet ttt laltacttc tbat Pe 7.3 Calculation’of Heat Losses .... 1 eee beeen . 7.2 7.4 Heat Losses in Air Distribution ert sees 73 7.5 Auxiliary Heat Sources 7.3 7.6 Air Required for Space Heating 73 77 Galculations : : ete ae 7.8 Examples ....... See ee ee eeneceenee . 7 wee Th Chapter 8 CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 81 Cooling Load Due to Heat Gain through Walls and Roofs ...... vane 82 8.2 Heat Gain through Fenestration ...... wee seers 8S 8.3 Cooling Load Due to Internal Heat Gain hie 7 8.4 8.4 Cooling Load Due to Infiltration i . nee 87 8.5 Heat Gain in Air Distribution System .... . : , Sieeeee OF 8.6 Air Quantities . r wee nee Peo 88 8.7 Calculations beeen . . . sees 88 8.8 Examples 88 Chapter9 TETD/TA Method 91 Overview of TETD/TA Method ....... Feed eltefee bt ee 94 9.2 Solar Radiation Calculations ..... . wee bet 9.2 9.3 Conduction Heat Gain through Walls and. Roofs - feeeee 9.2 9.4 Conduction Heat Gain through \dows 7 see deeeeeee 94 9.5 Internal Heat Gains 7 . 9.4 9.6 Time Averaging ..... : Peete : 94 9.7 Summation of Cooling Loads © ris nee . 7 95 Chapter 10 Air Systems, Loads, Indoor Air Quality, and Psychrometrics 10.1 Classical Design Procedures 10.1 10.2 Off-Design Conditions . aa nee wees eee 10.10 Appendix A Transfer Function Methods At Overview . eee ee eres ty wees ea 2 Using the TFMTAB Program ..... al r eee AM 3 _ Using the Optional Language Disks 7 7 Leteeteess AB A4 Data Structures Used in Electronic Tables ANZ AS Correction of Cooling Loads Due to Nonstandard Radiative/Convective Sait in Heat Gains ....... eee satel aa oe ANGAppendix B Heat Transmission Factors B.1_ Heat Transmission through Opaque Surfaces Ba B.2 Heat Transfer from Fluid to Surface B2 B.3 Radiation Heat Transfer B3 B4 Overall Coefficients U..... Ba B.S Basement Walls and Floors BS B.6 Floor Slabs at Grade Level ..................0.205 BS Appendix C CLTD/SCL/CLF Method C41 Cooling Load Due to External Surfaces ..... ct C2 Cooling Load Due to Internal Loads .......... C2 Appendix D Psychrometric Processes—Basic Principles DA Basic Data and Standard Conditions .......... Da D2 Basic Moist Air Processes Ds Processes Involving Work and Lost Pressure ba D. 4 Heat Transfer in Air Distribution System D.10 Appendix E Installing Programs to Generate Custom Tables License AgreementChapter 1 INTRODUCTION ‘The objective of this manual isto providea comprehen- sive source of theory, procedures, and data for cooling and heating load calculations for other than residential buildings. The material herein is based on a comprehensi literature search, ASHRAE Handbooks, special publica tions, and standards. Procedures are given for both com- puterized and manual calculations to meet the needs of the HVAC system designer in an ever-changing world. This, manual is intended for use by the experienced prac- ticing engineer as well as a person just entering the field. Further, the procedures should meet the needs of a sophis- ticated computer user as well as someone using manual calculations. Considerable research, referenced in Chapter 2, which has a great impact on load calculations, has recently been completed. This work has provided improved accuracy and ease of use for both computer and manual procedures. All procedures are designed to give a small measure of conser- vatism, but no actual safety factors are included. The Trans- fer Function Method (TFM) is the baseline procedure adopted by ASHRAE and is considered one of the most. accurate methods of calculating loads (see Chapter 2 for details of this method). Most other ASHRAE load calcu- lation methods are simplified approximations of the TFM. ‘The manual procedure (CLTD/SCL/CLF) described in Chapter 8 is based on this method, and the potential errors ‘with respect to the baseline TFM are given. This is one of the most important improvements in this new manual. The ‘Total Equivalent Temperature Difference (TETD) method, which contains updated data for calculation of the TETDs, is described in Chapter 9. ASHRAE Standards 55, 62, and 90.1 related tocomfort, indoor air quality, and energy conservation all haveload and energy implications and are referenced at appropriate places. Generally revised every five years, the designer should use the most current version of these standards. ‘The manual is organized to first outline the basic theory, the Transfer Function Method, on which most other methods are totally or partially based (Chapter 2). Appen- dix A supplements Chapter 2 and contains information, relative to transfer function coefficients for walls, roofs, and zones and the subroutines to access that data. The ‘TM has been enhanced with respect to the wall and roof conduction transfer coefficients as well as the room trans- fer coefficients. There are also updates in other minor areas, such as solar heat gain. ‘The next four chapters (3, 4, 5, and 6) cover data and procedures preliminary to making actual load calculations. ‘These four chapters are entitled: Weather Data and Design Conditions, Property Data and Transport Coefficients, Internal Heat Gain, and Infiltration. Information in Chap- ters 3, 4, 5, and 6 applies to all load calculation methods. Chapter 4isalso supplemented by Appendix B. Chapter 7, Heating Load, covers all the factors bearing on heating load calculations and references other chapters as appropriate. Chapter 8, The CLTD/SCL/CLF Method, is an exten- sive chapter covering the well-known manual approach to cooling load calculations. This method has undergone extensive revisions based on recent research; however, there is still a potential for error. Tabular data has been limited to onemonth and three latitudes; however, greater emphasis has been placed on the makeup and selection of the zone, which leads to greater accuracy. Software has been provided so that tabular data for other months, latitudes, and zone types may be generated if desired. Appendix supplements Chapter 8 and provides information relative to the table generating software. Chapter 9, The TETD/TA Method, describes an alter- nate cooling load calculation method preferred by some. This method allows the experienced designer greater flex- ibility in using judgment in computing cooling loads. The chapter references other parts of the manual. Chapter 10, Air Systems, Loads, IAQ, and Psychromet- rics generally covers calculations relating to system design which are carried out after the heating and cooling loads are computed. However, it also has information related to ‘moist air, which is of general usefulness. This chapter and Appendix D emphasize the difference between infiltration air, ventilation air, and outdoor makeup air. A section dis- cussing cooling and heating coils has also been included. Examples are used extensively to illustrate the various calculations with emphasis on any necessary corrections or adjustments to tabular data, 1.1 Purpose of Design Load Calculations ns change Gees = Outside weatijer conditions and the sun, combine to produce a cooling or heating load through the building envelope. The load depends on: (a} the thermal characteris- tics of the walls, roof, fehéstration, floor, interior building furnishings, and construction, and (b) the driving force resulting from the difference b i tions (including sol: ple, the heat trafisferted throigh a roof depends on the ‘temperature of the top surface of the rooting, the temper- ature of the iniside surface of the ceilitig, how these temper- atures vary with time, and the energy storage characteristics, of the roof construction. The temperature of the outside surface depends on the ever-changing solar radiation absorbed by the surface. A similar analysis ofthe inside ur- face shows that the surface temperature depends on the amount of heat conducted from above and convected to the inside air, the radiation exchange between the surface and room furnishings, and internal sources. Therefore, the heat12 flow through the roof construction will not be constant. ‘This same phenomenon occurs for all other surfaces sub- jected to radiation effects and variable temperature environments. Under the conditions described above, the ‘amount of insulation and the thermal mass of the roof, ‘wall, or partition are critical in the heat transfer analysis. ‘The heat transferred through transparent surfaces such as glassis morea function of the thermal radiation charac- teristics of the glass and less dependent on the thermal storage capacity of such materials due to very low mass and absorptance of thie material. ‘The heat gain due to lights, people, and equipment is independent of the outdoor environment ands a function of occupancy and operating schedule. Again, radiation effects are involved, and the thermal stofage characteristics of the space are important in estimating the cooling load. Design load calculations provide the basic data for select- ing an HVAC system and equipment and also provide the basis for sizing the associated ducts and piping. These data should be computed for times of peak load as well as par- tial load. Analysis and study of these conditions may then indicate possibilities for load reduction or other refine- ments of the system. ‘The usefulness of load calculation data can often be ‘enhanced if the system typeiis anticipated in advance of the oad calculations. It is usually desirable to carry out ex- tensive load calculations (several different hours of the day orall24 hours) if the systemis to be complex, such asa large variable air volume system. Further, it may be necessary to make calculations for two or more months. On the other hand, asmall building using unitary equipment may require oad calculations for only the peak time of day. Other prin- ciples related to load calculations are discussed below. 1.2 Types of Heat Transfer Rates In air-conditioning design there are three distinct but related heat transfer rates, each of which varies with time: 1, Heat gain or loss 2, Cooling load or heating load 3. Heat extraction or heat addition rate Heat gain, or more correctly, instantaneous rate of heat, gain, is the rate at which heat enters or is generated within aspace at a given instant of time. Heat gain is classified by the manner in which heat enters the space and the type of heat gain. “Heat enters the space through surfaces exposed to the external environment; from occupants, lights, and equip- ‘ment in the space, and from infiltrating air. Heat gain is either sensible or latent. Sensible heat gain is the direct addition of heat to an enclosure, apart from any change in the moisture content, by any or all of the mechanisms of conduction, convection, and radiation. Latent heat gain is associated with the addition of moisture to the space. The usual sources are people, infiltration air, indus- trial processes, and miscellaneous sources such as swim- ming pools. ‘Load Calculation Manual ‘The proper design of an air-conditioning system requires the determination of the sensible heat gain for the space, the latent heat gain for the space, and separately, a value for the sensible plus latent load imposed by the outdoor air required for ventilation. Sensible cooling load is defined as the rate at which heat ‘must be removed from the space to maintain the room air temperature at a constant value. The latent load is essen- tially an instantaneous cooling load. That part of the sen- sible heat gain which occurs by radiation is partially ‘absorbed by the surfaces and contents of the space and is not felt by the room air until later. The radiant energy must first be absorbed by the surfaces that enclose the space, such as walls and floor, and by furniture and other objects. As ‘soon as these surfaces and objects become warmer than the air, some heat will be transferred to the air in the room by convection. The actual total cooling load is generally less than the peak total instantaneous heat gain, thus requiring smaller equipment than would be indicated by the heat gain. If the design is based on the instantaneous heat gain, the system will probably be oversized. Heat extraction rate is the rate at which heat is removed from the conditioned space. Normal control systems oper ating in conjunction with intermittent operation of the cooling equipment will cause a swing in room temperature. ‘Therefore, the room air temperature is constant only at those rare times when the heat extraction rate equals the cooling load. Consequently, the computation of the heat extraction rate gives a more realistic value of energy removal at the cooling equipment than does just the instantaneous value of-the cooling load, provided the control system is modeled properly. The determination of the heat extraction rate must include the characteristics of the cooling equip- ‘ment and the operating schedule of the equipment, in addi- tion to the various sources of cooling load. ‘The theory of load calculations, including the aforemen- tioned subjects, is discussed in detail in Chapter 2. Diversity of Cooling Loads Diversity generally relates to internal load such as lights, equipment, and occupants. Diversity of cooling load results when a portion of the internal load-producing equipment or occupants are not operating or present, Therefore, diver- sity factors are factors of usage and are applied to the refrigeration capacity of large air-conditioning systems. ‘These factors vary with location, type, and size of applica- tion and aré based entirely on the judgment and experience of the engineer. In large buildings, there is seldom 100% occupancy or total lighting at the time of peak solar and transmission loads. The reductions in cooling loads from nonuse of lights and equipment and absence of occupants are real and should be accounted for. However, diversity factors are generally applied to the building block load and not to individual room loads to avoid undersizing at the room level: Additional discussion of diversity is given in Chapter 5.Introduction Supply Air Calculations Calculations for the design supply air quantities, the design refrigeration load, and the reheat capacity, if any, depend on the type of system used. In common use are vari- ableair volume systems, double duct systems, fan coil sys- tems, and others. However, some generalizations can be made that may assist in the use of cooling load calculations for equipment design and selection. The design supply air quantities required are based on the peak load requirements for each space. The peak load on an air-conditioning unit serving several zones is rarely equal to the sum of the peak Joads of each zone. Therefore, ifthe system selection allows the airflow to each zone to vary, the total volume of air necessary for the system will be only that amount necessary to handle the maximum coincident load on the system. This ‘may require additional load calculations to determine the ‘maximum coincident load. The total load on the unitis that imposed by the maximum coincident load plus outdoor makeup air, mixing losses, and, perhaps, reheat. These additional loads need to be calculated separately. Chapter 10 and Appendix D contain an extensive discus- sion of air quantity calculations and various system types. Peak Load—Times of Day and Month of Year After dividing the conditioned areas intozones, the first approximation to be made with manual methods is to esti- mate the time of the peak load for each zone and for the ‘entire conditioned area. For applications where lights, peo- ple, and other internal loads arenot dominant, the hour of the peak load generally depends on the relative magnitude and peak hours of the solar load through glass. When inter- nal loads are dominant, the hour of peak load usually occurs during the last hour before the occupants leave and lights are turned off. This subject is discussed in the caleu- lation section of Chapter 8. ‘The month in which the peak load occurs depends on the changes in solar loads each month and the changes in design weather conditions, Possible seasonal variation of internal loads, such as people, is also important. July isthe ‘month commonly used for manual cooling load calcula- tions due to peak solar and transmission loads. The solar load is lowest in the summer months for southeast through southwest exposures and greatest in the summer months for west through north to east exposures. ‘The design outside dry-bulb temperature drops off from the summer months. If the combination of solar load on southern quadrant orientations or a seasonal increase in internal loads is greater than the effects of lower design out- door conditions, the peak load may occur in September, ‘October, or the winter months. 1.3 Load Calculation Methods ‘The basic method adopted by ASHRAE is the Transfer Function Method. This procedure requires a computer and produces load data for each hour of the day. This method is desirable especially for large buildings with complex HVAC systems. Software implementing this method is 13 readily available, or a program can be developed using the data and subroutines in Appendix A and the procedures outlined in Chapter 2. Before purchasing software based on the TFM, the user should thoroughly investigate other aspects of the program such as the handling of schedules, infiltration, external shade, etc The CLTD/SCL/CLF method, described in Chapter 8 ‘and Appendix C, is derived fromthe TFM methodology for manual use when computer methods cannot be used. The method is limited by the tabular data available in Chapter 8; however, access to a small computer allows other tables and specific data to be generated. The data given in Chap- ter 8 is for July 21 at 24, 36, and 48° north latitude for a variety of walls, roofs, and zones; The accuracy of the method is acceptable for design calculation within the parameters noted. Potential error bands are indicated. ‘The TETD/TA method was one of the first methods developed to account for the transient effects of solarradi- ation and thermal storage. The heat gain through external surfaces is handled with a first order response factor ‘method using decrement and delay factors (Chapter 9). The ‘method differs mainly in the way heat gains are handled to obtain cooling load. The procedure is referred to as time averaging and is discussed in Chapter 9. While the method was manual at first, itis now considered a computer proce- dure. This method requires experience and judgment on the part of the user in implementing the time averaging aspect of the procedure. ‘The Heating Load Calculation method is discussed in Chapter 7. Heating loads may be obtained using the TFM, and thisis often done in conjunction with the cooling load. However, transient effects are much less important, and a steady-state analysis is usually adequate. 1.4 Information Required—Input Before a cooling or heating load can be properly esti- mated, a complete survey must be made of the building's physical data. The most reliable load estimate results when complete building construction details, information about space characteristics, heat load sources, location of equip- ment and services, and weather data are known, External Loads For calculation of external cooling/heating loads, the input information should include: 1. Orientation and dimensions of building components. 2. Construction materials for roof, walls, ceiling, interior partitions, floors, and fenestrati 3. Size and use of space to be conditioned. 4, Surrounding conditions outdoors and in adjoining spaces. Internal Loads For calculation of the internal cooling loads, the input information should include: 1, Lighting—connected wattage, schedule of use, and radi- ant/convective fractions.14 2. People—number, activity, length of occupancy, occu- pancy schedule. 3. Internal equipment—nameplate data, location, schedule of use, fuel or power consumption, hooded or unhooded, air quantity exhausted or required. Internal heat gains are usually not considered in comput- ing heating loads. Infiltration Infiltration of outdoor air into the space depends on the building construction and usage. The information required for external and internal loads also forms a basis for infiltration estimates discussed in Chapter 6. Where air is supplied directly to a space from outdoors, the resulting load is computed as if it were infiltration. General Information 1. Thermal storage characteristies—system operating schedule in hours per day during peak outdoor condi- tions, permissible temperature swing in space during a design day, construction of walls enclosing the space and construction of floors, and the storage capabilities of furniture and equipment. 2. Continuous or intermittent operation—whether the con- ditioning system operates every business day for the same fixed number of hours or only on occasion, such as for churches. 3. Local conditions—given weather data may not be repre- sentative. Location may be subject to short periods of adverse conditions. Seek local information, Outdoor Air and Ventilation Considerable ambiguity exists in the use of the term vent- ilation. The term may refer to only outdoor air or a mi ture of outdoor air and recirculated air. Further, ventilation may refer to natural effects or direct mechanical supply of outdoor air toa room. ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, defines ventilation air as “that portion of supply air that is outdoor air plus any recirculated air that has been treated for the purpose of maintaining acceptable indoor air quality.” To avoid con- fusion, the term ventilation will be used sparingly in this manual, and the exact nature of the air being considered will be emphasized, such as supply air, makeup air, out- door air, etc. ‘The results of the load calculations and the amount of outdoor air needed to maintain indoor air quality are the Load Calculation Manual main inputs in determining the quantity of air to be sup- plied to each space. It is also desirable to have as much information as possible about the fans and air distribution system, because all these factors and equipment are best treated in the psychrometric analysis that yields the supply air quantity and the coil specifications. This procedure is discussed in Chapter 10 and Appendix D. 1.5 Information Required—Output ‘The result of the calculations based on the input data is the total cooling or heating load for a space, zone, or group of zones. This load must be sufficiently accurate to allow for confidence in the selection of heating or ‘cooling equipment and supply air. The loads should be separated into their sensible and latent components for each room or space so that rooms with similar charac- teristics may be grouped into a single zone. Finally, block loads for each zone and the building are necessary to size central equipment. When calculations are made forall 24 hoursina day, the peak room and block loads are easily computed. However, when manual procedures are used, it is expedient to estimate when the various loads will peak and to make calculations at those times. The load calculation forms given in Chapters 7 and 8 show the individual components needed to determine the total load. These subloads are categorized as: 1, External loads (due to external factors)—sensible 2, Internal loads—sensible and latent 3. Infiltration loads—sensible and latent 1.6 Suggestion for Manual Calculations — ‘This manual is oriented heavily toward use of a computer because computers have become so common and inexpen- sive. However, for those preferring hand calculations, pro- visions have been made to gain great flexibility by gener- ating new tables for specific locations and months and for different types of zones. Therefore, itis suggested that this be done so that the manual procedure (CLTD/SCL/CLF Method) is tailored to suit the particular set of circum- stances of the user. Chapter 8, Appendix C and Disk No. 2contain the necessary information and programs to gener- ate new tables.Chapter 2 TRANSFER FUNCTION METHOD ‘The detailed calculation of space cooling loads* is a complex process, which involves the determination of each type of heat gain entering the space (eg., solar, conduction. through exterior surfaces, or that from people, lights, and equipment), the radiative and convective interaction ‘between each type of heat gain, and the storage and release of energy in thermal mass. Further, ll methods depend on the experience and judgment of the user. This chapter describes the most rigorous of the three methods contained in this manual, the Transfer Function Method (TEM). 2.1 Overview Figure 2.1 is an overview of the Transfer Function ‘Method (TFM). Before describing the TFM, itis important to precisely define several terms that might otherwise be confused. Space Heat Gain ‘The rate at which heat enters or is generated within a space at a given moment is heat gain. Heat gain is classi- Using "Sai" WF conicions nd Vanemited sale het gains, calcula uty coolng lads due te anand slr het gn cm] [oom] am cx. | | sees | oer | eee tere, [eet eee re sam] [esse Eo = Sam = 7 Fk Say aerate fetta calculate conduc- Siemens | | eatecos tures foreach] _.| each hour for each hour fr each exterior surface pa sce | |anene eat Saco, (Gaia condueson hat gan reach hou or eseh indo [Beiermine Roig heat sain | _, Tuning “gna” WiFcoeilon Using “‘Conaveion” WF costo /and sum of eonducion heat gains, bred solr heat guns snd window conducion hes gana, Chaacezo aus Rout cooing toads due toca! to conducion Ret gar, absorbed canal 9jton, solar heat gala, and window con oaton est gains raeakedcovec con] ngtoade for toc eteontol sytem and fomperanse wih space a vnsir tinction Calculate vation loads and igting eat gins, elute hourly cootng lads dv ighing [Betermine occupant hat as (Betermine eaipment eat pane Using “OscupanvEauipment™ WF cootiients ard sum o occupant hoa gains and equpmt hea aie, ela hou ookng lds deo cccupants and equipment Fig. 2.1 Overview of ‘Transfer Function Method “Please note that although all einologyin hs chaper refers conditions where coling i required the method is equally apliesbe to caleulation of heating lads ‘eat loses are negative heat gins, heting loads are nega coolingloads; and heat addtion rats are negative heat extraction ies 2122 fied by (1) the mode in which it enters the space, and (2) whether itis sensible or latent gain. Modes of heat gain that are present in buildings include: 1, Solar radiation through transparent surfaces. 2. Heat conduction through exterior walls and roofs. 3, Heat conduction through interior partitions, ceilings, and floors. 4, Heat generated within thespace by occupants, lights, and equipment. 5. Energy transfer as a result of infiltration of outdoor air. 6. Miscellaneous heat gains. ‘The mode of heat gain determines the relative propor- tions of radiation and convection. Latent heat gain occurs when moisture is added to the space (e.g., from vapor emitted by occupants and equipment). To maintain a constant humidity ratio in the space, water vapor must be condensed by the cooling apparatus at a rate equal to its addition to the space. Space Cooling Load ‘The space cooling load is the rate at which heat must be removed from the space to maintain a constant air temperature. The space cooling load is equal to the instantaneous rate of heat convected into the space air, which includes the convective portion of the heat gain plus the rate of heat released by thermal mass in the zone. This amount may be more or less than the hourly heat gain. The cooling load is greater than the hourly heat gain for situations in which heat is given up by thermal mass in the zone. The cooling load is less than the hourly heat gain for situations in which heat is absorbed. The thermal storage effect accounts for the difference between instantaneous heat gain and the cooling load Space Heat Extraction Rate ‘The rate of heat removal from the space by the system is the heat extraction rate. This value is equal to the cooling load only when the room air temperature is kept constant. In many cases, such as nighttime thermostat setback, the room air temperature is not kept constant. The cooling sys- ‘tem cannot generally maintain a constant room air temper- ature due to limitations in the control system. The heat extraction rate is primarily of interest for estimation of energy use over time, the effect of thermostat throttling range, or the effect of thermostat setback. It is not neces- sary to calculate the heat extraction rate for equipment selection when room temperature is constant. When using the TFM, the space cooling load is first calculated, assum- ing constant room temperature. If desired, the space heat extraction rate may then be calculated using space air trans- fer functions. ‘Load Calculation Manual 2.2 Tr nsfer Functions ‘The TFM is based on two important concepts— conduction transfer functions (CTF) and weighting factors (WE). Weighting factors area type of transfer function and are sometimes referred to as room transfer functions. Both CTF and WF are time series that relate a current variable to past values of itself and other variables, at discrete time intervals, The discrete time intervals are usually I-h periods for transfer functions used in building analysis. ‘Transfer functions are commonly derived from response factors, which are infinite series that relate a current vari- able to past values of other variables at discrete time inter- vals. A transfer function converts the theoretically infinite set of response factors into a finite number of terms that multiply both past values of the variable of interest and past values of other variables. Weighting Factors ‘Weighting factors relate the hourly cooling load due to individual types of heat gains to previous values of that type of heat gain and previous values of the cooling load due to that type of heat gain, (The reader is reminded that the defi- nition of heat gain and cooling load appears previously.) For example, consider a particular zone with equipment turned on fora cértain fraction of the day. The equipment heat gain is partially radiant and partially convective. The convective portion immediately becomes space cooling load; the radiant portion is absorbed by thermal mass in the zone and later convected to the room air. If this zone is ‘modeled with a set of heat balance equations and pulsed ‘with a unit heat gain, the space cooling load each hour will bea fractional number indicating how much of the origi- nal pulse will be convected into the room air each hour. This set of fractional numbers isa set of thermal response fac- tors (Mitalas and Stephenson 1967). ‘There are many methods that can be used to convert, response factors to transfer functions. The weighting fac- ‘tors used in this manual were determined using the DOE-2 program (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory 1981, Sowell 1988). The methodology is described by the DOE-2 Engi- neer’s Manual (York and Cappiello 1981). Also, there are ‘many possible combinations of heat gain terms and cool- ing load terms that may be used. For the purposes of weighting factors used in this manual, a standard form has been chosen: QD = Vode + Video + V24s-25— Wi1Qn-3 ~ 204-26 Qa) where 6= time interval. The terms Vo, ¥y..ey Why Wae+on BFE the coefficients of the Room Transfer Function: vic 2 k(g) = MOE te T+ wet + we? 2) which relates the transform of the corresponding parts of ‘the cooling load and of the heat gain.‘Transfer Function Method ‘These coefficients depend on (1) the time interval of 8, Q)thenature of the heat gain (fraction radiant and location in room), and (3) the thermal characteristics of the room. The time interval for load calculations is always assumed tobe th. ASHRAE sponsored research (Sowell 1988) resulted in thecalculation of weighting factors, the vsand wsinEqua- tion (2.1), for 200,640 zone types. The zone types resulted from parametric variations of 14 different parameters, which, along with the variable levels, are shown in Table 2.1. ‘A thorough description of the methods used to develop, the weighting factorsis given by Sowell (1988). Since adata- base containing 200,640 sets of weighting factors would be unwieldy, the zones were grouped into sets of similar response. A custom database and software to access the database were developed. This software will be referred to collectively as the IWF routines (Appendix A). ‘The intended use of these weighting factorsjs that soft- ware developers and users will develop TFM computer pro- grams that access the database to choose the sets of weight- ing factors that most closely match the actual zone. Careful engineering judgment is still required to choose the set of parameters that most closely describes the actual zone. ‘Zone geometry, zone height, interior shade, furniture, and floor covering primarily affect the thermal and solar radia? tion interchange. The number of exterior walls, partition type, zone location, mid-floor type, slab type, ceiling type, roof type, and glass percent, when taken together, indicate the construction of each of the six surfaces in the zone, For example, a bottom floor zone with one exterior wall has three partition walls defined by the partition type variable, one exterior wall defined by the exterior construction type variable and the percent glass variable, aslab-on-grade floor, anda “ceiling” described by the mid-floor type variable and the ceiling type variable. (The ceiling type variable indicates whether or not there is a suspended ceiling.) ‘Table 2.1 Zone Parametric Level Definitions No. Parameter Meanit Levels (in normal order) 1 2G Zone geometry 100 ft x 20, 15 ht x 15 ft 100 fe x 100 2 ZH Zoneheight 8 ft, 10ft, 20 3° NW Nowexterior —1,2,3,4,0 walls 4 IS Interior shade 100, $0, 09% 5 FN Furniture With, Without 6 EC Exterior wall 1,2,3,4 (Table 2.2) construction 7 PT Partitiontype $/8in. gypsum board-air space 5/8 in. gypsum board, 8 in. con- terete block 8 ZL Zonelocation _Single-story, top floor, bottom floor, mid-floor 9 MF —Mid-loor type 8 in. conrete, 2.5 in. concrete, 1 in. wood 10 ST —Slabtype—_Mid-floor type, in. slab on. in. soil MCT Ceilingtype _3/4,n. accoustic tile and air space, w/o ceiling 12 RT Rooftype 1,2, 3, 4 (Table 2.4) 13 FC Floor covering Carpet with rubber pad, vinyl tile 14___GL_Glasspercent_- 10, 50,90 2.3 A brief subjective discussion of each of the 14 parameters follows. The term weak variable refers to one that usually has little effect om the results asit is varied; the term strong variable refers to one that can significantly affect the results as itis varied. It is important to keep in mind that the fol- lowing discussion is somewhat subjecti Zone Geometry. This variable primarily affects the inter- surfaceradiation exchangeand the distribution of solar ener- gy between the walls and floor. Ittends to bea weak variable. Zone Height. This variable also primarily affects the intersurface radiation exchange and the distribution of solar energy between the walls and floor. It also tends to be a weak variable. : Number of Exterior Walls. The significance of this parameter is that it specifies how many of the four walls are described by the exterior construction typeand how many are described by the partition type. This can be a strong variable, depending on the difference between the partition, type and the exterior construction type. Interior Shades‘The interior shade primarily affects the distribution of solar radiation. Any solar radiation inter- cepted by an interior shade is immediately absorbed and convected into the room air. Thus, increasing the level of interior shading usually increases the dynamic response of zone with windows to solar radiation. However, in cases where the zone is lightweight (rapid dynamic response), eg, with wooden floors and furniture, varying the interior shade has litle effect. Interior shades may also affect the distribution of thermal radiation and have a weakeeffect on nonsolar transfer functions. Furniture. Furniture acts in a manner similar to interior shading in that it intercepts solar radiation and convects it into the room air. Likewise, it may have little effect on a zone that is lightweight. Exterior Wall Construction. Exterior wall construction specifies the construction of the exterior walls. However, there are only four choices, and the engineer must choose a construction that most closely matches the actual wall. Mass isa primary consideration. Further description of the four exterior wail construction types is found in Table 2.2. Partition Type. Partition type specifies the construction of the partitions, ie, the walls that are not exterior walls. There are two choices—a lightweight (drywall) partition, and a more thermally massive partition made of 8-in. con crete block ‘Table 2.2 Exterior Wall Construction ‘Types ‘Type Description 1 Outside surface resistance, ln, stucco, 1 in. insulation, 3/4 in, plaster or gypsum, inside surface resistance (AO, Al, BI, El, EO)* 2 Outside surface resistance, 1 in. stucco, 8 in. HW con- ete, 3/4 in, plaster or gypsum, inside surface resistance (AO, Al, C10, El, EO) 3 Outside surface resistance, steel sliding 3. insula tion, stel siding, inside surface (AO, A3, BI2, A3, EO)* 4 Outside surface resistance, 4 in, face brick, 2 in. insula- tion. 12 in, HW concrete, 3/4in, plaster oF gypsum, inside surface resistance (AQ, A2, B3, Cll, El, EO)* “Code letters are defined in Table 2.5.24 ‘ Zone Location. The zone location parameter deter- mines the floor and ceiling constructions as shown in Table 2. Mid-Floor ‘Type. This parameter determines the floor construction for mid-floor zones and top floor zones. Tt determines the ceiling construction for bottom floor zones and mid-floor zones. Slab Type. Originally, this parameter was intended to allow for bottom floor zones to have floors other than slab- on-grade, For practical reasons, a decision was made to only allow slab-on-grade floors for zones located on the bottom floor; therefore, this parameter has no effect. A bottom floor zone that is not ona slab should be treated as a mid- floor zone. Ceiling Type. The ceiling type pararheteris used toindicate ‘whether or not a suspended ceiling is present. Either the roof type parameter or the mid-floor parameter, depend- ing on the zone, indicates the construction of the ceiling. Roof Type. The oof type parameter indicates the type of roof for top floor zones and single-story zones. Again, there are only four choices, and the engineer must choose the roof type that most closely matches the actual roof. Further description of the four roof types is found in Table 2.4. ‘Floor Covering: The floor covering parameter indicates whether or not the floor is covered with carpeting or vinyl floor tile This can bea strong parameter, particularly if the floor is thermally massive. Covering a thermally massive floor with carpeting reduces the effect of the thermal mass, ‘and increases the dynamic response of the zone. Glass Percent. The glass percent parameter indicates the percentage of exterior wall area that is taken up by glazing. This does not affect the solar heat gain, which is accounted for separately. Rather, this parameter affects the dynamic response of the zone. Increasing the percentage of glass on an exterior wall decreases the effect of the wall’s thermal ‘mass and increases the dynamic response of the zone, ‘An example of choosing parameters for a particular zone is given in Example 2.1. ‘Table 23. Floor and Ceiling Types Specified by Zone Location Parameter a Zone Location Floor Ceiling Single story Slab-on-grade Roof ‘Top floor Mid-floor Roof Bottom floor Slab-on-grade Mid-Noor Mid-floor Mid-floor Mid-floor ‘Table 2.4 Roof Construction Types “Type Description TT Ouse sufaceianos In sag sions 7a, ma Susie ne ton acl cdig ebicoaace ome A, E2, 3, B4, A3, E0)* 2 Outi suas rsitanc,1/2in hag or stone, 3/n fet mem Sein om ean EE 2 Outiesurfeerexanc 1/2in sag or son, 3/n fet men- Sate ton clone elgg capac ou VU ah edounce (AO ER ES BE AN ELE EO" 4. Ouldesaraeeistance1/2in Sa or done, 3/8 fet pen Ce ee Mag aieptos sass kde Code leters ae defined in Table 25. Load Calculation Manual Example 2.1 Zone Characterization—Choice of Room Parameters Used for Zone Characterization ‘The zones a 70 ft by 30 ft retail store in astrip shopping mall, ‘The store ist one end of the mall, so that the north 30-Ft wall is ‘an interior wall adjoining a store room; the west 70-fe wall isan interior wall adjoining another store; the east 70 ft-wall is an exterior wall with no glazing; and the south wall is an exterior wall with a large (30 ft by 7 f) display window. “The exterior wall is constructed of 4in. face brick, 8 in. concrete block, 0.75 in. polystyrene insulation with 1 in. furring strips (2 in. wide, spaced 16 in. o<.) and 0.5 in. drywall. The roof is con- structed from built-up roofing, rigid roof deck insulation, 2 in. ‘concrete on a corrugated metal deck, and a suspended ceiling. ‘The interior walls are constructed from 0.5 in, drywall and steel studs. ‘The store is built on a 4 in, concrete slab on grade. Room parameters are as follows: Zone Geometry. This zone is 30 ft by 70 ft in size. Of the three choices available for zone size, this zone most closely matches type 1, which is 100 ft by 20 ft in size. Zone Height. The distance between the floor and ceiling is 12 ‘, which most closely matches type 2, which is 10 ft. "Number of Exterior Walls. There are two exterior walls. Interior Shade, There is no interior shading, which corresponds to type 3, 0%. Furniture. There are a number of bookshelves, which act the same as furniture, so type 1, “with furniture? is chosen. Exterior Construction. There are four choices for exterior con- ‘struction typein Table 2.2. They can be thought of as lightweight ‘with little insulation, heavyweight with no insulation, lightweight ‘with moderate insulation, and heavyweight with moderate insu- lation, The nearest choice for the wall here is type 4, which is a ‘heavyweight wall with moderate insulation. Partition Type. This store has lightweight frame construction partitions, They correspond to the type I partition, which is 5/8 in, gypsum, an airspace, and 5/8 in. gypsum. Zone Location. The store is part of a single-story building. ‘Therefore, the zone location type is type 1, corresponding to a single-story building. ‘Mid-Floor Type. This parameter has no meaning for single- story zones. A value of | is chosen arbitrarily. ‘Slab Type. This building is built ona slab-on-grade; therefore, the slab type is the 4 in, slab on 12 in. soil, which is type 2. ‘Ceiling Type. The ceiling type parameter indicates whether ot not there isa suspended ceiling. This zone has a suspended ceil ing, which corresponds to ceiling type 1, 3/4 in. acoustic tile and ai space. ‘Roof Type. The roof typeis chosen from Table 2.4to be type2, asit comes the closest o approximating the 2in. of conerete in the example roof. Floor Covering. The slab is covered with vinyl tle, which cor responds to floor covering type 2, vinyl tile ‘Glass Percent, This parameter indicates the percentage of exterior wall that is consumed by glazing. For this zone, the approximate total exterior wall area 12 feby TON + 12M by 30ft ‘The glazing area is: Tieby 30M = 2102 ‘The glass percentage is: 210 1200 Obviously, 10% is the closest choice to the actual percentage. 7.59%ds he " 4 on /8 8. Je: cil nd £2, or of the e. ‘Transfer Function Method Once all the parameters have been chosen, they can be used to determine weighting factors. See Example 2.6, where the parameters chosen here are used to determine weighting factors. Wali and Roof Transfer Functions Conduction transfer functions are used by the TFM to describe the heat flux at the inside of a wall, roof, partition, ceiling, or floor as function of previous values of the heat flux and previous values of inside and outside temperatures. ‘The TFM uses fixed, combined convection and radiation coefficients on the inside and outside surfaces, so that the conduction transfer functions are driven by sol-air temper- ature on the outside and by room temperature on the inside. Furthermore, the inside air temperature is assumed to be constant. This allows the following formulation, since previous inside temperatures are constant: Gea = (2.3) A[Ebsr-nd — Deaetece-ndAd ~ tees] where: e-ns= heat gain through wall, roof, partition, ete, Beu/h, at time 6—n6 A= indoor surface area of wall or roof, 2 time, h time interval, h summation index (each summation has as many terms as there are nonzero values of the coeffi- cients) sol-air temperature at time 0-18, °F ‘constant indoor room temperature, °F conduction Transfer Function coefficients bre bread Equation (2.3) must be solved iteratively, because the heat flux history terms on the right side are not known beforehand when analyzing a 24-h time period. Typically, the heat flux history terms are assumed to be zero, and Equation (2.3)is calculated for successive 24-h periods until convergence is reached. At that time, the results are independent of the values assumed initially. Conduction transfer function coefficients may be der- ived analytically (Hittle 1981), The method described in this ‘manual uses a set of construction types with precalculated CTF coefficients. A procedure for choosing and normali ing the correct set of CTF coefficients for any arbitrary con- struction is given here. Software was developed to access a database of conduc- tion transfer function coefficients for representative roof and wall assemblies. This software will be referred to col- lectively as the CTF routines, Appendix A. Conduction transfer function coefficients depend only on the physical properties of the wall 6r roof and not on the construction of the rest of the zone. Conduction transfer function (CTF) coefficients for walls, roofs, partitions, floors, and ceilings can be deter- mined using the CTF routines. The CTF coefficients stored in the database are based on 4l wall types and 42 roof types. Harris and McQuiston (1988) developed a procedure to categorize the thermal response of arbitrarily constructed walls such that CTFS from a representative wall or roof type 25 ‘can be selected. This procedure has been automated and subroutines are given in Appendix A to select the represen- tative assembly and return the CTF coefficients. The b and ‘ccoefficients must then be corrected by multiplying by the ratio of the U-factor for the actual wall or roof to the U- factor of the representative wall or roof. ‘Methods for determining the U-factor are described in Chapter 4 and Appendix B. It isimportant that the actual U-factor is used for correcting the d and c coefficients. In cases where thermal bridging is important, its effect must be included in the U-factor calculation, as described in, Appendix B. Some recent research (Brown 1991) has shown, that thermal bridging in walls does not significantly affect the dynamic response in walls. However, the reduced resistance is important and must be accounted for. In order to determine the CTF coefficients fora wallfthe following parameters must be specified to the WGETD or WGETM (described in Appendix A) function: RValue Range. Chosen from 17 different ranges. In order to estimate the R-value of a wall, resistances for each material may be chosen from Table 2.5, Table 4.1, or manufacturers’ data. If a material in the wall is not found in Table 2.5, an approximate substitute from Table 2.5 may bbe chosen for purposes of selecting a wall. Once the R-value for the wall is found, the R-value range can be determined from Table 2.6a, Primary Wall Material. Chosen from 25 different mate- tial categories, in Table 2.60. ‘Mass Location. Inside, outside, or integral. This is the location of thermal mass in the wall relative to the insula- tion. If the mass or insulation is distributed in several differ- ent layers, then the location may be considered integral. The ‘numerical values for the mass location parameter are given in Table 2.6c. Secondary Wall Material. Chosen from 6 different ‘material categories shown in Table 2.64. SI i : E. 8 5 3 2 5 nts for aTSof the following parameters must be specified to the RGETD or RGETM function: RYalue Range. Chosen from 6 different ranges. Again the R-value may be determined using values from Table 2.5 or Table 4.1. Once the R-value is fourtd, the R-value range can be determined from Table 2.72. Roof Material. Chosen from 20 different material cate- gories, including roof terrace systems, in Table 2.7b. Mass Location. Inside, outside, or integral. The mass location parameters for roofs are identical to those for walls and can be found in Table 2.6 Suspended Ceiling. With (value of 2) or without (value of D. The exact methods for specifying the parameters are dis- cussed in Appendix A and described in the subroutine source code. Designers should also be aware that the CTE are calculated with exterior and interior heat transfer coefli- cients. The outdoor heat transfer coefficient hg is 3.0 Btu/(h-ft2-°F) and the interior heat transfer coefficient is 146 Btu/h-f2+"E. The use of fy =3.0 Btu/(h-ft2-°F) in the calculation of CTF coefficients presumes that the same value will be used in the calculation of the sol-air temper- atures, described below.2.6 ‘Table 2.5 Thermal Properties and Code Numbers of Layers Used in Wall and Roof Descriptions for Tables 2.2 through 2.7 Load Calculation Manual Coae ‘Thiekness and Thermal Properties Number___Deseription L k a 4 R Mass ‘AO Oulside surface resistance 00 00 00 033 00 AL Lin. Stucco : 0.0833 116.0 0.20 021 97 A2 —4in. Face brick 0.333 123.0 022 0.43 49 A3 Steel siding 0.005 480.0, 010 0.00 2a Ab Vin. Slag 0.0417 70.0 0.40 038 22 ‘AS Outside surface resistance 09 0.0 00 033 00 ‘86 Finish 0.0417 780 0.26 ou 33 AT in. Face brick 0.333) 125.0 022 0.43 407 BI Airspace resistance 7 00 00 00 ot a0 B2 Tin. Insulation 0.083 20 02 3.33, 02 B3-—2in. Insulation 0.167 20 667 03 B43. Insulation 0.25 20 10.00 05 BS in. Insulation 0.0833 57 3.33 os B6 —2in. Insulation 0.167 57 667 10 B7 in. Wood 0.0833 370 10.00 31 BB 2Sin. Wood 0.2083 370 2.98 17 B9 iin. Wood 0333 370 476 23 B10 2in, Wood 0.167 37.0 239 62 BIL 3in. Wood 025 32.0 337 93 BIZ 3in. Insulation 028 37 10.00 14 B13 in. Insulation 0333 37 13.33 19 Blt Sin. Insulation oa? 37 16.67 24 BIS in. Insulation 0.300 37 20.00 29 BIG 0.15 in. Insulation 0.0126 37 0.50 o BIT 0.3in. Insulation 0.0282 ST 1.00 0 BIS 045i. Insulation 0.0379 37 1.50 02 BID O61 in. Insulation 0.0505 ST 2.00 03 B20 0.26in. Insulation 0.0631 37 2.30 on B21 1.36in. Insulation 0.1136 37 430 06 B22 L6Tin. Insulation 01388 s1° 5.30 08 B23. 2.42in. Insulation 0.2019 37 8.00 12 B24 2.73 in. Insulation o2m 53, 9.00 13 B25 3.33. Insulation 02mm 37 11.00 16 B26 3.64 in. Insulation 0.3029 37 12.00 7 B27 4.54. Insulation 0.3786 57 15.00 22 Cl in. Clay tile 0333 70.0 1.01 233 C2 in, Lightweight concrete block 0333 38.0 151 127 4 in, Heavyweight concrete block 0333 61.0 on 203 4 in. Common brick 0333, 120.0 079 40.0 44in, Heavyweight concrete 0333, 140.0 0.33 46.7 Bin. Clay tile 0.667 70.0 2.00 46.7 in. Lightweight concrete block 0.667 38.0 2.00 253 8 in. Heavyweight concrete block 0.667 61.0 i 407 8 in. Common brick 0.667 120.0 139 80.0 8 in, Heavyweight concrete 0.667 140.0 06 934 12in, Heavyweight concrete 10 140.0 1.00 140.0 in. Heavyweight concrete O67 140.0 017 233 6 in. Heavyweight concrete 0s 140.0 0.30 00 4in. Lightweight concrete 0333 40.0 3.33 B33 6 in. Lightweight concrete os 40.0 5.00 20.0 Bin, Lightweight concrete 0.667 40.0 66 26.3 8 in. Lightweight cone. blk, (filled) 0.657 180. 834 no Bin, Heavyweight cone. blk. filled) 0.667 53.0 196 354 In. Lightweight cone bik. filled) 1.000 190 12:50 190 12in. Heavyweight cone. bik (filled) 1.000 56.0 2136 36.0 Inside surface resistance 00 0.0 069 0.0 3/4in, Plaster or sypsum 0.0625 100.0 outs 63 1/2 in. Slag or stone 0.0417 55.0 0.05 23 Felt and membrane 0.0313 70.0 029 22 gar space 00 0.0 0.0 1.00 00 Acoustic tle 0.0625 0.035 30.0 179 19 T= thickness, tf k = thermal conducilvicy, Blu7ioTe ass = unit sy, Tp = density, W/O; c, = specie heat, BIB “FR Thermal eaance, FTE h 7B‘Transfer Function Method ‘Table 2.62 Wall RValue Range Definitions 27 ‘Table 2.64 Secondary Wall Materials ‘R-Value Range R ‘R-Values (h- ft? +°F/Btu) ‘Number Symbol Description 1 < 0.00 to 2.00 1 AL 3 2.50 to 3.00 2 AS Steel siding 5 3.50 to 4.00 3 AQ 4in. Face brick 6 4.00 to 4.75 3 AT 4in, Face brick B 12.75 to 15.00 Table 2.7a_ Roof R-Value Range Definitions 14 15.00 to 17.50 RWalue Range R Values (h-ft-°F/Btu) : ee tip 0 7 23.00 to 27.00 3 10.00 to 15.00 ‘Table 2.6b Principal Wall Materials Material — ‘Layer Number Code Desevition 1 AI,A3,A6, Lin, Stucco, steel siding, orEl "finish, or gypsum 2 Alor AT — din, Face brick 3 B71 in. Wood 4 BIO 2in. Wood 5 BS 4in. Wood 6 Clin, Clay tile 1 C2 4in, LW Concrete block 8 C3 4in, HW Conerete block 9 cA \- Common brick 10 cs HW Conerete " 7 Clay tle R a LW Conerete block B 3 IW Concrete block 4 © Common briek 15 cio HW Concrete 16 Cll Bin, HW Concrete 0 2 2in, HWConerete 18 C13. Gin, HW Conerete 19 C144 in LW Concrete 20 CIS Gin EW Concrete 21 cis in. LW Concrete 2 cr in. LW Concrete block (Filled) 23 C18 Bin. HWConcreteblock Filled) 24 C19 12in. LW Conereteblock (Filled) 25 €20___12in HWConereteblock Filled) ‘Table 2.6 Wall Mass Location Parameter ‘Mass Location Parameter ‘Mass Location 1 Mass in 2 Mass integral 3 Mass out 16 ” 18 19 20 ‘Table 2.7 Principal Roof Materials Layer Code cr-c1s cs.cia cscs cs.c1s ca-cr ores c13-c13 Description in, Wood 2.3 in, Wood 4 in, Wood 4 in, HW Concrete 2 in. HW Concrete 6 in, HW Concrete 4 in. LW Concrete 6 in, LW Concrete Bin. LW Concrete Steel deck ceiling combination in, HW Concrete to 2 in, HW Concrete (RTs) A 2.in, HW Concrete to 4 in. HW Conerete (rs) 2 in, HW Concrete to 6 in. HW Concrete (RTS) 4in, HW Conerete to 2in. HW Conerete (RTS) 4in, HW Concrete to 4 in. HW Concrete (RTS) 4in, HW Concrete to 6 in, HW Concrete (TS) 6 in, HW Conerete to 2in. HW Concrete (RTs) 6 in, HW Concrete to 4 in, HW Concrete (RTS) HW Concrete to 6 in. HW Concrete (RTS) 6ii [RIS=Roof Terrace System: First material is outer layer, second mater isinner layer2.8 Example 2.2 Determi ation of Wall CTF Coefficients ‘A wallis composed of 4in. face brick, 8in. normal weight con- ‘rete block, 3/4 in, polystyrene insulation with 1 in, furring strips (paced I6in.) and 1/2 in, gypsum wall board. (This wall is ana- lyzed in Example 4.3 in Chapter 4.) First, the wall must be categorized. To do this, choose materials from Table 2.5 to make up a similar wall. Based on Table 2.5, the wall can be described as: : value, AD Oui surface restance 033 $2 Rin race brick bas BL ‘lr space resitance O81 C8 ‘8 in. Heavyweight concrete block AL 2 Tin Insulation (Banas Realue, 333 of 3.33; actual 3/4 in. matefial fas Reale of 39 El 3/4 in. Plaster or gypsum (closest 1S, srprecimation for ceywale rahe of 045) Bo Inside surface sistance a Po 5 Get B For purpose of charaereation, the Fasing rps have been ignore Mass location is mass out, No. 3, Table 2.6c. Resistance range is No. 9, Table 2.63. Primary wall material is the 8 in. HW. concrete block, No.13, Table 2.66, Seconclary wall material is the 4in. face brick, No. 3, Table 2.64. ‘When these parameters are passed to the WGETD or WGETM routine, a wall type of 17 isreturned with the following CTF coeffi- cients and a U-factor of 0.043 Btu/(h-ft2+°F): n On 0 ‘0.000000 1.000000 1 ‘0.000005 2008750 2 0.000134 1.371200 3 0.000436 0378967 4 0.000300 01039616 5 0.000051 0.001647 6 0.000002 0.000023, Load Calculation Manual Example 2.3 Determination of Roof Conduction ‘Transfer Coefficients ‘A roof is constructed of built-up roofing, lin. rigid roof deck insulation, 2in. concrete, corrugated metal deck, air space, and a suspended ceiling (3/4 in. acoustical tile). "To categorize the roof, an approximate description using ‘materials from Table 2.5 must be developed. Code Letter RValue Description a0 033 Outside surface resistance 2 005 1/2in. Slag 3 029 3/8in. Felt and membrane B2 3.33 1 in, Insulation (actual insulation has Revalue of 4.17) cr 047 2in, HW concrete AR 0.00 Corrugated metal deck EA 100 Ceiling air space ES 179 Acoustic tile EO 0.69 Inside surface resistance Ee 131 (o-f-"F/Buu ‘The R-value of 7.31 corresponds to Rvalue range No. 2, Table 2.7a. Theinsulation ison the outside; therefore, the roof is catego- rized as.amass-in case. The principal material is C12, No. 5 from ‘Table 2.7b, and there isa suspended ceiling. From routine RGETD or RGETM, the roof type is No. 8. Amore accurate R-value computed from Tables 4.1 i as follows: ‘Outdoor surface resistance 025 Built-up roofing, 3/8 in. 0.33 Rigid roof deck insulation 4.00, 2iin, concrete, 140 Ibj,/f, not dried ous Corrugated metal deck 0.00 Ceiling air space resistance 093 ‘Suspended ceiling (3/4 in, acoustical tile) 1.89 Inside surface resistance 61 “Actual resistance ‘Now the CTF coefficients must be unnormalized. This requires theactual U-factor for the wall. The value above computed from ‘Table 2.5 may be used or a more accurate value may be found using ‘Table 4.1. That procedure is detailed in Example 4.3, where the actual U-factor is given as 0.15 Btu/(h-ft2-°F) as compared to 0.144 computed from Table 2.5 Tiansfer Function coefficients are unnormalized by multiply- ing the D coefficient by: Uncoat 015. 5 45g Tom val ype 0.085 ‘The unnormalized CTF coefficients are: n bn 4, 0 “0.000000, 1000000 1 0.000017 2.008750 2 0.000465 1371200 3 0.001517 0.378967 4 0.001041 0.039616 5 0.000178 ~ 0.001687 6 0.000007 0.000023 Le, = Lb, = 0.003237 Note that the principal difference between the resistance ‘obtained from Table 2.5 and that computed hereis due to adjust- ‘ments in the surface resistances assumed. The data from Table 2.5 is sufficient for most design calculations. ‘The unnormalized roof CTF coefficients for Roof No. 8 are: ” by 4, ° 0.000984 1.000000 1 0.019384 102350 2 0.020836 0.207490, 3 0.002189 0.002865 4 0.000015 ‘0,000000 5 ‘0.000000 0.000000 6 (0.000000 0.000000 with a factor of 0.4243 Btu/(ft-h-°F). The CTF coef cients are unnormalized by multiplying the b coefficients by: 0.1226 91226 _ 0.289 04283 Uactuat Ujrom roof we5 ‘Transfer Function Method a by 4, 0 0.000284 1.000000, 1 0.005602 1.102350 2 0.006022 0.207496 3 0.000633 0.002865 4 0.000004 0.000000 5 0.000000 0.000000 6 0.000000 0.000000 _ Le, - La, = oorsas It should be noted that the R-value derived from either Table 2.5 (or 4.1 may be used to find the R-value range inthe selection proce- ‘dure. In rare cases where the R-value for a wall or roof is very ow ‘or very high, the WGET or RGET routines may return an error ‘message indicating the wal or roof is not possible with the given ‘parameters. In such cases, either increase or decrease the R-value range one step in Table 2.6a or 2.7a, 2.3 Determination of Heat Gains ‘The first step to-calculating cooling loads and heat extrac- tion rates is the determination of heat gains. This section discusses the calculation of heat gains due to conduction through walls, roofs, partitions, etc., and transmission of solar radiation through fenestration. Heat gains due to occupants, equipment, and lighting are discussed in Chapter 5, 2.3.1 Solar Radiation Intensity The calculation of solar radiation intensity is integral to two of the following calculations—calculation of sol-air temperatures and solar heat gain through windows. The fol- Jowingequationscan be used todetermine thesolar radiation onanarbitrarily oriented surface. Cooling load calculations are generally performed on an hourly basis, Therefore, the calculation of solar radiation intensity usually represents a whole hour rather than a specific time. Typically, the solar radiation intensity is calculated at the average time for the hour, €.2., for the 10:00 to 11:00 a.m. hour, the solar radia- tion intensity is calculated for 10:30 a.m, and considered to be suitably representative. Solar Angles (All angles are in degrees) Solar position is dependent on solar time: Solar Time = Standard Time +4 (Ly ~ Lig.) +E (2.4) where: Ly = standard meridian for local time zone (Eastern—75° ‘W; Central—90° W; Mountain—105° W;, Pacific—120° W) Lige= longitude of location for which calculations are being performed, degrees -quation of time, given for the 21st day of each month in Table 2.8, min and s Note that during daylight savings time, Standard Time = Daylight Savings Time-1h (2.5) 2.9 ‘The hour angle is calculated as follows in degrees: H= (minutes of time from local solar noon)/ (4 min/degrees longitude) 26 ‘The solar altitude f is the angle of the sun above the horizon and is calculated with the following equation: sin B = cosL cosécosH +sinLsind (2.7) where: L= latitude, degrees {= declination, given by Table 2.8, degrees B= solar altitude, degrees Table 2.8 Solar Data for 2st Day of Each Month Equation AB € of Time, Declination, Btu (Dimensionless min, "degrees" iy-t Ratios) Jan 12 =20.0 381.2 0.141 0.103 Feb =139 108 376.4 0.142 0.104 Mar ~ 7.5 0.0 369.1 0.149 0.109 ‘Apr L116 388.3. 0.164 0.120 May 3320.0 350.7 0.177 0.130 June 14 23.45 346.3 0.185 0.137 July = 62 20.6 46.6 0.186 0.138 ‘Aug 24 1233510 0.182 0.134 Sep 73 0.0 © 360.2 0.165 0.121 Oct 154-105 369.7 0.152 OL Nov 138 -198 377.3 0.142 0.106 Dec 16-2345 3818 0.141 0.103, "A, B, C coefficients are based on research by Machler and Iqbal (1985) ‘The solar azimuth ¢ is the angle in the horizontal plane between true south and the sun’s position; angles to the east of south are negative, and angles to the west of south are positive. cos $ = (sin@ sinL~ sin 6)/(cos B eos) (2.8) where ¢ is the solar azimuth, degrees. ‘The surface-solar azimuth 7 is the angle between the projection of the sun’s rays in a horizontal plane and the projection of the normal to a surface in the horizontal plane. Both the surface azimuth and the surface-solar azimuth are measured in degrees from south; angles to the ‘east of south are negative, and angles to the west of south are positive. -¥ 29) surface azimuth, degrees uurface-solar azimuth, degrees ‘The angle of incidence ¢ is the angle between the sun’s rays and a normal to the surface. Itis calculated by the fol- lowing equation: cos 6 = cos AcosysinE + cosBcosE (2.10) where and 5 is the surface tilt (E = 0 for horizontal surface 90 for vertical surface).2.10 Solar Intensity The direct normal intensity of solar radiation at the earth's surface for a clear day is given by: A exp(—Bésin B) Ibn 4 where: ‘A.B= solar model coefficients, given by Table 2.8, Ipy= direct normal (beam) radiation, Btu/h-f ‘The A and B coefficients give values of Ipy that are representative of conditions on average cloudless days. For locations where clear dry skies predominate and at high elevations, [py should be corrected as follows: Ipy = CN X Ipy* where the value of CN is obtained from Figure 2.2. (2.12) ‘The direct (beam) radiation Ip on the surface is calcu- lated by multiplying the direct normal radiation by the cosine of the incidence angle. Ip = Ipwcos 6 2.13) where cos @>0. If the incidence angle is less than zero, the beam radia- tion is zero. For vertical surfaces, theratio between diffuse radiation incident on thesurface and diffuse radiation incident ona horizontal surface Ys given by ¥ = 0.55 + 0.437 c0s0 + 0.313 cos?@ (2.14) where cos 0 > -0.2. Otherwise, ¥ = 045 (24a) The diffuse intensity Jy is given by: Ta = Tas + Tag (25) iffuse radiation incident on surface from sky, Buu/(h-ft?) gg = diffuse radiation incident on surface reflected from ‘round, Btu/(h-ft2) For vertical surfaces: Tes = C¥Ipy (2.16) lar model coefficient, given by Table 2.8. Tag = Ipw(C + sin 6) px 0.5 7) where pg is ground reflectance (typical value py = 0.2) For surfaces other than vertical: Tas = CIpyl + cos B)/2 @.18) Tag = ID(C + sinB)p_(1—cos5)/2 (2.19) ‘The total intensity of solar radiation incident on a sur- face is given by: where C T= Ip + lg (2.20) Calculation of solar radiation intensity is demonstrated in Example 2.4. Load Calculation Manual The discussion to this point has assumed that the sur- faces in question were not shaded. Portions of surfaces that are shaded are assumed to be exposed only to diffuse radi- ation ,. Methods for estimating shading due to simple overhangs and side projections are given in Chapter 8. Other methods are available for calculating shading with more complex geometries (ASHRAE 1975, Walton 1979, McCluney 1990). 2:3.2 Determination of Heat Gains through Walls and Roofs Hourly Air Temperatures Hourly air temperatures are computed by selecting an appropriate design temperature from Table 3.1 or 3.2, and a corresponding daily range. For each hour of the day, the daily range is multiplied by the percentage given in Table 2.9 and subtracted from the design temperature to give an hourly temperature. Sol-Air Temperatures ‘The conduction heat flux into an exterior buil face can be expressed as a heat balance: QA = all, + hglty—t,) — AR ing sur- (2.21) where: ‘a= absorptance of the surface for solar radiation 1, total solar radiation incident on the surface, Buu/(h-fe) ‘hg coefficient of heat transfer by long-wave radiation and convection at the outer surface, Btu/h-f@F) nutdoor air temperature, °F surface temperature, °F - emispherical emittance of surface ifference between the long-wave radiation incident on the surface from the sky and surroundings and the radiation emitted by a blackbody at outdoor air tem- perature, Btu/(h-ft?) ‘The sol-air temperature is the temperature of outdoor ait that in the absence of sunlight and long-wave radiation exchange to temperatures other than the air temperature would give an equivalent convection heat flux: GVA = hilte — te) 1 (2.22)‘Transfer Function Method Table 2.9 Percentage of Daily Range Time % ime h_% 1 8 on 7 0 2 2 wo 56 18 2 3% n 9 yo 4 9 RB 2» 47 5 100 BOOT 2 58 68 a3 2 68 7 8 so 26 3B ee 24 From Equations 2.24) and (2.25), the sol-air temperature is given as: ty = by + a/ty — eBR/hy (2.23) For horizontal surfaces that réceive long-wave radiation from the sky only, 6R is about 20 Btu/h-fi?; therefore, if Land A = 3.0, the long-wave correction terms about —7°F (Bliss 1961). Because vertical surfaces receive long-wave radiation from the ground and surrounding buildings as well as from, thesky, accurate 6R values are difficult to determine. When solar radiation intensity is high, surfaces of terrestrial objects usually havea higher temperature than the outdoor air; thus, their long-wave radiation compensates to some extent for the sky’s low emittance. Therefore, itis assumed that 6R = 0 for vertical surfaces. The ratio a/h, typically is taken as equal to 0.15 for per- manently light-colored surfaces and 0.30 for all other sur- faces. Alternately, specific values of «and hy can be determined and used. Example 2.4 Solar Radiation Intensity and Sol-Air ‘Temperature Calculation for Vertical Wall Compute the solar radiation intensity for a southwest-facing wall at 36°N latitude, 97° W longitude corresponding to the hour between 2:00 and 3:00 p.m. local solar time on June 21. Assume an outdoor temperature of 97°F, surface absorptance of 0.9, and an air film coefficient of 4.0 Btu/(h-ft2-°F). The solar radiation intensity at 2:30 will be used to represent the whole hour. The cal- culation proceeds as follows: Solar time = 2:30 p.m. Hour angle = 0.25 deg/min (2 x 60 + 30) = 37.5° (2.6) Declination 5= +23.45%, from Table 2.8 Solar altitude 6 = sin“ [c0s(36) cos( +23.45) cos(37.5) + sinG6) sin(+23.45)] = 55.4° 7 | =2793° (8) Angles to the west of south are positive; therefore, @ = 79.3° ‘Wall azimuth y = 45° (facing southwest) Wall solar azimuth y = Y= 343° 29 Angle of incidence @ 8" feos 6 cosy] = [cos 55.4 cos 34.3] = 61.7° (2.10) Direct normal intensity Ipy = Ae 8/08) em where: A= 346.7, Table 28 B= 0.185, Table 28 (C= 0.137, Table 28 241 Then: Ipy = 346.70 (0185/80 354) = 276.4 Btu/(h-f2) @12) Direct intensity Jp =Ipy cos 0= 131.3 Btu/(h-ft2) @13) “The diffuse radiation is computed as follows: YY = 055 + 0.437 cos # + 0.313 cos29 = 0.83 a4) Diffuse intensity Ly = Tas + Lap es = C¥Ipy +Ipn(C + sinB)p,0.5 = (0137 x 0.83 x 2769) + 276.9 (0.1237 + 0.823) x 0.2 x 05 [y= 379 + 26.2 = 64.1 Bu/(h-it?) T= [p+ Ig= 1313 + 64.1 = 1954 Btu/th fe) ad, ci Sobir temperature = to + Fé ~ 5" a Z 1954) 0. = 97 +0949 ~ 40 141.0°F where c6R is 0 for a vertical surface. Application of Conduction Transfer Functions to Get Hourly Heat Gains ‘Once the sol-air temperatures have been determined, Equation (2.3) is used to calculate the hourly heat gain through walls, roofs, floors, and partitions, as discussed above. Example 2.5 demonstrates the calculation procedure, Example 2.5 Calculation of Conduction Heat Gain ‘Compute the conduction heat gain for a wall composed of 4 in, face brick, 8 in. normal weight concrete block, 3/4in. polystyrene insulation with 1 in. furring strips (spaced 16 n., and 1/2in. gyp- ‘sum wall board under specified design conditions. As determined in Example 2.2, the appropriate CTF coefficients are: a by dy 0 (0.000000 1.000000 1 0.000005 ~2.008750 2 (0.000134 1.371200 3 0.000436 =0.378967 4 0.000300 0.039616, 3 (0.000051 0.001647, 6 ‘0.000002 0.000023 Ley = Eb, = 0.003237 ‘The design conditions (sol-air temperatures) are specified in ‘Table 2.10. The room temperature is 78°F. Applying the con- duction transfer function equation: Geo = 23) A[ eaten) - dat (aer-nVA) ~ Le] resultsin the conduction heat gains shown in Table 2.10. The heat flux history terms were initially assumed zero. Equation (2.3) was then calculated for successive 24-h periods and convergence was essentially achieved by the end of the fourth 24-h period.2.12 2.3.3 Determination of Heat Gains through Windows Solar Heat Gain Factors Solar Heat Gain Factors (SHGF) are the hourly solar heat gains that occur due to 1 ft? of double-strength sheet glass (DSA) fora given orientation and time. Previously, the term SHGF combined both transmitted solar heat gain and absorbed solar heat gain conducted into the space. Because of refinements made to the Transfer Function Method, transmitted and absorbed solar heat gain are now treated separately, The transmitted solar heat gain that occurs due to I ft? of DSA glass for a given orientation and time will bbe referred to as the Transmitted Solar Heat Gain Factor (ISHGF). The absorbed solar heat gain that occurs due to 1 f of DSA glass for a given orientation and time will be referred to as the Absorbed Solar Heat Gain Factor (ASHGF) Solar Heat Gain Factors are calculated with the following algorithms. Note that the algorithm for calculating the direct solar radiation intensity Ip and the diffuse solar radi- ation intensity [, has been given previously. It is assumed here that these quantities have already been calculated. ‘The transmission coefficients for DSA glass are given in ‘Table 2.11. The transmissivity of direct solar radiation in dent at an angle 6 is: 70 = Y afcos oy 2.24) Table 2.10 Design Con uns and Results for Example 2.5 ‘SolAii ‘Conduction Heat Time, ‘Temperature, °F Gain, Btu/(h-ft2) 1 TA 3.80 6.1 3.61 3 75.3 3.38 4 74.7 33 5 745 287 6 16.6 2.61 7 80.4 2.35 8 842 2AM 9 88.5 188 10 9B. 169 i 78 154 12 106.4 waa B 120.5 1.40 4 131.0 Lal 15 1368 149 16 136.7 1.66 " 130.8 1.93 18 118.1 2330 19 917 272 20 85.1 3.15 21 2.9 3.54 2 80.9 3.81 2 79.3 3.94 24 78.1 3.92 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table2.11 Coefficients for DSA Glass for Calculation of Transmittance and Absorptance a) y j= transmission coefficients for glass ‘p= transmittance of DSA glass to direct (beam) radiation ‘The transmissivity of diffuse radiation is given by: woe Lyi @25) ‘where 7g =transmittance of DSA glass to diffuse radiation. Note that this calculation procedure, using the coeffi- cients found in Table 2.11, gives a normal transmittance for DSA glass of 0.88, which is slightly higher than values sometimes used. The TSHGF is then: oD i [cos OV +2135 (/I+ 2) 226) The absorption coefficients for DSA glass are given in ‘Table 2.11. The absorptivity of direct solar radiation inci- dent at angle 0 is: L ifeos av 27) where: .bsorption coefficients for glass ap = absorptance of DSA glass to direct (beam) radiation ‘The absorptivity of radiation is given by: eg = 2D G/U +2 2.28) i where ay = absorptance of DSA glass to diffuse radiation. ‘The ASHGF is then: ASHGF = Ip Y5 g {cos 6) + 2u ay/(i +2) (2.29) i ino Once the ASHGFs and TSHGFs have been calculated, transmitted solar heat gain and absorbed heat gain can be calculated. The transmitted solar heat gain (TSHG) is given by: TSHG = TSHGF(SC)A (2.30) where: SC= shading coefficient ‘A= surface area‘Transfer Function Method ‘Values of the shading coefficient for different fenestra~ tion types can be determined from Tables 8.10 through 8.15. (The shading coefficients are determined experimentally to be the ratio between transmitted and absorbed solar heat gain froma specific fenestration type tothe transmitted and absorbed solar heat gain from DSA glass. Hence, the separate application of SC to the individual components is an approximation, used because individual shading coeffi- cients are not available.) The absorbed solar heat gain (ASHG) is given by: ASHG = ASHGF(SO)NA 31) where N; = inward flowing fraction of absorbed solar heat gain. ‘The inward flowing fraction of the absorbed solar heat gain depends on the relative magnitude of the indoor and ‘outdoor heat transfer coefficients and is given approxi- mately by: Nj = byl, + ho) (2.32) ‘The values of SC in Chapter 8 are based on natural con- ‘vection conditions at the inner surface of the fenestration, and a7.5 mph wind at the outer surface. For these cond tions, fis 1.46 Btu/(h-ft2+°F) and h, is 4.0 Btu/(h-f2+°F), which yields a value of N; equal to 0.267. For significantly, different conditions, designers may wish to recalculate N,. Finally, the instantaneous solar heat gain is SHG = TSHG. + ASHG. Example 2.6 Solar Heat Gain Factor Calculation Calculate SHGF for 2:30 pn. local solar time, for a southwest- facing window at 36° north latitude, 97° west longitude. The solar radiation intensities were calculated in Example 23. Direct intensity Jp = 131.3 Btu/(h-ft2) Diffuse intensity Jy = 64.1 Btu/(h-f) SHGF = TSHGF + ASHGF x N; (SHGF is used for the TETD/TA Method, not for the TFM Method): ‘SHG = 1X feos ov 4+ 1D yd +2) 2.26, = (1313 x 0.7835) + (64.1 x 2 x 0.3995) = 154. Bou/(h-ft2) where cos = cos(61.7) = 0.4741 ASHGF= Ip}) gcosa¥ +2440 a/i+2) 25) = (1313 x 0.0556) + (64.1 x 2 x .0272) = 10.8 Btu/(h-f2) SHGF = 154.1 + 10.8 x 0.267 = 157.0 Btu/(h-ft2) 2.3.4 Heat Gain through Interior Partitions, Floors, and Ceilings ‘Whenever a conditioned space is adjacent to other spaces at different temperatures, the transfer of heat through the partition can be calculated by Equation (2.3), substituting theair temperature of the adjacent space for thesol-air tem- perature. When the adjacent air temperature is constant or 2.43 ‘when the variationsin the adjacent air temperature aresmall compared to the difference between the two space air tem- peratures, dp9is given by the simple steady-state expression: gn = UAlty ~ tr) (233) where % coefficient of overall heat transfer between the adja- cent and conditioned spaces {ye air temperature of space for which load is being caleu- lated, °F 2.3.5 Heat Gain. through Below-Grade Surfaces Heat gain or loss through below-grade surfaces is gener- ally considered to be negligible for purposes of design cool- ing load calculations. However, the thermal mass of such surfaces is taken into account by the weighting factors. 2.4 Conversion of Heat Gains into Cooling Load ‘Where the heat gain gy is given at equal timeintervals, the corresponding cooling load Q, at time 0 can be related to the current value of qp and the preceding values of cooling load and heat gain by: Q5 = Vode +¥140—3+ V20—25 — W1Qy-5— W2Qo-24 en where 5 = Ich time interval. ‘The coefficients are chosen from the database using the WF routines described in Appendix A. The thermal charac- teristics of the zone are specified as zone parameters for the database. ‘The procedure for converting heat gains into cooling load is essentially the same for each type of heat gain. ‘Once the hourly heat gains have been determined, and the zone parameters have been specified, four sets of weighting factors are returned by the WF routines: 1. Solar—applied to transmitted solar heat gain. 2. Conduction—applied to conduction loads from exterior surfaces, interior partitions, and absorbed solar heat gains. 3. Lighting—applied to lighting loads. 4, Occupant or equipment—applied to either occupant or equipment loads. All that remains to be doneis to select the correct weight- ing factors for each type of load and apply Equation (2.1). Example 2.7 Application of Zone Weighting Factors Consider the storein the strip shopping mall described in Exam- ple 2. This store has 10,000 Btu/h of lighting on from 10a.m. to 10 p.m, solar time. Using the zone characterization parameters determined in the example, the following WF coefficients for ight- ing are given in the database: o.61116 67267 12987 197182.14 Using Equation 2.1): Op = Vods + Vide —5% Yode—25 — W1Qn—5~ W2Qa—25 1) and assuming previous heat gains and cooling loads to be 2er0, the cooling load profile can be calculated in an iterative manner unt the result converge. Table 2.12 shows the result of the cool: ingload calculation using the room transfer function coefficients, Equation 2.1), and @ heat gain of 10,000 Btu/’ from hour 16 through hour 21 (10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.). The cooling loads essentially converge by the fifth day. Solar Heat Gains ‘The determination of transmitted and absorbed solar heat gains was described above. The transmitted solar heat gains are converted to cooling loads with the use of v and w coefficients labeled solar. The absorbed solar heat gains are converted to cooling loads with the use of v and w coefficients labeled conduction. (Absorbed solar heat gain is conducted through the window into the space, where it is convected and radiated in the same manner as heat con- ducted through walls. Therefore, the room response is very similar and the same WF coefficients are used.) Occupant and Equipment Heat Gains Quantifying heat gains due to people and equipment is dealt with in Chapter 5. For any zone type, the coefficients apply to both people and equipment. This is due to the fact that the heat gain is assumed to be split 70% radiant 30% convective for both people and equipment. Ifthe split is sig- nificantly different, the coefficients may be corrected. See Appendix A for the correction method. ‘Table 2.12 Results from WF Calculation Example ‘Hour Load Hour Load 0 73 2258 97 2259 2 0 74 2021 98 2022 3 0.27 1663 51 1807 75 1820 99 1821 4 0 28 1501 521631 76 1642 100 1643 5 0.29 1355 53 1472 7 1483 101 1483 6 0 30 1223 54 1330 78 1339 102 1340, 7 O31 1105 55 1201 79 1209 103 1210 8 032-998 56 1085 80 1092 104 1093 9 033 901-57 980 81> 986 105 987 10034 814. 58-885 82 891 106 B91 11 6112. 35 6847 59 6911 83 6916 107 6917 12 6102 36 7366 60 7423 84 7428 108 7429 13 7084 37 7683 61 7736 85 7740 109 7740 14 7385 38 7926 62 7973 86 7977 110 7978, 15 7643 39 8132 63 8175. 87 8179 1118179 16 7873 40 $315 64 8353 88 8357 112 8357 17 8079 41 8479 65 8513 89 8516 113 8516 18 8266 42 8626 66 8657 90 8660 114 8660 19 8434 43-8759 67 8787 91 8790 115 8790 20 8585 44 8879 68 8905 92 8907 116 8907 21 8722 45 8988 69 9011 93 9013 117 9013 22 8846 46 9086 70 9107 94 9108-118 9109 23° 2846 47 3063 71 3081 95 3083 119 3083 24 2357 48 2553722570 96 2571 120 2571 Load Calculation Manual Lighting Quantifying heat gains due to lighting is dealt with in Chapter 5. The heat gain of the lighting is assumed to be split 59% radiant 41% convective. This corresponds to a recessed fluorescent troffer. If the split is significantly different, the coefficients may be corrected. See Appendix A for the correction method. 2.5 Summation of Hourly Cooling Loads At this point, hourly cooling loads have been deter- mined for each type of heat gain. Also, heat gain due to infiltration, which is described in Chapter 6, must be accounted for here. Heat gain due to infiltration is assumed to instantaneously become a cooling load, ie, the cooling load due to infiltration is equal to the heat gain. For many cases, all that remains to be done is to sum the cooling loads for each zone for each hour, and to determine the peak cooling load for each zone. How- ever, if zone temperatures are varied significantly, it may be desirable to calculate the heat extraction rate, as described in the next section, 2.6 Heat Extraction Rate and Room Temperature ‘The calculation procedures described to this point make a major assumption that may limit their general appl cability—room temperature is considered to be constant throughout the day. Room temperature may vary for at Teast two reasons: 1, The cooling system cannot maintain exact control, and the room temperature may vary with the cooling load. 2. Night and weekend setback may be employed, so that the temperature in the space floats when the spaceis not occupied. For scenarios in which the space temperature may vary significantly, designers may wish to account for the effects of varying space temperatures. The cooling loads determined by the TFM serve as input data for esti mating the resultant room air temperature and the heat extraction rate with a particular type and size of cool- ing unit and set of operating conditions. These calcula- tions require the characteristics of the cooling unit ie, heat extraction rate versus room air temperature), the schedule of operation, and a Space Air Transfer Func- tion that relates room air temperature and heat extrac- tion rate. Extraction Rate ‘The heat extraction characteristics of the cooling unit, can generally be approximated by a simple linear expres- sion of the form: ERy = Wo + (Sta) (2.34)‘Transfer Function Method rate of heat removal from the space at time, @ air temperature in the space at time, @ WS= parameters characterizing the performance of cooling equipment This linear relationship is expected to hold over the throttling range of the control system. When the space air temperature lies outside of the throttling range, the extrac- tion rate has a value Of ERing, OF ER. The slope S of the line describing the extraction rate as & function of space air temperature is given by: 2.35) ‘maximum extraction rate over throttling range ‘minimum extraction rate over throttling range ‘Atj = throttling range ‘The intercept Wp of the line describing the extraction rate asa function of space air temperature is: We = (ERmax + ERmmin)/2—(St*0) (2.36) where ¢*,9 is the thermostat set point temperature at time 6, The thermostat set point temperature is taken to be the midpoint of the throttling range. Space Air Transfer Function ‘The heat extraction rate and the room air temperature are related by the Space Air Transfer Function: Li PlEReis ~ Qeis) = Ye 8iltetsis) (237) where: g,and p;= coefficients of Space Air Transfer Function Q= calculated cooling load for room at time 6, based onan assumed constant room temperature of fe Normalized values of the g and p coefficients are given in Table 2.13 for light, medium, and heavyweight construc- tion, The method used to obtain these coefficients was described by ASHRAE (1975). Table 2.13 Normalized Coefficients of Space Air Transfer Functions* RoomEnvelope go" gi” 2" Po Pt Construction Dimensionless +168 005 10 82 4ISl “189 4008 10-087 #185195 Foi0 10-093 Tor simplified procedure for calculating space air tansfer function coefficients, see ASHRAE (1975). The construction designations denote the following: Light construction: such s frame exterior wall, in, concrete Moor sab, approximately 30 Ib of material/1? of floor area. ‘Medium construction: such as 4-n. concrete exterior wall 4inconerete floor slab, approximately 70 Ib of buliding material/1 of floor area. ‘Heavy construction: such s 6-in, concrete exterior wall, 6-n,conerete oor slab, approximately 130 1b of building mateial/t? of floor ares. 2.15 The values of the g coefficients must be unnormalized with the following equations Boo = BoA + polUA + 11 (Vy + Vid] (2.38a) Bia = BA + pr [UA + LA (Vos + Vlpa)] 2.380) 820 = 882A (2.38) where: ‘A= floor area of space, U= overall U-factor of space, Btu/h-*F V= flow rate of outdoor ventilation air introduced directly into space, efm Vi flow rate of infiltration ait, efin ccurrent time previous hour Heat Extraction Rate Previous equations for heat extraction rate (2.34) and the Space Air Transfer Function (2.37) can be solved simul- taneously to yield: = Wabo + ISIS + 0) (2.39) 0 ~ Lesvetow + LpQwa- LpERow (2.40) If the value of ER, calculated by Equation (2,39) results ina value greater than ERjpaxy ERg is set equal to Ray. If the value of ER, calculated by results in a value less than ER min, ERg is set equal to ERypin. Then tp is calculated from the expression y-ER0/e00 any Note that Equation (2.40) requires some prior values of ERg and fg, which must be assumed to begin the compu- tation process. The computation is then repeated until the results for successive days are the same. At that time, the results are independent of the values assumed initially, be Example 2.8 Heat Extraction Rate ‘The store in the strip shopping mall considered earlier is open from 10..m. to 10 p.m. The air-conditioning system runs from 8 ‘azm, to 10 pam, For the rest ofthe time, the temperature in the store isallowed to float. A cooling load calculation has been performed, ‘assuming an interior temperature of 75°F. The infiltration has ‘been estimated as 0.95 ACH, and the UA has been calculated to be 453 Btu/(h-F). ‘The cooling system has a 4°F throttling range, centered around ‘74°F. The cooling system removes a maximum of 40,000 Btu/h at 76°, and 0 Btu/h at 72°F. Calculate the heat extraction rate and actual zone temperature for each hour of the day. First, the extraction rate parameters must be calculated. ER nax~ER nin, = 40,000=0 = 10000 @35 ty 4 7 Baan 5.88002 so 10,000 x 74 = ~720,0002.16 Table 2.14 Results of Heat Extraction Rate Calculation Example Hour Cooling Heat Room Load Extraction Rate ‘Temperature 1 15280 0 79.7 2 13520 0 79.6 3 11910 0 79.6 4 10480 0 - 795 5 9330 0 19.4 6 38m7 0 9.4 7 one 0 79.6 8 1030025646 746 9 1234025132 45 10 1307025891 146 1 2287030283, * 75.0 12. 26650 32248 75.2 13, 3001034044. 54 143281035581 75.6 15. . 34780 36650 154 16 3566037043, 75.9 17 3557036808, 75.7 18 34420 35860 75.6 19 32370-34280 15.4 20 © 30100-32514 75.3 21 27900 «30764 751 22 © 25680-28973 749 23 19200 0 79.6 2417160 ° 79.7 ‘Then the space air transfer function coefficients must be cal- culated. The dimensionless coefficients are chosen from the medium construction category in Table 2.13, 200 oA + Py[UA + 1.1 (My + Vip) (2.38a) 81 x 2100 + 1.0 x [453-+1.1x (04-400) 64 > Bie 1A + pi (UA +11 (Mes + Ves) — (2.380) = 1,89% 2100+ 0.9 x [453 +1.1x (0 +400) 4745.9 E2g = BA = 0.08 x 2100 = 168 (2.38e) Load Calculation Manual Once the space air transfer function coefficients have been ‘unnormalized, Equation 2.39) can be used to determinethehourly heat extraction rate. Equation (2.41) is used to determine the actual hourly room temperature. Equation (2.39) requires past ‘values of room temperature, extraction rate, and cooling load. ‘The past values of room temperature were assumed to be 80°F, the past values of heat extraction rate were assumed to be 2er0, ‘and the past values of cooling load were taken to be the values at hours 24aand 23. Then, anumber of successive days are simulated, until the values of heat extraction rate and room temperature have reached convergence. Table 2.14 gives the results for thesixth day, ‘where the results have nearly converged. References ASHRAE. 1975. Procedure for determining heating and cool- ing loads for computerizing energy calculations, algorithms ‘for building heat transfer subroutines. Bigs, RW. 1961, Atmospheric radiation near the surface of the ‘round. Solar Energy 5G):103. Brown, W.C. 1991. Final report for ASHRAE 515-RP, Dynamic heat transmission characteristics of seven generic wall types, ‘and dynamic heat transmission characteristics of a homogene~ ‘ous wall specimen. National Research Council, Ottawa, Canada. Harris, S.M. and F.C. MeQuiston. 1988. A study to categorize walls and roofs on the basis of thermal response. ASHRAE, Transactions 94(2):688-115. Hittle, D.C. 1981. Calculating building heating and cooling loads using the frequency response of multilayered slabs. Depart- ‘ment of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, University of Ilinois at Urbana-Champaign. Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. 1981. DOE-2 Reference manual. LBL Report LBL-8706, Berkeley, CA. Machler, M.A. and M. Iqbal. 1985. A modification of the ASH- RAE clear sky model, ASHRAE Transactions 91(1):106-15. MeCluney, R. 1990. Awning shading algorithm update. ‘ASHRAE Transactions 96(1). Sowell, E.F, 1988a, Classification of 200,640 parametric zones for cooling load calculations. ASHRAE Transactions 94(2):754-71. Sowell, E.F. 1988b. Cross-check and modification of the DOE-2 ‘program for calculation of zone weighting factors. ASHRAE, Transactions 94(2):737-53. Sowell, E.F. 1988. Load calculations for 200,640 zones. ASHRAE Transactions 94(2):716-36. Walton, G.N. 1979. The application of homogenous coordinates to shadowing calculations. ASHRAE Transactions 84(1):174. York, D.A. and C.C. Cappiello, eds. 1981. DOE-2 Engineers ‘manual, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C.s Chapter 3 WEATHER DATA AND DESIGN CONDITIONS ‘The comfort and health of the occupants of an interior space andthe nature of the outdoor environment are the ‘most important considerationsin system design. Weather data collected over a long period of time forms a basis for nominal outdoor design conditions. These data should be considered as guidelines for the designer in arriving at suita- ble values for a given location and tempered by personal investigation of local experience and conditions. This is especially true in those regions where weather conditions are severe. Where theres justification for worst case design ‘conditions, extra attention should be given to the system. design to ensure efficient part-load operation. ‘This chapter presents weather data for the United States, Canada, and other countries and recommends interior and exterior design conditions. Design temperatures are based onthe assumption that the frequency level of a specific tem- perature over a suitable time period will repeat in the future, ‘The selected summer frequencies of 1%, 2.5%, and 5% and the winter frequencies of 99% and 97.5% enable the engi- neer to match the risk level desired for the problem at hand. At many locations, meteorological evidence indicates that the temperatures at the 1 and 99% levels may vary in the order of 2 to 4°F in any 15-year period from the previous, 15-year period, and even more in any single year from the previous one. The proximity of the 99% level to the median, of the annual extreme minimum temperatures indicates, that extremely low temperatures occur in rare extended epi- sodes rather than in long-term summations (Ecodyne Cool- ing Products 1980, Snelling 1985, Crow 1963). 3.1 Indoor Design Conditions ‘The primary purpose of the heating and air-conditioning system is to maintain the space in a comfortable and healthy condition. To do this, the system must generally maintain the dry-bulb temperature and the relative humidity within an acceptable range. ASHRAE Standard 55 gives thermal comfort values at selected conditions inthe building environment. Physiolog- ical principles, comfort, and health are addressed in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. The HVAC Appli- cations Volume of the ASHRAE Handbook gives specific recommendations for indoor design conditions for such applications as hospitals and other special cases. ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1, Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings, recommends that indoor design temper- ature and humidity conditions be in accordance with criteria established in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55. This, gives considerable latitude in selecting design conditions. Experience has shown that, except in critical cases, the indoor design temperature and relative humidity should be selected on the high side of the comfort envelope to avoid 3.1 overdesigning the system, For cooling load calculations, a design dry-bulb temperature of 75 to 78°F with a design relative humidity of approximately 50% is widely used for usual occupied spaces. For heating load, a dry-bulb temper- ature of 70°F with relative humidity less than or equal to 30% is common. 3.2 Outdoor Design Conditions ‘The recommended design temperatures presented here are based on data from the National Climatic Data Center of NOAA, USS. Air Force, U.S. Navy, Canadian Atmo- spheric Environment Service, and the weather organiza- tions of the countries noted. Values have been statistically analyzed for a recent 15-year period of record and tabulated to the nearest degree Fahrenheit, as shown in Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3. Winter Recommended design temperatures are located in Column 5 of Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3. Two frequency levels, are offered for each station, representing temperatures that have been equalled or exceeded by 99% or 97.5% of the total in the months of December, January, and February (a total of 2160 h) in the Northern Hemisphere and in the months of June, July, and August in the Southern Hemi- sphere (a total of 2208 h). In a normal winter, there would be approximately 22 h at or below the 99% value, and 54 hat or below the 97.59% value. Column 9, the prevailing wind direction, is the wind direction occurring most fre- quently and the mean wind speed, which occurs coinciden- tally with the 97.5% dry-bulb winter design temperature. Column 10 is the median of the annual extreme minimum, temperature. For Canadian stations, the two design values are based only on the month of January, because the temperature distribution in January in Canada is charac- teristic of an extremely cold month compared to the tem- perature distributions in December and February. The Canadian design temperatures are a few degrees lower than those based on three winter months (Boyd, Arctic Meteorology Research Group 1960, Boughner 1960). ‘Minimum temperatures usually occur between 6:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m. solar time on clear days when the daily range is greatest. Studies at several stations have found that the duration of extremely cold temperatures can continue below the 99% level for three days and below the 97.5% level for five days or more (Ecodyne Cooling Products 1980, Snelling 1985, Crow 1963). This fact should be care- fully considered in selecting the design temperature, ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 stipulates that design tem- peratures shall not be less than the 99% values given in ‘Column 5 of Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3. The median of annual32, extremes, Column 10, may be used under unusual condi- tions to assure the prevention of damage to the building or its contents. It is generally recommended that the 99% values be used and that the median of extremes be reserved for exceptionally harsh cases. Summer Recommended design dry- and wet-bulb temperatures, and mean daily range are presented in Columns 6, 7, and 8 of Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3. Column 6 provides dry-bulb ‘temperatures with their corresponding coincident wet-bulb temperatures. In Table3.3, the coincident wet-bulb temper- atures are not available. The dry-bulb temperatures represent values that have been equaled or exceeded by 1%, 2.5M, and 5% of the total hours during the months of June through September (a total of 2928 h) in the Northern Hemisphere, and the months of December through March in the Southern Hemisphere (a total of 2904 h). The coin- cident wet-bulb temperature listed with each design dry- bulb temperature is the mean of all wet-bulb temperatures occurring at the specific dry-bulb temperature, ‘The mean daily range shown in Column 7 of Tables 3.1 and 3.2'is the difference between the average daily maxi- ‘mum and average daily minimum temperatures in the warmest month. In Table 3.3, the daily range is the long- term average. In Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3, wet-bulb temper- atures in Column 8 represent values that have been equaled or exceeded by 1%, 2.5%, and 5% of the hours during the summer months. These wet-bulb values were computed independently of the dry-bulb values and are not coincident with the design dry-bulb values in Column 6. Their coin- cident dry-bulb values have not been tabulated. Ecodyne Cooling Products (1980) has examples of the coincident dry-bulb with the extreme wet-bulb temperature. In Column 9, the prevailing wind direction is the wind direction occurring most frequently coincident with the 2.5% dry-bulb summer design temperature. Column 10 gives the median of the annual extreme maximum and minimum temperature. In a normal summer, approxi- mately 30 h would be at or above the 1% design value and 150 h at or above the 5% design value. For Canadian stations, the 1%, 2.5%, and 5% values are based on the month of July only, because the temperature distribution in July in Canada is characteristic of an extremely warm month compared with the temperature dis- tributions of the adjacent months. The Canadian summer design values are a few degrees higher than those based on four summer months. ‘Maximum temperatures usually occur between 2:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. solar time, with deviations on cloudy days when the daily range is less. When calculating building cooling loads, itis advisable to determine whether the struc- ture is most sensitive to dry bulb, e.g., extensive exterior exposure, or wet bulb, e.g, outside ventilation. Then the appropriate design dry bulb with its coincident wet bulb from Column 6, or the appropriate design wet bulb from Column 8 with its coincident dry bulb (not shown) may be used. As noted previously, the design-dry bulb (Column 6) ‘and design wet-bulb (Column 8) temperatures are not coin- Load Calculation Manual cident. Using the design dry-bulb temperatures in Column 6 with the design wet-bulb temperatures in Column 8 will ‘ive computed loads significantly greater than actual loads. ‘Typically, the design dry-bulb temperatures should be used with the coincident wet-bulb temperatures in Column 6in computing building cooting loads. The design wet-bulb temperatures in Column 8 are primarily intended for evaporative cooling processes but may also be used for ‘computing ventilation loads. Studies at several stations have found that the duration of extremely hot temperatures does not exceed one day (Ecodyne Cooling Products 1980, Snelling 1985, Crow 1963). For applications where occupancy occurs only during hours near the middle of the day, design temperatures below the recommended maximum might apply. In other ‘cases, the peak occupancy loads may be in months other than the three or four summer months when the maximum ‘outdoor temperatureis expected; here design temperatures from other months will apply. Degelman (1985) derived bin data from the Weather Year for Energy Calculations (WYEC) tapes for 51 locations in six time periods during the day. Using this data, Table 3.4 was developed to show design temperatures for October through May for 51 loca- tions in the United States and Canada. Design temperatures for individual months or other periods (not tabulated here) can be roughly approximated from bin data in USAF (1978). Hourly Data Summaries are ayailable for over 120 Canadian stations in AES (1967- 1975). Data summaries for stations throughout the world are also available in Engineering Weather Data (USAF 1978) and Tables of Temperature, Relative Humidity, and Precipitation for the World, Parts I-IV (Meteorological Office 1958). ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 stipulates that design tem- peratures shall not be greater than the 2.5% values in Column 6, Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3, For unusual cases, to assure prevention of damage to the building or its contents, the 1% values may be used. Itis generally recommended that the 2.5% values be used; however, the designer must be aware of local condi- tions that may dictate the use of the 1% values. 3.3 Wind Data Winter The prevailing wind direction is the wind direction occur- ring most frequently with the 97.5% dry-bulb winter design temperature, The mean wind speed (knots) isthe average of those wind speed values occurring coincidentally with the 97.5% dry-bulb winter design temperature (USAF 1978). ‘The wind velocity in miles per hour (mph) may be obtained by multiplying knots by 1.151. ‘At many stations, particularly in and near mountainous terrain, the prevailing wind direction for winter hours at the 97.5% level is strongly influenced by local terrain features. ‘The wind speeds during this local down-valley drainage flow is generally 7 knots or less.Weather Data and Design Conditions Summer ‘The prevailing wind direction is the wind direction occur- ring most frequently with the 2.5% dry-bulb summer design temperature (USAF 1978). 3.4 Interpolation between Stations Data from many specific weather stations can supply a database for interpolation of expected conditions at nearby locations that lack data. Refer to Crow (1963) for examples of interpolation criteria. The stations included in Tables 3.1 and 3.2 were primarily selected because of their status as, first-order weather stations having available hourly weather data. Additional locations were selected on the basis of population, climatic variations, or geographical represen- tation, The design temperatures for stations lacking hourly data have been estimated from nearby stations with an hourly database. ‘The design data in Table 3.3 were compiled using tech- niques described by Ecodyne Cooling Products (1980). In Engineering Weather Data (USAF 1978), adjustments have been made for longer periods of record. ‘The statistics in these tables are presented as a guide only, and they should be used with caution for locations other than those measured, The design values at a building site may differ significantly from the reporting location. A meteorologist experienced in climatology can help interpret and extrapolate the data. An investigation to determine local experience is also recommended. 3.5 Weather-Oriented Design Factors ‘The usual approach in air-conditioning system design involves computation of peak design load at a specific hour of a design day, using one of the frequency levels of design conditions in Tables 3.1, 32, or 3.3. While the values enum- erated in this chapter are statistically accurate, certain precautions are recommended concerning their use. These figures are frequency distribution statistics for the ends of the distribution Ecodyne Cooling Products 1980, Snelling 1985, Crow 1963). Note: The final responsibility for selec~ tion of suitable weather-related design conditions lies with the designer. 3.6 Data Related to Underground Structures None of the design temperatures discussed above apply to the calculation of heat loss from walls and floors more than 3 ft below grade. Tests and computer simulation have shown that the surrounding ground surface temperature is the appropriate design temperature. The ground surface ‘temperature is known to fluctuate about a mean value with amplitude Amp, which varies with geographic location and ground cover and reaches a minimum value in late January or February. Mean values of ground surface temperature 33 = S14 a Ss NALY wr Fig. 3.1 Lines of Constant Amplitude of Ground Temperature are not known. Therefore, the mean ground surface temper- ature is approximated by assuming that it is equal to the ‘mean annual air temperature /,, which can be determined from meteorological records. Figure 3.1 is amap of North America showing lines of constant amplitude Amp of the ground temperature, and Table 3.5 gives average winter air temperatures for selected cities in the United States and ‘Canada which may be used in place of themean annual air temperature, Use of the average winter air temperaturein- stead of the mean annual air temperature results in slight- ly higher calculated heat losses. The outside design temperature is given by: 1 - Amp Ga) ground surface temperature, °F average winter air temperature, Table 3.5, °F amplitude of variation of ground surface temperature, °F Heat loss is then calculated as: q=UA(y~%) 62) where: U = overall heat transfer coefficient, Btu/(h-f2+°F) wall or floor surface area, 1? interior design temperature, °F ‘ground surface temperature, °F 3.7 Evaporative Cooling Weather Data Crow (1972) reports on weather data for the design of evaporative cooling systems in the United States and Canada. Frequency of occurrence of median wet-bulb tem- peratures versus dry-bulb temperature data are available with design recommendations in the Evaporative Air Cool ing chapter of the HVAC Applications Volume of the ASH- RAE Handbook.3.4 References AES, 1967-1975. Hourly Data Summaries, HDS-1 to HDS-111 ‘Atmospheric Environment Service, Department of the Environment, Downsview, Canada. Artic Meteorology Research Group. 1960. Temperature and wind frequency tables of North America and Greenland (Volumes Land 2). Meteorology 24 and 25, McGill University, Quebec, Canada. Boughner, C.C. 1960. Canadian meteorological memoirs, no. 5. Meteorological Branch, Department of Transport, Toronto. Boyd, DW. Climate information for building design Canada. Sup- ‘plement No. 1, National Building Code of Canada. National Research Council, Ottawa. Crow, LW. 1963. Study of weather design gonditions. ASHRAE RP 23, Load Calculation Manual Crow, LW. 1972. Weather data related to evaporative cooling. ‘ASHRAE Transactions 78(1):153-64. Degelman, L.O. 1985. Bin weather data for simplified energy calculations and variable-base degree-day information. |ASHRAE Transactions 91(Ia):3-14 Ecodyne Cooling Products. 1980. Weather data handbook for "HVAC and cooling equipment design, 1st ed. McGraw-Hill, Book Co,, New York. Meteorological Office. 1958. Tables of temperature, relative ‘humidity, and precipitation for the world, Parts I-IV. M.O. 617 AE London. Snelling, H.J. 1985. Duration study for heating and air-condi- tioning design temperatures. Seminar No. 2, Paper No. 5. Hawaii, USAF. 1978. Engineering weather data. AFM 88-29. Departments ‘of the Air Force, the Army, and the Navy. Washington, D.C. ‘Table 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States winter® F Temes F_ Colt GL? CoL3_CoLd ~ CoLs Col 10 Median of State and Station’ Long. Bie ‘Annual Ext oe Reet Max. Min, ‘ALABAMA ‘Alesande: City ar BT 60 2 9 8x76 STB TB ‘Ranieton AP 33s as S509 Roo Sue re TTB SW SSW 984 ‘saborn 326 &5 30 652 BR wn S76 816] HOT 508 ‘Birmingham AP BM cy 23674 5477s 92/278 CTT 16 NNW 8 WNW 985 Decatur uO” 30 16 9575 HM SI OG Dothan AP ne srt 2 9476 S26 869TH Florence AP Me sar a omnd sare Mk OH NW NW Gadslen 34 OL Sse 16 2096/75, 9475 OUITH TR TTT NNW 8 WNW Hlontvile AP Ma Os 6 9575 SH OV RT GN SW Mobile AP xo 41 2 8m BM OG TENDON Mobile Co 30 40 22s 957 HITT 816 a9 78, 979 223 Montgomery AP 2B 1) 2 2 967 95716 «SGT TONW TW OB 182 2 2 1 2% oe OS SVT BL «BD TN 9 SW 100.1 176 Bon 565182 DAG DIED TB TB B62 BB 1 2% SRS 966 WTS TTT NS WNW a 0 10 Me 23 139 ease ewis6 1S] 57 SE 3 WNW Barrow () Tis 136 4731 as Sus Sys0. Oar OT WR SE Faianks AP (8) sta 7 286-31 we Wo 19 « HAM NS Ss duneay AP S22 13s 4 tie Tus ous) 8 SKN TW Kodiak 5143 132 29310 Gis 6556 G55 5B 56 WNW 16 NW Nome AP 30 165 26-3 Gos) 645s 9/54 SSH SSN AW ARIZONA Douglas AP 21 27 109 36 donk 731 98/887 HH]. OH 04 Flagsta AP 35 03 111 40 700s ~ 2 4 BH/3s MayssatVSé SC L_«@D SBE SSW 900 FortHuschucs AP(S) 3135-110 20 466828 28.95/62 9/2 GD] OT SW SW Kingman AP 35 12 M4 01 3559 TB 25 t0i76s 10064 754 0 Nogales 31 21 Mo 53 3800 2832 Davee Brea ayo SW SW Phoenix AP(S) 3256 M2 OL 2 LNG oy HTS SEW HRB 267 Presott AP 3439 112 26 S010 4D Ser61 94760 94/60 35S “Teson AP ) 32 O7 110 $6 25582832 104/66 102/66 100/66 «265-2 T1:*TSE 6 WNW 10893 Winslow AP 3S 01 0 & 495 |S 1091/61 35/60 9360-32 OSG SW G WSW 107 4 Yona AP B39 1 7 2 36 3TH OT «TB T7.CNNE G WSW 148 308 ARKANSAS, ‘iytheville AFB 357 957 2H 10 SH HT OE TRIN Camden 36 24 16 18 2 9H B67 HHIG 2B 19 ElDoredo AP HR 24 IM Ik DB 9H 96 WT OM TS 6 bs Fayetevlle AP 36 00 98 10 W251 7 2 TM SWS ITS OTT G 75 NED 23 Fore Smith AP 35 20 96 22 46) 1270s 9HT6_ SIS MDD TBONW 8 70 Hot Springs MoD 9306 S35 17 MOI I eT EN 108 Tonesboro 3 50 9.2 MS 10-15. ‘Sere OWT S176 B80 TH 73 Lite Rock AP () MM De BT 1S. 2 Ae HN HT BD wD OND 12 Pine Blut AP 3618 9205 al 16-2 too O/H NT Ba ‘Tearkana AP 3 959 HD 23 9876 9/77 93776. «— 87978: WNW 9 eo 5 Wimter dig data are based onthe 3-onth period, December through February Summer design data arebased onthe -month period, Fun through September ‘AP or AEB folowing te staion name designates airport ot Aeforce base temperature observation, Co designates ofisToction within an urban area that “re affected bythe surounding ares, Undsianated stations are semirural and may {compre tarp dat. can wind speeds oouring oinidentlly wih the 99.8% dey bulb winter design temperature mph = knots 1151‘Weather Data and Design Conditions 3.5 ‘Table 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) Winer” Sommer? °F colt Cols Cos CLS cae Cot Goa Design Desa DeyBulband Mean” Design Stateand Station * Kong. Hex. _Dry-Bulb__Mean Coincident WetBulb Daily _Wel-Bulh_Winter Summer o Feet 99% 975% 16 256 SH Range TH 2SHSH —— Krot ‘CALIFORNIA, Bakersfield AP 35.25 119 03-475, «30«32« 10/7009 98/6832 T TL TO._ENE S WNW 109.8 253. Barstow AP Mol Me 47 way 36-29 106768 10468 MaDe? 37 TST «JO WNW 7) ll04 17 bythe AP Bou te a '395 50 3 tO tos SS M638 28:1 Burbank AP Minted mS 9 Sse ‘Lee we STD OWS Chico B48 121 SL Be B30 108769 10/58 9wGT-3G_—TL 70 GEN 5 SSE 109.0 226 Concord M58 12 $9 200 24-77 Loaves 9169 B4yo7 32170 GR WNW 5 NW Covina Mos ii 2 Ss 23S ‘Sees 95768 S206) BTL TO Crescent City AP W662 “4B ave 6S GSB kw Downey Boe 18 oe 63 537) BH o_O TD Eicajon RD ie Se 3s 42 at Baye sore Tass 50 TOs EELCentto AP (S) 32 tls @ 4335S t/a MoH oe BBE OW 8 SE Escondido 3307 117 Os oA Bove SIGS DIS OT Eueke/ArcaaaP 40 39 124 06 oR 3133 HDS] GSE Tl wT SW 15.8 207 FabvielcTravis AFD 38 16 101 5662-2932 90/6S BSG 1/68 «34 TOG GTN SWS Fresno APS) X46 119 43 ae 2830 102/70 1009 STR MTL TE WNW 1087 258 Haralion APS Be Of 122 3038302 HG 5G GST GT ON GSE eguna Beach BT 3s 4 we 806 Te) Ow vermore M4 i 57 sas 24-27 100/69 75H O67 HTL TO WNW 4 NW Lompoc, Vandenberg AFB 34.43 120.34 35 Ts/61 S76) 2h L @OESE SN Tong Beach AP. 3 118 0 a Be et 2) @ & NW 4 WNW LesAngees APS) 33.56 118 24 a 6 Se Te 15 0 & 4 WSW {Loe Angeles Co (S) MO tie id 3 4 9/7 B59 TTD NW 4 NW m8 359 MecedvastleAFB 37 23120 34 2M uid 99769 Seles 36 Th TD OESE 4 NW Modesto 7 1 © 38 30 10 94768 95/6736 WO 10538262 Monterey 36 36 121 54 35 15) Tel Gavel 2 GL SE NW Napa M3 Im 7 30.32 wore — 96768 S2ve7 30h 3.1 258 Nendies AP Ba a6 114 37 HIB om 10-8 1S TH M68 26:7 Oakland AP n 8 In 9 xe ‘tse ‘aed 7572196 GS WNW 80318 Oceanside Mo tT ss B Ge wes Te 3 Dw Ontario MoOs 1 46982 Bian He 66% TL a WW Omnardt MR s X75 0/64 7/61 U Eat Palmdale AP M8 118 06 2382 M2 W03/ © 101/65 Sask 3S] GT SSW 5 WOW Palm Springs uo 6 3241 3 IB tom 08/3816 THT Pasadena 34 09 118 0 se 3 sar 95/68 ‘2/6 298 TO 28 308 Petaluma ee ie 16 2 Suen 0/66 a6 3B TO 8 4020 242 Pomona Co BOs IIT 9M 3 17 99/6 95/68 «36 HTS 4 W057 262 edaing AP i os 3B Ws/es, 02/69 100/65 «321 ow 10912 260 Redlands MONT Be Bl ‘99/69 ‘36/6833 40637 27.1 Richmond MoS i ss MG BSL BV TD OOS Riversde-March APRS) 33 54 117 13 153229 32 1006 SR/GE 8/673] N @ NW mT 266 Sacramento AP M3 tt 30 T4022 In SAH 36 CTD NNW 6 SW 05. 276 Salinas AP e401 367530 Taret TOD IS) 2 HID San Bernardino, Norton ‘AFB Moh U7 6 125 3 Amer ww 253 Sen Diego AP. Bw ini at B39 RONG TRG 12 TD GONE 3 WNW a4 San Fernando Bi Ue 96s Sse OG TTB San Francisco AP ro i 83838 Heh 77 T8/D_ oD GL SNW San Franeisco Co 34 ie OM) THe TR HL Ow GLOWS W913 359 San Jose AP. 37 ial 656 MOG CAS/GG «RIMES «77/026 «HH CGT 6S SE 4 NNW 9056 282 ‘an Luis Obispo 33 20 0 43 2533S HD WD HTT DE WR VD ‘Santa Ana AP BE iD Ts 7 3 Be Be IE OC OES SW 1010 99 SentafarbaraMAP M26 119 901046 RET T1065 TS/6s— MSGS ONE 3 SW OTL HLT Santa Cruz Xe 9 im Ol 2s 35H T57e8 TS UE BH I ons 268 SantaMaia APG) «M34 120 37 246.3 A1eRTHGS THOS GG] 4 WNW Santa Moniea Co Mol ts ® “6 4 ree tors Te) 6 8 Sania Paula M21 19 05 28 HS Oren NaeT Bae Santa Rosa BBM 1224) Ts 2725 S578 5/67 815GMTO GOGTN S SE ima 234 Stockton AP 3754 Ii 1s ze BR 30 L00red 97/68 9476737110 WNW 4 NW Okt 245 Una 3H 1s 2 Gs gH 95/8/67 10 CT Tost 216 Visalia 3620 19 13252830 sa too 97H BT 70 fos 25:1 ‘Yreka 40 1 3es 1 TT 8576s ong BTS moe 71 Yuba cy 39 08 21 36829 HkNOWaB NOG) 98766 3ST ‘COLORADO, “Alamosa AP M7 Ws 92 TST -2 6 ws? wT OL Boule 4 00 105 6 Sus 28 ODO) wT GC Colorado Springs AP «3849 IM 42 GUS «32 OLS WIS? BwIST 30 GO SLND Denver AP bo 45 10s 52 Sm 31 M59 9 GA SE SE Darango Sr to 3 Go 14 89/50 wo 0 & 8 @ Fort Colins & 35 105 05 499 “10-4 93/59 9 ® 6 8 a Grand Junction AP(S) 39 O7 108 32 48789 529 3) 6 «ESE Ss WNW ley 4 25 106 38 fous 1 = 596700 sue 6S OS 380 tos 30 ft 3 t00res oe oN Rm We Ss 39 15 106 18 Wiss 8-4 BSD 7/50 - 30° 56 58 Sa 38 te iol 29 ‘deal 70 B76 oye MG OW SSE 4037 103 2 oe 7-2 B50 90/2 7 6 6S 1093-154 Mis to 2 Sup 23 oN Byer 326s 6S GHW 7 WSW D68—105,3.6 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) Winer? Summer? Prevaling Wind Temp. °F oot Col? CoS Cok. "CoS Gog Co CoB Gok Col.10 ‘Daign Dry-Bulband Mean Design ‘Medion of State and Staton Long. lex. _Dry-ulb_ Meum Coincident WeLBalb Dally _Wet-Hulb__Winter__ Summer Annual Ext Fest 99th 975% "19 250 5 Range W255 Knows’ __Max._Mi ‘CONNECTICUT ‘Bridgeport AP BW 6 9 6 ga BITTE HTD NNW IS WSW Hartford, Brainard ld RM. 3 7 oh BM BM DB TS MONS SOW 957 -44 New Haven AP. BS. 6 3. 7 8s Ms GT «T7675 MH ONNE 7 SW 58D 2 New London ns 9 $9 BT BID BIT] 7H TS TH Norwalk Bs M6 9 BTS BU BITS TA TS Norwich no 2% 3 7 BAS Bs BM 1 1% 15H Waterbury RO e --4 2 a a BM Uo Bm Rn NS SW ‘Winsor Lock, Bradley Fd Ra 1 0 4 8 BR BM DB WIT NS SW DELAWARE Dover AFB 30) 75:28 gmk AS RTS OS ITEC HW SW oT 70 Wilmington AP 30 1536 7h «10 18 Sd BT BITS. «2716S WNW 9 WSW 934 49 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA ‘Andrews AFB 85.7% S «1 MOMS OTe HME RTH 16 75 Washington, National AP 385177 G2 1614-7 9379S 9174887776 WNW ne 14 FLORIDA Belle Glade 26 39 16 St 92ST TS. 168 TB 947 309 Cape Kennedy AP 2» 16 35 3 SO mT TTS IS DDD Daytons Beach AP bu 3238 ks] BNW 8 Fon Lauderdale 26 04 1 4% oT (OL SOROS. wD HT ONW 9 ESE Fort Myers AP 26 35 1S 41 O78 RST 1D) ONNE TOW 989 49 For Pierce me 3 2 OL Oe wes wD 961 340 Gainesville AP ) Bal 2 ow oN oT BM OM Bw WHR We Ww 98 23 Jacksonville AP 30 30 % «2 2 96 TT SDT RONW TSW oS 254 Key West AP 3 ‘4 $$? SOP S08 TH OD «8 79:7 NNEIZ SE 920 SIS [keland Co(s) BO aa 3 SOE HIE] TB7BONNW 9 SSW Mimi APS) 25 7 df Sim sort 9) IS 9 79 -RONNW BSE 92.5 390 Miami Beach Co 230 os SOT T1088 TB Ocala pu © 31 S577) a7 ates 809 78 v8 248 Orlando AP BB m0 3S SHH HIG SITET] TR 78 NNW 9 SSW Panama City, Tyndall AFB 30-08 3 3 27 OM! ks 8 79 NB WS Pensacola Co 30 25 3 9m BT AM 6 8 1] NNET SW 963 23 St Aupoatine 2 8 3138 ne wh GT ONW TW 9G 258 Se, Petersbarg n 4% 36 TM «SOE GID ON BW OE 386 Senford 6 338 Same 8876S BB Sarasota mB 2 oR sm MT mG I DB ‘Tallahassee AP ©) 302 2B syn 276 HE TH ONW 6 NW 976 O09 ‘Tampa AP) m8 4 mW 6 TON RW sD HS West Palm Beach AP 26-1 45 Sark 9178 S078 G1 OW 9 ESE GEORGIA, ‘Albany, Turner AFR 31-36« 4 OS, 3S 19 GT/T 95TH THD TY TEN TW 006 199 ‘americas RO Me 45 2 25 oT aE STS 0198 TT fos 165 ‘athens 357 19 oka Sh HHT TGEONW 9 WNW 987135 ‘Alanta AP GS) 39 Md wo 7 2 SW DM OT HTS NW, NW 957 19 ‘Augusta AP RM NS MS dD 23 O17 9576 76 19 BO 7378 W 4 'WSW 990 175 Bronswick Ris 812 (25 32 oak RTE Bm 7) 93247 Columbus, Lawon AFB 32 31 84 56 282-1557 BIG SITS TTT] NW BOW Dalton uM M5 OD 1 2 8E 8378 81S TET Doblia mm 54 2S 21 25 sw 93778 IMS DRT 10.0 167 Gainsvile MU BA 50 28 ser. 377 OT wo 9 TB WNW 7 SW 987219, Gattis 3 M16 98 TR 229875 ONS HTH 1ST 6 LaGrange 3301 5 of 70919 WTS OLS HTS D8 ‘Macon AP Ro Hs 3 2 ow 976 8S BO] BT NW 8 wNW O17 100 Mareta, Dobbins AFB 33. SS 8431 1068731 S474 RK OMSL TE TT 76 NNW NW Sevannah Roe si 5 M2 90 Ox 91D TB WNW 7 SW 8 Valdous Moody AFB 30 5 83:12 283 38H 96/79 27GB TH 78 WNW 6 OW Wayeross Bs #22 M826 2996794779176 2D BO TB 100.0 19.5 HAWAIL Hilo APS) % 8 @ wh Bm BM Is Bm mH SW 6 NE Hosoluts AP bo @ 6 mT Ws BST 276 75 14 ENE 12 ENE ‘Kaneohe Bay MCAS e666 A575 BITE 27876 TS, NE 9 NE. Wahiawa oo 58 87ST? TA WNW SE IDAHO. Boise AP (S) 238310 86/65- Hes GA HLH OSS F ONW 126 Burley 4156-22 99/95/61 9S 386 ~83 (Coeur D'Alene AP am <1 2 i Dw OL 59 —8'5 Idaho Falls AP at <6 gost Hel M9 HS GGL ON 9S 62-160 Lewiston AP 1413 6 96/65 4/6 906-3. 6 CG «WS WNW 1059 27 Moscow 2660 0 9 ve Bl «OS GO ‘Mountain Home AFB 2396 2 9/64 9/6 SHE 366 OSG OESE 7 NW Pocatello AP 44s <1 "ove 91760 89/89 35 HG GL ONES OW ‘Twin Falls APS) 4150-3 299/62 9sror_9/60 344 SE 6 _NWWeather Data and Design Conditions 3.7 ‘Table 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) Winter? tem F Cot __¢oh2 cobs Coa ~ Cou ‘Col 10 Design Desa Drp-Bal ‘Meaian of ‘State and Station® Long. Ble _Dey Bulb Annual Este ot Feet 99% 975% Ih 255 Max. Min ILLINOIS ‘Avrora 44 8 TH 6-1 83686 IS Bm 16 967-130 Ballevile, Scot AFB «333 SI 4S] OMG ORTS BITS 2% WNW RS ‘Blooniagron 4 HT 6-8-2 STs sata BITS % 16 75 98.4 -9.6 Carbondale ya wis 47 27 9s oN aT om 7 19-8 Ghampaign/Urbana 40 OAT T= 329575 BIT HIT Bn Chicago, MidwayAP 41 4787 4ST SO 84/4173 BD ms 4 NW sw Chicago, O'HareAP 41-5 BT SHE BAUM B84 BGT 7% 4 WNW 9 SW {Cicago Co 4153 87 590-32 9H OTH BTS BT 45 96.1 83 Danville 12 87 Sk 1 87S HT BB mo 3S win SOW 982 —84 Desatut 5950 52 6-3-2 Bas 974 TB 1% 7S NWI SW 980 —8, Dinoa S150 9 29 6-7-2 93775 9078 ITS mm IS 915 183 isin 22 We 15H 7-2 oIs BET BSI mn Is Freeport 2 97 mo 9 4 oe a 1 16 74 Galesbure 4 56 9026 TH 7 sus 91s TH BOT 7s WNW 8 SW Greenville 383 8M SB 14 HE aS wITH Dm Joliet 41 se 0 S80 93775 8074 aT Bm NWH Sw Kankakee 4105 #755 sk 7S Sata HTD mons LaSalle/Pera 4119 8905 5200-7 2 9/78 OMT BBG m7 45 ‘Macomb 4028 9040 12 © 50 95/78 2/6 OTS Bm 6 Moline AP 4127 9031 sk 9-4 HTS MTs BaTH 77175 WNW 8 “SW 968 ~127 MeVernon B19 32 4D OS BST ITS BB 76 100.5 =29 Peoria AP 0 40 AL 62-88 OMS BITES 7 16 75 WNW 8 SW 980-109 ‘Quincy AP 3957 9112 TH 23. 86TH 86 om 7 NWI Rantoul, ChanuteAFB 40 18 88 05 753-41 OMTS BITE BOTS mms Wid Rockford 2 8G mM 9 6 9 BM HM 7 16 74 ona 138 Springfield AP 5950 40 SH 3-2 Bas RTE 7% NWO SW 981 =72 Waukegan 2 SS 6-3 926 TET m6 1S 96:5 106 INDIANA ‘Anderson 4005 837 919 «0 85S ATS TH oH IS WD SW 951 “60 ‘Bedford BSL 8530 6 S855 SBA TB 6 ors 44 Bloomington 08 863 TS 8S BAS «HE MO TRG OW 9 SW OTR 46 Columbus, Bakslar AFB 59 16 85 54 SL 3785/76 ATSB DTG OW D SW 3d (Crawfordsvile 00 8 54 6-23 WTS, MB OT oa 76 Evansile AP OS 87:32 Hk 85TH TSS MO) THT] NW 9 SW 22 Fort Wayne AP 0&2 BI -4 1 MS HM MM Bw Ts -H WSWI0 SW Goshen AP 42 ae 31 sw OM OOS Hobart, 32 7 1s O42 Sw BSD SH Huntington 33 830 2-4 1 mM MM B nH Indkanapolis AP 39M 86:17 72-22 927TH HTS TH 76 1S WNWIO SW Jeffersonville BB S45 45S S10 S/H O28 TTS Kokomo 4 2 BOR BS | 4 0 OK OT TTS 4 Lafayette 42 66 5 60 3 3 ae OTS HTS TH 168 LaPorte 4136 864) 810-33 OH OTS VT TH 76 75 98.1 ~105 ‘Marion 4029 BS 41 89-40 O/T SOT, BTS TTS TH 570-86 Muncie 41 821 957-32 game SOT) I RTH 6 5, Peru, Grissom AFB «40 39-86 09 813-6 =I «OTS BTS OTS THC WD SW Richmond AP 3946 450 Mul 2-2 SHI B16 75 ven 8s ‘Shelve so as a S03 834 OHH TB THT on 60 South Bend AP 42 9 T° =3 1 Mm WM BM DB TSH 962 9.2 ‘Tere Haute AP Bn Oe 8s 2 4 9575 MH HM BD wT 6 93 49 Valparaiso Si 7D A 33 8TH 16 95 955-110 Vincennes Ba OR 1 6 OMS BMH HM BR 776 1003-28 1owa, “Ames (8) 4202 93 48 1009-11 6 93718 gos ona Darlington AP. 407 OT O73 ae Ts BHT ssw 986 (Cedar Rapids AP 4153 91 BB 1059176 aS BGITE S97 Giinton 4150.90.12 5950-8 3 9278 Sos BIT4 ons Council Biute 4120 95 49 1208-3 9416 ose Des Moines AP 4 939 oe wus oh S92 Dubuque 42-26 90 42 1056 soe BT or ssw 952 Fore Dodge 23 ote os wT BOT 3 98S lowa Gy 4138 913 Gol os we aM ssw 974 Keokuk 91m 514 oss ms wm 98.4 Marshalltown 42 08 9256 B98 os os eM 98s ~134 Mason City AP 0 93 20 1213 sone Be 8 965-217 Newon 4141 932 96 ous oe BTS 98.2 —167 tums AP 4105 92-7 BO nse BTS sp 120, Sioux Cty AP 2 96-2 1085 ose ae TSH s 99-177 Waterloo 23 2m He ou ens Bee S_ 97-1983.8 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table3.1_ Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) einer Summer? *F Prealing Wind Temp, F cot Cal-5 GoLe Cot CoB, Colo) Desiga Design Dr-Dulband Mean Design State and Staton Dey-Balb ‘Coincdent WetBulh Daily _WetBulb Winter Summer Anmual Exe. 395 9780 "1s 28% 5%) Range 1e25%5% Knots’ Max. Min, KANSAS “Atchison WM oor 5-2 2 OW. ONT 96 BL DT Chanute AP 374 95.29 9H 37 1M Th OWE TR CTT 76 NNW SSW Dodge City AP () 374 99 38 “2820s yee TNR SSW E1Dorado 37 96 50 1282 =} 7 OTD. SH/TS. 96TH 6S Emporia 32 9612 01S) Nous OTS 25H TT Garden City AP 437 36 100 4% 2380-14 99/69 96769 94/5 28TH 73TH Goodland AP. 3922 101 2 3658 50 95765 96/65 93765 «3170 GE WSWID Great Bend 3821 9852 1 Od OTS 8953 HTH TS Hutchinson AP Bot 97 32 18 4B Ima”. oT TS HON IAS 1053 61 Liberal 31-03 100 58 2570 «2798/68 66K 8ar6H SDT 105.8 —38 Manhattan, PLRiley(S) 39 03 96 46 1065-13 BOIS OSS OH 2H THT]: 16 NNE 8 S045 —86 Parsons 3120 95 3199S Dsante OW DTT ONNWII SOW Rassell AP 3B 52 98 4 1865 4 101773, S/T 28TH TS Salina Bede 97 39 OS Hoe toa O/T 28 TTT SN ‘Topeka AP 390) 95.38 87704 HIS HTS OM HTB 6 NNW 10 Wichita AP 379 9728 17 ILE HTSH_TTTH 7S: NNW KENTUCKY ‘Ashland BBM HES 10 HE 97h BS oT SOW 6 SW oA 8 Bouling Green AP 3358 8628 S$ 10 TITS BOTT 912 Corbin AP 3657 B05 178 49 A Sw. eT TH 75 (Covington AP. BO 44 98 1 6 9 sR HR RB MBH Wo SW Hopkinsvle,FLCampbel 36 40-87 29 «SH $10 OTT, ATS wwTS WT HON GW HOO Lexington AP (S) 302 84369563 OYTO M_OTT76- TS WNW SW OSS = Louse AP Mi BH a SO 957 OY ME BO TG ONW 8 SW oA 12 Madisonville 79 7 aS 9076 fos 90s 9 RTT Owensboro yas m0 ws 5176 OWS OLS BTR CT] CNW 9 SW 98D 2 Paducah AP er er wus sns ts TT LOUISIANA. ‘Alexandria AP me 2 om SW Mm 9 THN TS 00.1 57 ‘Baton Rouge AP wD 1 6 2 9ST IT SUN «YH «HD ENE BW 980 214 Bogaluse 92 2 9ST OT OT «HDD 993 202 Houma BU 9 1 OS Ose Te WM IS aD 72 23 Lafayeue AP. 30:12 92.0 4 26-3 9S OHTE ITH iB BL «BO 7] BSW 982 226 LakeCharisAP(S) 30 07-9389 27H OTT OTT 17 79 ON SSW 982 205 Minden 3236 93 18 250 ©2025 9977 DHT DHT. 79 78 1017 49 Moarae AP RU DR 7% mw B HN 76 BIE 2 1% NZ S IOI 39 [Natchitoches 314% 80S BO 2% ON OST YT 2D] 1D New Orleans AP BS 015 4 2 33 SHH 82/78 HTT «1G «BD DONE & SSW 96.3 27.7 Shreveport AP (3) 2B 934 2s) DS HTSUS TOONS. MAINE ‘August AP. wD oe a9 Hu) 85/70 82/68 TAT 70_NNE 1D WNW Bangor, Dow AFB. 4343 68 30 192 670 RG GT TTS] WNW TS Caribou AP(S) 46°52 68 01 624 sue 8/6) 78/656 2k T&F WSW IO SW Lewiston 4 @ 7015 20 ws 8/0 BH TD TO 940-137 Milinocket AP 9 aR 43 51/8 R68 8065-2 TRO GS -WNW IT WNW 924-2300 Portland (3) 89 01D wn MWA 8 2 42M WTS HS —99 ( Waterville #2 640 3M 7 a MARYLAND Balkmoce AP BM 164 Me 1S HS OLS RCT HW SW 90 162 20 14 7 we HS «1M TR TE WNW SD 72 37 84 70 G10 SRS HME HA OT 7678 WNWIO W | 3 7135 3&2 HOTS BE CTT HN WNW Hagerstown BO TH 1 8 2 94S Oe BE O76 75 WNWID Ww | Salsbury) 3 7850 591216 OAS OLAS 1716 968 14 MASSACHUSETTS ‘Boston AP (S) @2 1m 1s 6 9 Svs HM BT 16 75 74 2 WNWI6 SW. 957 ~12 Ginton a Tal 8-2-2 OI Re wIT 5 13 i Fall River 143 1108 “19 «Sow BOR NWO SW Framingham 27 13 m0 3 6 wm BM BY OH BT ‘Gloucester 2-35 0 41 1025 aS Ras 5 74 TD Greenfield @3 2 4 ms -7 -2 wn SM me BOM BT Lawrence 22 110 57 6 °0 sO} MM BY R16 4 73 NW 8 WSW 952 ~90 Lowell 239 119 99 4 1 os mS 215 743 951 85 [New Bedford 4141 0058-79 9 as. RUT OCT ONWID SW 91422 Pitted AP 226 18 ue -§ 3 TRB NWI SW Springfield, Westover AFB 212 722-25 5 0 oO «YL BY BTRN B SSW | ‘Taunton 456 706 20° $9 BTS BTR BO BS 74 | Worcester AP 216 1 96 0 4 ROW Wwal Weather Data and Design Conditions 39 ‘Table 3.1_ Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) 5 Winer” ‘Sommer Prealing Wind = colt Col? _Col.3 Cod CakS ake Cat eas Cal. Desi Design Dry-Balband Mean Design State and Station* Long. _Blex__Drylulb_ Mean Coincident Wee-Bulh Dally _Welalb__ Winter _ Summer _ o/ Feet 99 975th 1 25% Sm Runge “TH 25HST Knows MICHIGAN 8 ‘Adrian Ass mor ase 13 ssa B wD ora -10 3 ‘pena AP 4508 3 25 61D 1-6 98/70. 2” ms ws sw 38 ‘0 Battle Creek AP 219 15 OM 5 na wn B64 SW RSW 0 Benton Harbor AP 4208-86 26 G8 5 92 Bn 2 75 74 22 SSW 8 WSW 4 Datoit 23 BO 49 6 973 se 76 4 3 WH SW 851 26 Escanaba 44 80S aT 7 am Be vo B® 88-161 4 Fiat aP 23 84 7m 1 9073 arr 2% 1% 4 2 sws SW 953-99 Grand Rapids AP 2S a ae 5 9172 HBSS THT WNW 8 SW. 854 —5.6 a Holland 22 60 OF um wT BT OTB out 68 8 Jackson AP 2 16% 28 10m nm wy BB TB 365-78 6 Kalamazoo 217 85 36955 um BY BSB CMTS 959 67 Lansing AP, 2a 436 OB 7s OTS A SW WGI Marquette Co 6M om TS a0 e766 187270 94s 8 Me Pleasant, BS M46 16 ous 2 WS TTD 94-11 4 Muskegon AP % 0 6M as wn wm mm N BTR ES sw 8 Pontiac 20 825 98) sos RSTO 4B 950 68 Port Huron QO ms 56 on Hm BM 2 wHB Ws Ss Saginaw AP. BR wos 66 us MT BE TA WSW 7 SW 861-76 8 StuleSte ManeAP(S) 46 28 22721 70 8/71/65" HT ET SW E210 2 ‘Traverse City AP 45 8535 OM ir «ADS TST SSW 9 SW 954107 Ypsilanti au en 16 on MDDS TD SWI SW 4 MINNESOTA 7 Abert Lea 2» HU mo -7 -R mm HM WH we mB a ‘Alexandria AP 45°52 9% 100 —2 —16 91/7 BM By 2% 76 4 95.1 23.0 Bemidji AP 0456 19 3 26 Be B56 BST TET «ON BS. MS 359 7 Brainerd 4624 O4 08 iy 20 16 9073 TBD SBT Daath AP 4% 50 921 2k 21 1G 85/70 ARGH 78/6270 GE _WNWID WSW “909-274 Fairbault HG M0 1 2 om BM OS 958 243 Fergus Falls 4% 16 96 oF 210-21 oun B50 24 16K 969 278 7 International FalbAP 48 3493-23 1179 55/68 6/68 806525“ GECN 9S BABS i. Mankato 4 0 93 591008 om mas) TB 2 Minneapolis/St. PaulAP 44 33° 93 1383 mrs 9/7) MOT 7S TSONW BS 86S 220 | Rochester AP 5 9230 19 ons 8/2 BTL TTS TR ONW 9 SSW 06 St. Gioud AP) 4535 94 1 1063 57m STK TAD 0S Virginia 70 2B 1s 85/69 81/68 80/66 «23717 226-30 2. wilimar 45 07 95 05 Mia =15 oe MBL 18 TD 968 243 d Winona WO 18 62 ous TBD 2S TH MISSISSIPPI 17 ilo Keeser AFB «30-25-88 55260 28_sMLCOWITD.«SRITB SOROS BL DON BSS Clarksdale 42 90M 1 19 9 WT AG 2 1003 Columbus AFB Bo wa WD 1S 98M IE mT BON TOW IOS Greenville AFB 3B 9059 BS 1S 2 9ST MTT ITS DTD 35 Greenwood 340 9005 81S OST TT STH 7B 1006 Hiesborg B16 1S sO ogTe HTB D 339 Jackson AP RD 905 HO 21-25 97768 83S H_TH TB ONNW 6 NW 5DB 7 Laurel 14 9 10 26 ON STE Mow TD 997 0 Mecom AP 1S 90 28 46 © 21-26 SGT 4762776 IB_S BO DT 29 Meridian AP. RD m4 20 | 1 OST (5G 6 OH] TD TON 6 WSW 983. 157 Natchez 3 91 SOT STR WE TM «Bow ose 184 Tupelo Mile 84 ist OM 9 Se WT Re wT 007 18 Vicksburg Co 324 90 47 26 26-5 OSHTT LBD TD 969 180 12 MISSOURI ‘Cape Girardeau Mow 93s 3s 1b 96 sms Ts wT Columbia APS) BS RD OTH 451780474917) 22 TTT WNW 9 WSW 995 62 Farmington AP M45 90 24 928 3 967 INS HM TET OS 99-21 14 Hannibal wa 1a 489 3 96716 9376 90/76 22H _CT]_NNWIL SSW 984 76 Jefferson City MM 2 60 2 9s ST ETO 1012-61 Toplin AP. 37) 9440 9801 NGOS OHS TET 76 NNW SSW 12 Kansas Cy AP 3907 9435 Ll 2 S8TS HB TET 6 OCNW 9S 1002 43 es Kinksile AP 80 05 92.33 964-30 864 HH GOT TCT 983 108 10 Mexico DM se 7S -t 4 OHH OU RTO 012 -80 1 Moberly 3M 9% 80-23 7 OHH O21 Poplar Blast 36 46 90 25 3801169878576. STE_C LTD TB Rolla 39 918 uae 8 ONTOS MTG sea -31 20 St Joseph AP. 396 9455 S32 967 HITS SLITS 2 BT NNW 9s 1006 -80 as Sc Lous AP be 4s 0 2 352 OTS aS Loo 78 TT 76 ONW 9 WSW 22 St Louis Co 3B 39 90:38 4} ORS HIS OM 71 NW 6S 9-27 Sikeston 3653 9 36S BT SH BTS 2 Bn Sedalia, Whiteman AFB 38 43 92:33 KB 149576 STE SOTS 78 16 NNW 7 SSW 1000 ~S.1 Sikeston 363 89 36 SS OWT G S2 BT Springfield AP Hi 93 2 ak 39 9673932 715 NWI S972 243.10 Load Calculation Manual ions for the United States (Continued) = Semmes” F Prevailing Wind _Tomp., FP _ cau cos cos CoS Coe Gah 7 Go ‘Cal Col Design Desge DrvBulband Mean Design Median of State and Staton Long. _ Bley. _DryBulb_ Daily _Wetlb_ Winter Summer Annual Ext wo Reet 9954 975% Range T25%5% Know? Max. Min MONTANA Billings AP 45 48 108 His -10 94st 9164 BGT EGON 9 SW. 10045 -191 Bossman 4 a7 © 2 14 S01 fre WS DO 922-132 Bate AP 4 97 12 30 Th Ti ses Baye SSS SST SS ONW 918-263 Cut Bank AP. aor in 2 re er $3 303 Glasgow APS) 48 25 106 32 Th “is se fer CS Glencre 7 08 106 48 Tie “13 95/65 set 72 GT 8S 1033-298 (Great Fats AP (S) ein 2 Tal is 51/0 ave 85/39 GSW 7 WSW 980-251 Hive 45 34 109 40 a 952-313 Hikers AP 46 36 112 00 Tat Tie 5170 ahve a5 HL WNW 956-237 Kalispell AP a5 18 116 16 ci 5 Sie mil wo Sha 168 Tewiton AP 08 109 21 Im 16 soe Hye BB NW 9 NW 962-217 LUsingstown AP 45 42 110 26 rr er oa 212 Mies City AP a6 26 10s 52 Tao TiS 98766 95765 92/65 30 OO GT NW 7 SE 1036-277 Missoula AP a6 55 114 05 TB U6 oe mel Sad 36S BOD OESE 7 NW 986-129 [NEBRASKA Beatie 40 16 96 45 15-5 -2 99S BH ITO tos =113 Chadron AP 50 1G 0s 3313 83 ore es 81785 30, 1 Colambes 41 28°97 2 M4806 2 se OS B28) TH 15 Fremont 4126 56.29 1n00 6 "2 Sass TTT Grandstand AP 4 59 98:19 1860 “8-3 Sr SHOOTS TH TE ONNWIO Sta ~142 Hactings 3 9826 195 7 “3 ne MM SIM OTB ONNWIO S133 107 Kearney a 4 99 01 2-9 4 sem SB SO TH TST 1029 —1327 Lincotn Co) 4 51 9643 1180 5-2 9971s OS TR THON BS Oa Mecook 4 12 100 38 7168 6 2 9870 95/0 91 28H TT orice 419 97:26 Isl "8 4 S78 SHOTS TET 15 102.0 ~200 NorthPiateAP(S) 08 100 $1 271984 97/6) Sug 90-2 TR T]ONW 9 SSE 1008-158 Omaha AP ai te 19s 4 [om a3 guns 9175 te TTS ONW RS tao —1n2 Scab AP 452 10s 36 38s8 k=} 56s Sass Sea CNW 9 SE 1016 189 Shiney AP 4113 103 06 99 "83.95/65 Sa6s eH OT NEVADA, ‘Cason Cty 39 10 119 46 467549 Bure 91/59 88/58 2S GIG SSW 3 WNW 992-50 Elko AP 4% 50 115 47 5050-8 -2 949 92/59 se GD OE SOW Ely APS) B17 Mla 51 Gs 10 A vst se SSS] SES 9 SOW Las Veeis AP) 36 05 115 10 2178 25 28 owes © 106/65 t0WeS © 30.71 70: ENE 7 SW Lovelock AP 0 08 30382 ‘oe Sores SO 103.0 -10 Reno APS) 38 30 fie $b 95/61 Ske 90159 4S GE GI SSW 3 WNW Reno Co 39 30 119 47 ose SaaS HS GC a2 ‘Tonopah AP 34 04 117 05 S06 «SIO Saves SHs8 LON SS Winnemuces AP 40 56 117 $8 Gor 1 '3 Serco Sue0 Sara SI SEIO ©W tema 8, [NEW HAMPSHIRE ‘erin 40 no m0 = am we ee oO saa -249 ‘Clatement Sa nm ‘a 9 Bm en oe om BT ‘Concord AP ep ns je os son m0 wed XK TST ONW 7 SW 48-160 Keene as nn w -2 son Ho Me MB Tt sis ~189 Laconia So 1a ss “10 sn me 3% BT Manchester, Greniee AFB 42 56 7126-2838 sur sm M1 ONT SW 537-126 Portsmouth, PeseAFB 43 06 70.49 10) =? 7 nn 2 um WE OW [NEW TERSEY ‘Alani Cty Co wa u% no soe T 7s NWI WSW 930° 28 Long Branch op wa 1 1 sane ns 559° 43 Newark AP oa mm 7 urna 36 75 WNW 1 WSW ‘New Brunswick DDH ws 6 sorta 36 75 Paterson 04 mo 10 6 serra %6 15 Philipsburg oa 3s tt an 5% ma 7 ‘Trenton Co OB m4 | 3171s 1s Ww 9 SW 962 62 Vineland 3 Tso 1a 8 sits 16 5 NEW MEXICO ‘Aamagordo, Holloman AFB 32 sl 105 06 4093119 98/64 ao AfbuqueraveAPG) 35-03 106 37 S311 1216 Owl 66 NT Wo set sa ‘tela 3246 100 23) 313 saaver n moss 37 Carisbad AP 22 io 6 333 13 1B tower 1 m0 6 Sse Clovis AP MD 103 oe |B 13 8868 6 6 10 25 Farmington AP 364 os e's 95763 6 GENE SSW Galup 35 31 108 47 Gis gS 0/59 & 6 Grants 35 10 107 SK as 15/59 @ 6 Hobbs AP 24s 1 1 390 138 0166 m0 6 as Cruces 32 18 106 55 4544 1S an Soee @o ses se {os Alamos 35 2 106-19 7410's 9 are a we 23 Raton AP 36 8 108 30 GT -& 1 V6 ao‘Weather Data and Design Conditions 3.11 ‘Fable 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) winter? ‘Temp. colt Col? CoL3 Cod ~ Col CoL10 Design Median of State ana Staton Lat Lov. Eley. _ Dey Bulb Annual Ext Se Peet 59 975% Teast so Kwots’ Max. Min Roswell, Walker AFB 33 18 10K 323076 1 ON 6 SSE W027 Santa Co 35°37 106 05 GT GO aoa 501-12 Sider City AP 32 38 108 10 su oo 8 Socorro AP, MO 6 53 a2 OT 61 66 6s Tucumcari AP 35 1 03 36 a © 6 NES SW m7 ou NEW YORK ‘Albany AP ) aa nae ms 6 wm sm BoB mR ‘albany Co ap nas 1 4 1 wm sm m7 mM ‘burn 26 %2 Ws 3 2 wn MM RB sD ‘Batavia So wi sm 1S un um DR BBD Binghamton AP 2 59 190 2 1 0 We 2 WO Buflelo AP 255 WK 1S 2 6 Bm He 1% Cortland 2% % iN 1m -§ 0 wm BM MD mm BOT Dunkirk 2y Vie o «¢ 9 BR Sm Bm B Bun lea AP 20 7658 955-8 1 BTID Geneva (8) 26s SH 6 3 2 MM oH oH Ro TD 961-65 (Gles Fals 6 0 8 -N -3 wm B D 2 TT NNW 6S Gloversville 82 2 7) 8 2 wR BOT BD TSH TD ba2 -1466 Hornell bm na ims 4 0 se BS HD oS TD hace) 27% 98 5 0 oS BT OTT Ww 6 gw Jamestown 20 BM 1 1 3 mT 86 BD DTH TT WSW 9 WSW Kingston 415 7400 mm «32 STs SoS THT Lockport 2 Wis 6 4 «7 Bs RTD TL 76 4 73ND SW. 2 a Massena AP re ee ee) Newburg, Stewart, ‘APB. 40 Ho 4 07s BR BH WI Ww N¥CCentrlPak(S) 4047-7358 STEW TS 4 sis 38 NYC Kennedy AP 29 a7 Bh 2 1S 9093 HI BW 16 16 75 TH WNW 6 SSW NYCLsGuadiaar 40 4 7354S 2746 TSM OWNWIS SW [Niagara Fills AP B06 757 sm 4 7 GT OH TOW SW Olean Qu wR 2m 2 2 Hm wn BM 2 4B OT Oneonta aN 7508 WS 7-4 Be BOE DD ‘Oswego Co @% 7% 30 1 7 BT RT BUTTS TZ 7 SW OS 74 Plattsburg AFB 4 OR ms - 8 BB HOE TS TT NW 6 SE Pougblacoae 4 SS 6s OG SIH TH MDZ TT TS 8 NNE 6 SSW. 981 ~56 Rochester AP oo 7a 7 1 $ 9 BM BO RB oS BD WOW WSW Rome GiffisAFB. «oi 75:25 SM =I 5 TB ST ONW SW Schenectady (9) 2 BS i 4 1 os mM MM R 15% WNW 8 SuffolkCousiy AFB «40 S| 7238? BSAC CTSONW 9 SW Syracuse AP 20 1% 40-3 2 973 HT wD 2 OT ONT WNW 98, -100 Utica SO 6B 74 -2 -6 8 BM Om 2B BN NWR OW Waterowa % 9 6 3 “6 B67 BT BYTE TBE 7 SW 917 196 NORTH CAROLINA ‘Asherile AP 3% m0 «1K HT BBS 74 T2NNWD NNW 91958 ‘Charlo AP. SB 9 S676 ROOST THO D166 NNW 6 SW OTB DG Durham 33.52 47 a6 94/TS ITS UTS DT TTT 989 96 Elizabeth Gy AP. % 16% oR «2 STR OV BG kw BE ONW BSW Fiyetevile PopeAFR 35 10 79 O28 «T9578. SOS TONG SSW ood IL Gatasbor, ‘Seymout-Johnson Greensboro APS) Greenvitle Henderson Hickory Jacksonville Lamberton ‘New Bern AP alejhyDurham AP (8) Rocky Mount Wilmington AP Winston elem AP [NORTH DAKOTA, Bismarck AP) Devil Lake Dickinson AP. Fargo AP Grand Forks AP. Jamestown AP ses oun 96 TST TON BSW 88 BO 7 7 om Ww 61S NET SWOT OT BSB ou (9176 BTS 1B 3 0 2 osm 6 TE 19 CTT Bonn os 0m Ho 965 96 M90 sums 078 BY] BT “ mp B 95716 92/76 OTS 0B BT Go 2» 2 sums 90/78 B77 18D TB 982151 a7 ot 6 Ms ATS MONS OT SON 7 SWOT BD oom ow ou 976 BS RTT son 9379978 BT CBB TN BSW 969 1B? B99 16 94/14 917 «BITE T5 TS THONW 8 WSW 4-2 9/68 9/68 Be] 2ST TO WNW 7S aus sé so 25 sve B/G BGS 2ST 304 eee juss 90766 BTS 281) GE WNW ID SSE =a3 a 86 22 ous e286 HD SSEM S913 297 % = 26 oy S/T) BayGR OS CTO BOS (876-290 aw on 9470 90/69/6826 THT 1013-279 2 1668-26 sues §9/67 66S 25 «TTD «GE WSWIOS 3s is 25, 9/68 886785682810 997 3293.12 ‘Table 3.1_ Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) Load Calculation Manual Winer! 3 Sommer Prevaling Wind Temp, F ct Coh2_Cai:3_Cohd Goh Gal Git eae, Coho, Colt Design ~~ Design Dry-Bulb and Mean Median of He. _Dry-Bufb Mean” Coincident WetBulb Dally _ Wet Feet 99% 975th Wy 25M Ste Range “19625057 onto ‘Akron Canton AP 558126 181 BRUT BD SW 9 SW MHA ~46 ‘Ashtabula 4151 948 "8049 sey SBT mR ‘Athens 92 82056" 70 «0-655 x STS TBS TH Bowing Gren 4 838 OS 2-2 HT HMB TS 967-73 ‘cambridge 4% 895 a7 83S SOT TB T6TS Chilcothe 92 #0 HO 0G 85S IMS 8TH KW SW 982-21 Cincinnati Co pO MN He 1 6 2 Om wR om oS 4 WO SW 2 -2 ‘Cleveland AP S) 4 HS1 om 1 S$ 8 STL KH TB WIZ ON 947-31 ‘Columbus APS) 490 #253 §2 «0S STS OMS BM «MOTTE AW SSW 960-34 Dayton AP. 3954 M12 igo 14 9173.6 TS TS WNWIL SW 966 ~4.5 Defiance 417 42 0-14 HOV DT TS Findlay AP 4101 40 Bs 23 92 WM oT HH ora 74 Fremont 420 807 6-31 9073 TSTMS Hamilton ee ee ee 982-28 Lancaster wu M38 sO 0S OH OT MoT TS 4 Lima 2 uO oo 4 9M 9177 SR kT 6TH WNW SW 960 ~65 ‘Mansfield AP 2 OU ms 0 5 9 HM WR MB KM RB WS SW 98-107 Maion 0% 810 Mm 0 5 9% 8 YR BT 6 -Midletown pu MI Bs 0 §$ 2 OM HM RB wT Newark 01 22 HO 1 $8 BM HR B TS M 5 Sw 958 68 Norwalk 416 2 0-3-1 OS HT BST HTS 973-83 Portsmouth BO NSS SO 5 10 9576 TM HT BR TTS 8 sw 9 10 Sandusky Co a7 28 «6 1 6 9 Nm wT 2 mB 967-19 Spriafielé 3950 83 501082 39/4 wT moo Ow Tw Steubenville 2 038 9 1S Nw ORO ‘Toledo AP 4136 848 6-3-1 97) RTS. AST]. «-25- 1675S WSW 8 SW 954-52 Warren 4120 8051 928 0S TTT BSD BOTT Wooster 7 M55 100 «1G Be RUT] STS oo 77 Youngstown AP 4116 60.40 1178-14 BA BETH SWIO SW Zanesville AP 357 BSH 90017 OTS SOTA TS BH THIS W OF SW OKLAHOMA, Ade M47 96 41 10S 10K ONT THOSE BTS TS ‘Altus AFB B39 99 16 138116 MaRS NOOSE TS NDS “Ardmore 1 97 OF 1ST HOW7Ts HOSE Bartlesville 36 45 96.07 «715-610 1017) HTH Se BT Chickasha 3503 9758 1085104 “N01/74 RT osTh BCT Enid, Vance AFB. 362 9758107913 Nose mae oT Lawton AP 34M 98-28 10861216 «101778574 HBT Mealester 3450 9555-716 1419 8K HTH BOT HSNO. ‘Mutkogee AP. 3540 95 2 GIO. 10 AS LOK OBITS STS TT ‘ Norman 35 1S 97 2 MBL «913 88/4 HTH OWT HT HSN OS Oklahoma CityAP(S) 35 24 97 361285 «913 LON/TS/TA S/S 2S TET “7H SSW Pores City 36 4 9706-997) LOGO OH TTB 6 Seminole 3S 96 4086S AS HTH GH HTS B_TTCTB TS ‘Saltwater (9) 36 10 9705 984 «= «813 «L007 * 9674 93/4 KOT S—SNIZ SSW ORT 16 Tulsa AP 3612 9558 650813 10L RTS 5S TET ON SSW Woodward 3636 9 26s 610 LD) HTS SRG TS wor -13 ‘OREGON ‘Albany ee ee ee ee 7 ons 166 ‘Astoria APS) 450 13-53 S29 75/65 THAR GGL «IGS CESE 7 NNW. Baker AP 4450 117 8 a1 9/63 HEI BHD «SGI ons 68 Bend 4408 121 19 3595-34 BT) RISD 3 964 8 Corvallis (S) 4301 17 2618 OTS «RHES GT HON GON O98S TT Bugene AP 7 1s 359 7 SrieT 9/66 BSS CT HON TON ‘Grants Pass 26 1 5 2M 95/96/68 967-33 T«] GON SN 1006 168 Klamath Falls AP 42 09 121 4 40249 oayel 1/60 AIS) 36— LCN SW OSD Medford AP (S) 22D 2 iE 19 98/6 BH/GT IGE 3806 7S A WMW 1008 150 Pendleton AP 45 41 BS! Maz 2597/65 98/88 D2 GS NNW 6 WNW Portland AP 45 36:12:36 21172386 BS/GT BIS B® GT HOSE IZ, NW 966 18.3 Portland Co ee 7 s16 205 Roseburg AP 86 1 2 525 1k 93/67, 90/65 «TGS «30 CGT 96 195 Salem AP 455 18 1 19618 SRG. HGS BUGS SOE SON ON 98D 159 ‘TheDalles 45 36 121 12 100.1319. 98/09 a9/6E 85/65 2870S GT Jost 39‘Weather Data and Design Conditions 3.13 ‘Table 3.1 Climatic Conditions for the United States (Continued) Wine? Sunes! Prevaling Wind Temp, cout Cos Gok CaLT cabs cous ol 10 - Desi ‘Dasgs Dryshb nd Mean Design Medion of State and Stati Drytniy_ Mean Coinent WeUBth Daily Webel Winer Summer Annual Ete Som FS VG 25% SM Range 25H Know? Max Mn PENNSYLVANIA ‘Allentown AP 40975 2% 97 48 MN Mo HST WH Sw ‘Altoona Co 40 8 7 19 oe 0S ROT TBH TET WNWHT WSW 937-52 tle 027 4 1 1 6 9 HM HM Dn 5187 Chambersburg 5677 HH 8 OOS OTST 6 75 a 3 bie AP 2s 0 BL 4 9 BR BM BM IB 1S 74 7 SOW O WSW 913-22 Harrisburg AP 401276 46 OR 7887S 974 HHT 21 TT 76 7S NW WSW 963° 37 Johostown 4019 78 50 2-3-2 8670/72 T2T1 70 WNW 8 WSW "964-18 Lancaster 007% 1 48 BS OS OTH 7S NW WSW Meedvile 4138 a) 10 10504 wT] S HoT saa -as New Castle 4101 a 22 «S| «27 «OTS HH. HT. «BTS TH_-73. WSW 10 WSW 947 64 Piiladelphia AP 375 1s S10 98/75 OTH BIT 76-78 WNW 10 WSW 954 5.9 Pittsburgh AP 08 Gb ny 1 5 am BI BH RB MD WSWi0 WSW Piusbarah Co 4077 0 © 107 893 7 9 HT BB 986 1a Reading Co 400 75 8 2650 TWA BH TS TB WH SW 97036 Scranton/WikerBaree 41 20 75 «M9 LS ORT. BADD TST SWB WSW 948 22 State College) 40 77:52 1337 SOR TL aD 2 HTS TR. NNW 8 WSW 932 3.6 Senbury 405) 7646 MG 27 RS HM HM OB BT Uniontown 55 794 9550-59 OBS 6 S74 ony 25 Warren 415179 08 20-24 STB eH TD 93 West Chester 3 75:38 45D RSM TIE 75 Williamsport AP SIs 7655 SH 27 RW HBTS TH TB W 8 WSW 855 York 355 7645 382 OTS MTS OT TH 75 97 RHODE ISLAND, Newport (3) 4190 7120 «SBS GS 7S TH WNW SW Providence AP a 1% StS 9 HT MR HDS 15 78 TH WNW SWE 5 ‘SOUTH CAROLINA Anderson Ma O46 7% 1B 9h I SOs oT 8 1S ws 133 Charlton AFB(S) «32S GD © «AS—SK_CT_«SI7TR_OOUTR.wH/TT.«1B OBL 7ONNE BSW Chateson Co BM DS 3 25 2 94S I SOT YB 7D 18 214 Columbia AP No S107 23 2% % 976 95S HS OD TT «OW 6 SW 1006 162 Florence AP MU Da MW 2 25 oT RM Eo TD ONT SW 995.165 Georgeiown BB DT MB 2% 279 soe BAT BM | 19 NT SSW 952 191 Greenville AP Be OS) OHTA TH TSW 8 SW 973 16 Greenwood 30 07 ORO OSS HM OTRO 995 141 30 2 mo «HTH STS HIS DBT 1012 180 M9 H 58 47 «19-23 96/75 SH STE ETT TH Spartanburg AP. MoS 20) 2 1S BH OLA WA DTT 6 TS ws 139 ‘Sumter, shaw AFB «33 S480 221692228 UST BTS SOT «21H TTT CNNE 6 © W 1000 134 SOUTH DAKOTA ‘Aberdeen AP. ov oT 1S TH ONNW 8S 1023-281 Brookings mm wm 2% 7 1S 978-265 Huron AP yi sw 2713 NNW 8S OLS ~258 Mitel 3 970 HS TB 1030-227 Pierre AP 9s 96) 29) 1S HT NWIL SSE 1057-206 Rapid Giy APS) oss 88/65 «28 T1«@ 90 0) #0 (6) TS GO 7 GW) 15 GY 77 We) 84° C2) 90 CH) as Vesas, NV 0 SDS (77 SH) 6S HH) 70 CD GS GO) 75 GI) 90 GSD 94 SD ie Rock, AR SS | B89 CO) 15 (O10 6 GT GH) TO GI) 4). 8S GS) 90 CD os Angles, CA SR 9790 6H) 75 (HH) TH (5H) TO GH) GSI) 70 GB) 75 GI 75 GO) ‘Madison, WL 0 S75 UHH) 50 Ca) SO) 4S GO) 37 GDH GI GH 80 (OH) Medford, OR 2 1 BT DG GS 57 S56 GD 9-H) GO G2) 76 GH BE GH Miami, FL s om 7 8 05 4 OD BT HGH 8 CD 8 CH 8 CD 8 OD Minneaplis, MN 3 3S a5 GO) SS US 36 GD 38 GD 3 GO) 4 GH HD 6) 85 G8) Nase, TN 7 50D GH) 70 KH) 6 GD GW GO 65 GD) 7 GD BH GD B New York, NY % DB ON 3 6 & ) 0 GD 3 UH 30 GH) GG) 9 GD BW) Otlahoma City, OK % «SES OD] 7 GD 6 GY 6 GH 1 GD 15 GH 8 GD 87 CO) Omaha, NE 1h 95977 TH) GS SH) 55 4S) M0 GO) 50 4H) 55 US) HH BS Phoeni, AZ % In oo 2 9S (68) 19 (50) 75 (5) 78 GD 15 GO) 85 G8 95 (@) 9 (O) isu, PA. 0 9 TB IT 7G) 9 GH) 35 6) 0 GO 50 GN 6 GH) 1H GH BG) Portland, ME B70) SH 45 HH 4 GH 40 GS 0-4) 6S G2 15 (6 Poriland, OR 3662 GH BSH 37 GD 37 GH) 58GB). 6S GD D2 GH BT Raleighy/Durham.NC 3552874870 GD GD GS GH 70 GH 15 G1). BS GD B Sahiakechy,UT 40 46— AS82378). @ AH) S0-GH 50) SS GH GF ED 75 GO) 85 GT San Antonio, 1X 2 2 8 2 “F_ 5G OE 0 LH) 7 GD 75 G) 80 ]) B GD % C2 Seattle, WA. 4 kG OSH) 5S HS) 55) SH GH) 53) GD GT GD) 710 OD St Lau, MO BS SSS HTD. 51D GD 10 D 7 GD 15 G) 8 @ Tallaasse, FL 2 HSS OD 19 ON 4 GD) 74 GH 15 GS) 7 (@) 8 G90 C3) ‘Tampa, FL 7 8 80 OH) TH GH 7 GD 79 BH) B TH 90 TH Washington, D.C SL a0 6) UH) GH 65 _D- 55_G_10_GO)_ 85) 85 1 owes Do ubreneeresarthse caressed aproimach 2.9% 2, Ded rom WYEC Bn Data (Desa 1985) the hour foreach month| | | | ‘Weather Data and Design Con ions 3.23 “able 3.4 Cooling Design Dry-Bulb and We-Dulb Temperatures for October through May (Concluded) Iatlde ——Eoaplude ie Dey Ha (et Buby ow Teg WT og Min TROT Ont Noe ee dan Mach And it cmos ~—~C*«SS as OY OD GD BO) w OOS wR meal oc 2 8 Re EOE RSG SB SS 28 2S 2B Mee Onan GFF ee GBS 8 18 SS fo SS o Go & Tee tthcomis 3 om oe SG OE BD Hw DO Sw OE @ wares Sook ns SSS Ge Ge i Go 8 Ge 8 GD ‘Table 3.5 Average Winter Temperature and Yearly Degree Days for Cities in the United States and Canada" (Base 65°F) ‘p,_ Degeo Das ae Depeo Das site station wine "Sear | state Staion wine "Sey Temp.°F Total Temp.,4°F ~ Total aerate ee fous ve 433 iso The 2 ere eae S82 Bs oo ta ata hese A Bo eet ein eh sa 08 Tokbankce A 67 a7 Ga. Athens. fee A AS 2929 iene A m1 $015, Atlanta A SLT 2961 ise aR ah gem Rb Be joe Fuga errs oe cA BR Bs Pee Soa ie cor Ae. ae Ls SR i eae A 33 it Wor £8 ime Seto ck Sy te ton ch GR Sn ‘oust toh a Foti . | at une ee 7 tan cou Rp os Bee ee $ a 4 | ae Bilan AB sew A no Be ‘Burbank ....... A S86 1646 —_ era PCE sce etea CC cag: “xa ae Sata Gises iis RO ara ar Ser Wa A gs Prion Ae ke aia $s Se tate é 88 le ors Some 1 om no cok ai Ont ia mo eter au elses cooccunamnn a au Snel ck a i SSoneno eee zn Sesame A Bo | tat Ble A so me ene Eine 8 gs sie € a oe é 9 teams tw ‘San Francisco. A 301s 7 sabes ce | tom Beton Ams au Stacia ccc ir peN oc ARS ge com tno A 2 aioe peta ties Cat Si & & és cia * co te So 8h Renee é St | kame Comar Sn ae ses eb cin s sat mets, ar ose A xe eee A Sa Ge com Bre jae! Sepa 2a Se ee :B & We nd fara Aa S| a covapen fae ae DeL Wilmington A OS 4930 Lexington A G8 4683 De Wann a oan | ae ee Fla Apalachicola a2 Be Alcandit Soe Daytona Beh A as 9 Tale Cares Sok @ i. Ryle ran feauer =] Now Oras. A ao Bs So Senos $8 Be Rey West | oo = ‘Shreveport A 562 2184 ft $a ot wea SL ae caton A me ne Matt aadk oo se kB “Da for United States ces from a poblisation of the United States Weather Bureau, Monthly Normals of Temperature, Precipitation and Fatig Degree Days, 1962, are forthe period 1931101960 inclusive. These data als include {nformation from te 1963 revisions to this publication, where avsbe. "Data for airport station, A, and city stations, C, are both given where aval- able “Data for Canadian cies were computed bythe Climatology Division, Deparment ‘of Transport from normal monthly mean enperatres, and themontly values of ‘eating day data were obtained ving the National Research Counc computer and ‘Amethod devised by HLCS, Thom ofthe United Stats Weather Bureau, The heat- Ing days are sed on the period from 193101960 ‘For period October to Api inclusive.' 3.24 Load Calculation Manual | Table 3.5. Average Winter Temperature and Yearly Degree Days for Cities inthe United States and Canada%* (Base 65°F) (Continued) ‘Avg. Degree-Days ‘ang. Degree Daye Siate station Winter Yearly state station Winter eny ‘Temp."°F Total Temp."°F Total Ma Balto A 07 we | NY Nee GaLmi)ce ae ae faltines © CEN | Coban, Nev nk tx aay a Br & Fredo 83 te Nox Yon kena A ft Si Rett Asa ae Mass. Boston As ao S04 Sinead ee Nantel ah. Sor — S32 Se Pred": fhe ie Pasi A Be ET nc Ashe ; cw on Cepeda 20 Si ie Mien. Agena cocimneen A BE 8506 ote Roe hon Deron Gy IIA a ae Seater AOS tes Dara (ee A Ge Saige A be Bm Dato (vitor Ri am ae Wimgioa Ae bar Boambee: Come tt Winsor aca A ie Sas er Ant ar ND. Bismarck, co ‘88st Grand Rai. A Ms eae Devlotaie 0. me oa Songs AM Se Piro ea oaae Maree. coe GB Wii NEI oe Masson 5 eo eee | 2s io Atro-Canton A on Stas fh So Seca ne so Minn. Datath A 34 1000 ean 5 on Mimeapsis om te Some a sao Rocher Ames Cahnboe é San Meat am eae eb a Baton co a ea Mena IIA Ba a = ne a | Met Senne 5a Gat Sanday . Ba] ‘Mo. Columbia ...... L A 423 5046 eI ‘Youngstown a oer Sans R89 ft | oma otanamacy A ams Sco rar ee} we a sa Sutures Sk BL bo | Stour. CNG Mar MR | oe nora ose aie Spend CII BS Bs ¢ en Moat. Bilngs A us 100 Masha a ‘aie Gog SOR Me oe Medd 2A tone Geet Fas DUA Re Ti Pevdton a sa Hore CLA Data onan acta | Bowe Sue Ba ae Fete Sone te Rovtur cata a Heder jicccssissieseienie A SM a Kalispell . A UA 8191 bona ame -_ | Mikey coma ma | me Allo, A saio Mion Aa as fe ana an Neb Grand ant A 0 0 nari : * | en Cc 388 S864 Philadelphia teeter at 4486 Norfolk + ++ Ace a Pisburgh ae 387 North Platte eh A 3S 6684 Pitsburgh c 5053, ‘Omaha . dstaba A 356 6612 Reading, Hc 4s ‘Scottsbluff A 35D 6673 ‘Scranton S ee A an State CA Re Wilmer sata Se eee eae mmo tag PRL Blocked A sent Bly. A331 m3 Providence nd a eis A 33 | se. chaeson a 202 eno Ab) Gn Ghareton é im Winnemucca Aer Ga hint a ae Ferre cA ar NB, Congo csceeoeeseeesie A BO THB Conc no TB Creme Sprays A Se Bo an Ams mas Reva a fp ee tee | tenon ¢ a: Se. | Tem. Bisolsaecicsoesceeeneneh M6 | NM. Alouusque LA 480° aus Chataaaoee x 3 | Soon A Be Ste rowile Rb Raton . A 381 6228 “Memphis. A 50S | Rome IST Bes ows 48 | Sir iy SIA to os an Ras NY Albany sioctcsstssensien A M6 OTS aki ea an fay SSI RE eae A 39 wm | Bingianioa CIITA 3 Se Room IIIA pa Bagman Ce Gar Ania A Be | Bullion ccuicita Bs foe Bromedie IIIA ooWeather Data and Design Conditions 3.25 ‘Table 3.5 Average Winter Temperature and Yearly Degree Days for Cities in the United States and Canada*< Base 65°F) (Concluded) ‘Avg. Degree Days ‘Avg. Degree Days state Station Winter Yea Province Station Winter ‘Yearly pee _ _Temp.A°F Total Se Comper ran ‘tae © ss (Gone Daas 5 SS ats n= Se Eira AD Satoctsa AS sates For Words a St tenbrge ac od Gaivenon a @ Re” Kasloope ae ps Guivon © @o Prine Gore! Ar 535 Howson a ao Prine Rope € = ‘na Howton 2.0220 c ao Vancouver” atte 5sis Laredo. a 6 Vicor" a 50 Taboos A ae Viera é = 5 na pelea Man. _Brandont Aon ose Fen Anker ‘ A ws Churchill A = 16728 see A 360 “The Pas con ‘12281 Sen antono.. 2 soc a an ‘Victoria. 7 A 7 bats Lien ners, woo Sk 3 NB Frdesitont : a - won Wein aie 2200.0) a 30 Monaoe : ¢ of m7 State cot a ah Milford A365 wor | Nad. Arena AH 10 Sale take iy UNDA a Corner Book et ire ‘Wendover a pl Sm Sander ao ase Goose RS sr ve Barlngton ne Seon? aS 31 wn Aldi co =. won ve Capeteny c m0 | me Fert Nocman el = tt05 tyra mM ae volo land 6 > tent rf a Ricimood R83 aes] ONS ait eet ze Roanoke COUN fe iso Syn a = 28 Wash. Ob A 42 se | Om Cochrane « ce ie Senna CIDA 42 Stes Few Wiss KS ining Seale oto Kapustaing 6 5 lisa ‘Spokane A 36S 6655, Kitchner = 1366 Wala ila C8 Ss London A Be = ects oe Noth Bay 20000 ¢ = m0 Ontva : es ms Wye, Charleston seek M8 4476 ‘Toronto eo an Ehine A ft Ses | ret, Charloterowa c= st Hlntingin 000000002 A ote Stmmerside er se Petersburg ¢ 83) oH | ok amm, eet Monteais af 203 Wise, Green Bay. sec 203 Hae oath foo > Cero 20020000005 AMS 509 — He ae Mason Ase ares ett a awakes Rome Tas asks Prince Albert A = 60 ca = tos Wyo, Casper. A m4 a0 Resi a Z Cheyenne aere 8 Saskatoon ete sos70 Cooder A ota tam |e awon.. c= isos Sheridan As Ta80 Mayo Landing © Sse “he data for these normals wee from he fll Iyer period 1951-60, adjusted for he standard joural period 19311960,Chapter 4 HEAT TRANSMISSION COEFFICIENTS AND PROPERTY DATA ‘The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, most often called the U-factor, is common to all types of load calculation procedures whether manual or computer automated. This chapter presents the data required to determine U-factors for all types of walls, roofs, partitions, and other external building components. In some cases, the U-factors are given directly for such features as windows and doors, and in other cases, the U-factor must be computed from basic data, Itis important to accurately determine the U-factor because the thermal response of the assembly under con- sideration depends heavily on it. The effects of thermal bridging and parallel heat flow paths should be accounted for. Appendix B covers basic concepts related to the U- factor and thermal resistance and should be reviewed before proceeding. Examples are given at the end of this chapter toiillustrate the concepts of Appendix B as well as the tabu- Jar data presented here. 4.1 Thermal Properties of Building and Insulation Materials ‘The basic properties determining the way in which a ‘material will behave in the conduction mode of heat trans- fer are thermal conductivity k, mass density p, and specific heat capacity C,. Mass density and specific heat capacity are important when unsteady heat transfer occurs because of heat storage. These variables are discussed in Chapters 2, 8, and 9, which cover the unsteady nature of a load. Ther- mal conductivity is basic to the determination of the ther- mal resistance component leading to the U-factor. “Table 4.1 lists the basic properties for many different con- struction and insulation materials. The data is intended to be representative of materials generally available and are not intended for specification purposes. Itis always advis- able to use manufacturers’ specification data when available, Itis important to thoroughly understand the relation of columns 4, 5, and 6 to column 3 in Table 4.1. The data in these columns are given as a convenience to the designer and depend on the conductivity and thickness of the material. Consider the conductance C given in column 4. C = k/x, Btu/(hft2-°F) 41) where: k = thermal conductivity, Btu -in/(h-ft?-°F) x = thickness of material, in. Note that the conductance isnot given when the thickness of the material is unknown. The unit thermal resistance R is the reciprocal of the conductance andis given in column 6. 41 R= VC, (b-f2-°R)/Btu 42) Recall that the actual thermal resistance is given by: Ri =R/A, (h°F)/Btu (43) ‘The unit thermal resistance per inch of material thickness is simply the reciprocal of the thermal conductivity and is given in column 5 of Table 4.1. Example 4.1 illustrates the use of the data in Table 4.1. ‘Note that the data of Table 4.1 are for a mean tempera- ture of 75°F. While these data are adequate for design load calculations, the thermal conductivity does depend on the ‘temperature of the material. Table 4.2-gives conductivity data for various industrial insulation products asa function of temperature. Note that the conductivity increases modestly as temperature increases. 4.2 Surface Conductances and Resistances ‘The transfer of heat to surfaces such as walls and roofs is usually a combination of convection and radiation, as explained in Appendix B. For simplicity, the two modes are combined into one conductance or thermal resistance, even though the radiation componentis quite sensitive to surface type and temperature. Table 4.3, Section A gives conduct- ance and resistance data for surfaces exposed to still air (free convection + radiation) and moving air (forced con- vection + radiation). In the case of still air, the radiation component is of the same order of magnitude as the con- vection. However, in the case of moving air, the surfaces are considered external and exposed to solar radiation. In both cases, the radiation component accounts for thermal radiation, not solar radiation; solar radiation is handled differently (see Chapter 2). To quantify the radiation char- acteristics of a surface, the emittance is introduced. In t ‘case, the emittance is associated with long wavelength (ther- mal) radiation, where a low emittance means a high reflec tance. Section B of Table 4.3 gives the reflectance and ‘emittance for a range of commonly used construction ma- terials, The effect of radiation is readily apparent in Table 4.3. Example 4,3 illustrates the use of data from Table 4.3. 4.3 Thermal Resistance of Air Spaces Closed air spaces occur in many types of construction assemblies, The physical situation is similar to that of a4.2, single surface in still air, except that the air is confined to the narrow space between two surfaces. The above discus- sion for single surfaces in still air generally applies to air spaces. Radiation isa significant factor, and dependence of the total thermal resistance on temperature and emittance is greater. As witha single surface in still ar, the orientation of the air space is important. Table 4.4 gives thermal resis- tances for air spaces ranging from 0.5 to 3.5 in. Note that since two surfaces are involved, the effective emittance is ‘used with air spaces. Section B, Table 4.3 is useful in deter- ‘mining the effective emittance. It may be difficult to deter- mine the temperature difference and the mean temperature required in Table 4.4, but a reasonable estimate will suffice. ‘The keys to estimating these temperaturgs are (I) the indoor and outdoor temperatures, (2) the amount of insulation in the assembly, and (3) the location of the’air space with respect to the insulation. Suppose a simple concrete block wall has no insulation andis exposed to outdoor and indoor temperatures of 100°F and 78°F, respectively. The temper- ature difference across the air space will be about 20°F or less, since there is little thermal resistance in the concrete. For the same reason, the mean air temperature will be about 90°F. For an effective emittance of 0.82, the thermal resistance is approximately 0.85 or 0.9 from Table 4.4, Suppose the concrete block wall had a layer of insulation ‘added on the outside surface. This would lower the temper- ature difference and the mean temperature. Ifthe insulation ‘were added on the inside surface, the temperatures would increase. For air spaces larger than 3.5 in., the thermal resistances increase only moderately with thickness. Therefore, the values for 3.5.in. may be used for larger air spaces. For summer (cooling load) conditions, thermal resistance approaches 1.0 (h-ft2- °F)/Btu for normal high emittance air spaces. Based on modeling of attics and ceiling air spaces, this value is valid for unvented horizontal air spaces of much larger thicknesses. Example 4. of Table 4.4. 4.4 Ceiling Air Spaces ‘Table 4.5 gives effective thermal resistances forattics and ceiling spaces, both vented and unvented, for summer con- ditions, Table 4.5a gives the same data for winter condi- tions, Caution should be exercised in applying the data from Table 4.5. Fist, the effective resistance varies through- out the day dueto temperature and radiation effects and the values shown are for late afternoon hours. Second, the effect of age and contamination must be carefully evaluated when reflective surfaces are involved, especially if the space is ventilated. Third, ventilation rates above about 0.04 cfm/ft® require power. It has been demonstrated that in ‘general, power attic ventilation is not cost effective. Finally, note that the thermal resistances of Table 4.5 are only for the air space and must be combined with the roof and ceil- ing thermal resistance to obtain the overall resistance ‘Load Calculation Manual and the U-factor. Example 4.3 illustrates the use of Table 45. 4.5 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Doors ‘Table 4.6 lists U-factors for wood and steel doors, with and without storm doors. The doors are all without glass. ‘When the door has glass or is all glass, the data from Table 4,7 should be used. Infiltration losses associated with doors are not included in the data of Table 4.6. See Example 4.4, 4.6 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Windows and Skylights Table 4.7 gives transmission data for a wide range of fenestration products for vertical to horizontal installa- tions. The values given are actually based on winter design conditions, However, when corrected for wind velocity, using Table 4.8, the data are appropriate for estimating design loads for summer conditions. Note that.the U- factors are based on the rough opening area which accounts for the effect of the frame. Transmission coefficients are given for the center and edge of the glass. Note'that the addition of storm sash may be accommodated by the categories of double glass. It should also be noted that the U-factors of Table 4.7 ate based on still air existing on the inside of the glass. Drapes or blinds, which tend to increase the resistance to heat transfer, are often used. However, air from the cooling/heating system may sweep the glass, decreasing the resistance to heat transfer. These effects are difficult to assess and no reliable quantitative data is avai able, [tis recommended that no credit be taken for drapes and blinds for design purposes, unless they fit very well; a moderate safety factor should be applied when the glass is subjected to high-velocity air (see Examples 4.4 and 4.5). 4.7 Overall Transmission Coefficients for Below-Grade Walls and Floors A wall or floor is considered to be below grade if the depth is gréater than 3 ft. For walls and floors ata depth of 3 ftorless, seesection 4.8, Table 4.9 gives data for basement ‘walls and is representative of conditions for the heating sea- son across the northern United States and the southern lati- tudes of Canada. The given coefficients are the average values for the complete wall down to the depth shown. The values given are those attained near the peak heating sca- son (January to February). It should be noted that the U- factors presented in Table 4.9 are used with a special type of temperature difference, which is discussed in Chapter 3.Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data ‘Table 4.10 gives transmission coefficients for uninsulated pelow-grade floors. In this case, the depth is not significant down to about 8 ft; however, the manner in which the wall jsinsulated is important. Note that wall insulation increases the heat loss through the floor, which may be counter toa designer's intuition. When the wall is insulated, the heat flow path through the floor to the surface changes, and the ‘thermal resistance is reduced. Basement floorsare often finished with a thin insulation layer of carpet and pad. The U-factor may be modified to account for these added resistances, as discussed in Appen- dix B. Example 4.6 illustrates the use of this data, 4.8 Transmission Coefficients for Slabs on Grade Experience and analysis has shown that the heat loss from floor slabs occurs predominantly around the perim- eter and depends on the indoor-outdoor temperature dif- ference. The type of wall connected to the slab and the amount of insulation are important parameters. Table 4.11 presents data for both heated and unheated slabs with and ‘without insulation, It is always desirable to insulate the slab perimeter to conserve energy and make the conditioned space more comfortable. Note that the transmission coeffi- cient is slightly different and has units of Btu/(h-ft+°F) because it is based on the perimeter length rather than area, ‘Also note that the coefficients are correlated with Degree Days, which is not a usual design parameter. When the slab is insulated with at least | in, of insulation, notice that the coefficients do not vary significantly over the range of degree days shown. In that case, an approximate correlation between the 999% design temperatures and degree days is given in Table 4.12. Degree days for selected cities are given in Chapter 3, Table 3. Example 4.7 relates to Tables 4.11 and 4.12. 4.9Examples The following examples demonstrate the use of the tabu- lar material presented in this chapter as well as the back- ground given in Appendix B. Example 4.1 Conductance and Thermal Resistance of Some Masonry Materials Calculate the thermal resistance and conductance for a 6 in. ‘concrete wall with 20.5 in. layer of lightweight aggregate gypsum plaster. Assume 140 Ib/ft? density, undried sand and gravel aggregate concrete, and 45 Ib/ft? density plaster. Use the most conservative (higher) conductivity values and assume a cross- sectional area of 100 1. tem ‘Table Explanation Concrete “44 Under masonry materials read, resistance Re ke= 20 Beuin/(@e-h-*P) Re = x/k = 6/20 = 03 (2-h-*FY/Btu RE = R/A = 03/100 = 0,003 (h-°F)/Beu Concrete Co = VRe = 103 = 3.33 Btu?) ‘conductance Ce Plaster 4.1 Under plastering materials read, resistance Ry Ry = 032(62-h“"FY/BIU 43 Plaster resistance BVA = 032/100 Ry (Continued 0.0032 (42°F) Buu Plaster Read, Cp = 3.12 Btu/(Qe?-h-*F) conductance Cy or Cy = U/Ry = 032 = siz bute -hF ‘Wall resistance Ry + Re = 032 +03 R= 08 ie FY/Bu or ROR TR 0.6062 dh "Fy/Btu all UR = 062 conductance 1.61 Biu/(a "8 or 17qRe) = 10.0082 x 100) C= 161 Bu/(n- fF) Example 4.2 Thermal Resistance of an Air Space Determine the thermal resistance ofa vertical, 3/4in. airspace in a wall, In the first case, assume the air space is bounded by normal building materials, and in the second case, assume one bounding surface is bright aluminum foil. The thermal resistance of the material between the air space and the inside air Ry is 12.0 (h-ft?-°F)/Btu, and the thermal resistance of the material be- ‘tween the air space and the outside air Ry is 1.8 (hf? °F)/Btu. ‘The inside air temperature is 70°F, and the outside air temper- ature fy is —5°R. tem ‘Table Explanati Case Effectiveemittance —-4.3B_Onesurface,e = 09 Other surface, ¢ = 0.9 B= 082 Mean temperature ‘Small resistance between fg and fa, q~ OF ‘Temperature difference 44 Choice of at = 10 01 20% Resistance of airspace 44 Rg = 148 0r 126 (hvft"-*F)/Bta ‘Assume: Ry = 1.26 (a+ f2-°F)/Btu UA = (iyto\/Ry = GYR Estimate surface temperatures G-tQV/R R=R +R, + Ry = 18 + 12 126 = 15.05 GA = (10 * 5/1506 ‘SBtu/(h- fe) A= 5 = (4 58 (= X18) 5 = 4F iA = 5 = (10 ~ 1/12 70 ~ (5 x 12) = 10°F “Temperature difference 0 4=6F Mean temperature Tr Resistance of airspace 4.4 FBI ‘agrees with assumption Case? Effectivecmittance 4.38 One surface, = 09 Other surface, ¢ = 0.05 B= 005, ‘Mean temperature “Temperature difference ty = OF Resistance will be grater than Case 1 above, and temperature difference willbe larger [Assume (gn =JO°F and f= 20°F Resistance ofr space “44 Ry = 308 heit'-°F)/Btu Estimate surface GIA = ~ te) + Ry + Rd) temperature =o + 3 + 2+ 3.0) ‘8.46 Buu/th-f) 445 = Gy + 59/18 6.46 x 18) — 5 = 3°F WA = 4a = 00 ~ 6/12 = 165°F yh = 65 ~3-= BSP (qt HV? = 065 + 3/2 10% ‘Temperature difference ‘Mean temperature Resistance of air space agrees with assumption 44 Re “F/B44 Example 4.3 UA Factor for Composite Wall Structure Requiring Parallel Heat Flow Analysis Calculate the UA factor for a 30 ft by 10 ft vertical composite wall for summer conditions. The wall is constructed of 4in. com- mon brick, 130 1b/f°, separated from 8 in. normal weight con- crete block (3 oval core) by a3/4in. airspace. The block has in. by 2in. furring on I6in, centers with 1 in, polystyrene between (3.5, Ib/f), The inside finish layer is 1/2 in. gypsum wall board. tem Table___Explanation and Notes Area 0 x 30 = 30080 Surficeemitancee 438 90 fora suraces Effectveemitanceé 438 = 0.82 sevice Resistance Rairspace 44 Verte airspace, horizontal heat Tow, 3/4in iin, € = 082 For summer condidons ute an tpronimat ar space emperatre OfD0°F witha Ar across these spaceof 10°, For these conitons the ablated value of R = 0.84 (hf? -°F)/Btu Resstancesof sir «43. Any potion outside surface (75 fins tnph ind ay diretion of heat fom = 030, R= 0.25 (heft+°F)/Bu erica ne surface tila) ozonation of eat flow; B= 090, R068 en? Fy/ote Resistance of all. 4_-Common brick; R = 0 pein layers, Ry = 40.10 44 (he ft?+°F)/Btu 8 in, normal eight conerete block (onicoro sndand gel sgpreste Ry = Ll (of -°FY/Bru ain. gypsum wall boat: Rg = 045 (hf -°F)/Btu Dimensions, furting Nonna: ny 2m, se Actual 3/¢in by 1172, Resinancs, layer} 41 Layer 3 involves pale! flow paths a, {wo Usalues wll be calle. pail Uj thcough insulated pa, and Uy te through fring path Tes, oy pati based on weighting procedure [Equation (B.15)] Rj: Polystyrene (RA2 exp), 3.51b/f? Rinch = 5.0 Boia § £075 = 375 (ht) Rye: SOMWOAMS: Rigch Beton) ote te yaw is path through insulation Rot Rpt. + Ry Pot Ry 25 + 044 + 0.84 4+ LIL 43.75 +045 +0668 = 7.52 ‘Series through furting strips pce Ry with Ro) “Tal resistance Ri Re ie = Ry ~ Rag + Rag Reg = 752 ~ 375 4 075 = 452 ‘Transmission coeff Uj = Vy = 7752 cients Ujand Uy oor Fou, 45a Stripsare 1. in. wide on 16in. centers A(Ay Fraction of AYA = AS/6 = 0.094 aiea backed by strips AYA, Fraction of area ‘backed by insulation AY/A = (16 ~ 159/16 = 0.906 Load Calculation Manual ‘Transmission coeffi: Equation U = (Ay/A) Us + (AyA) Ui cient U (aime) (0.094 x 0.22) + 0,906 x 0.13) U = 04S Blu/(h-fe-F) UA Factor UA = 05 x 300 = 45 Beu/(h-"F) Example 4.4 Overall Transmission Coefficient U for Root-Celling Combination Compute the U-factor ofa pitched roof, attictype roof-ceiling combination for a cooling load calculation. The air space has natural ventilation, and the roof is of medium to dark color. No reflective surfaces exist in the air space. The thermal resistance of the ceiling Re, including the inside film resistance, is 19 (a-ft?-°F)/Btu and the roof assembly with outside film resis- tance has a resistance R, of 2 (he ft?+°F)/Btu. The ratio of roof to ceiling surface area A,/A. is 1.11 and A ¢ is 200 ft’ Item ‘Table Explanation U-factor, from U= RA Appendix B Use actual thermal resistance, Riwith Art Ac ‘Thermal resistance. Equation —-R’ = Ré+ Rj + Re (B12) Effective resistance «45 Assume roof absorbtance is 0.8 for of ar space dark roof, ventilation rate = 0.06 m/f, Re = the "F/B Re 7 18 7B Relde = 19/200 oss te)/Buw RolAc = 18/200 a ‘Actual resistance of rool 0.609"(a-fy/Beu ‘Actual resistance of 0.095 + 0.009 + 0.009, ‘combination 0113 1 f)/Beu (Overall heat trans- for coefficient based onde VRAc = 1/0113 x 200) 0.084 Btu/(f +h-°F) Example 4.5 Overall Transmission Coefficient for Door with Glass Determine the U-factor for a 36 by 80 by 2-1/4 in. wood, solid core flush door with 224 by 24in. regular double glass insert with 23/8 in. air space. Assume winter conditions. Hem ‘Table Exphination U-factor (Cat of parallel heat flow paths Uetector for door «4621/4, solid core Mush, ‘no storm door Uy = 027 Bea/(hf2-"F) Utactorforglass —«47-—_—Doable lass, 3/8 in. ai space, ‘wood frame Up = C= 051 Bu/th-f2F) Ustactor for Equation U = UylAgiA) + UplAg/A) combination Ging) Ag dogo = abs Eo aa iene = 24x 24/148 = 42 “4: Ag+ Ay = 2008 u = 02706730) + 0.51(4/20) U = 0216 + 0.102 U= 032 Bushs? Example 4.6 Overall Coefficient for Nonvertical Glass, Corrected for Wind Velocity Determine the U-factor for an ordinary double glass skylight (V/2in. airspace) inclined at a 45° angle. The skylight frames alu- minum with no thermal break. The design wind velocity is 7.5 mph. | | | | |Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data item Table Explanation U-factor 47 Read U, correct for slope and wind velocity for vertical glass 4.7A 1/2. air space, aluminum frame, no thermal break Ugg = C= 0:72 Btu/(h-ft?-*F) Usor4s° slope, «7B Find Ugg = 0.72, then read downto 45° 15 mph wind row, using approximate interpolation Ugg = 081 Bru/(h-f2-°F) U for 45° slope 48 Find Ugs = 0.81 in 15 mph column ‘75 mph wind ‘and read across (o 7.5 mph column, U 175 Btu/ (af "F) Example 4,7 Overall Transmission Coefficient for Basement Walls and Floors Determine the U-factors for a basement submerged toadepth ‘of 6ft below grade. The inside is finished. Wall insulation has a resistance of about 12.5(h-ft?+°F)/Btu. The floor has 5/8 i particle board underlayment with carpet and rubber pad. 45 Example 4.8 Transmission Coefficient for Floor Slab on Grade Determine the transmission coefficient (based on slab perim- ter) for a building located in Atlanta, GA. The exterior wall on the slabs a metal stud type with brick veneer, The foundation wall, is insulated down to the footer with R = 5 insulation. Assume ‘winter design conditions. tem ‘Table Design condition 31 Explanation ‘99% outdoor design temperature fo, Tor Atlanta, GA is 17°F 412 This corresponds to the 2950 -degree-days category Transmission 4.1 Use metal stud wal category with coefficient U" 54 inslation at 2980 DD U' = Ost Bush n"F) References Lewis, W.C. 1967. Thermal conductivity of wood:-base fiber and ‘Ttem_ ‘Table Explanation particle panel materials. Forest Products Laboratory, Research U-factor for wall 49 Depth of 6 ft, R = 12.5 insulation, Paper FPL 77 (June). Uy = 0.040 Btu/(h-ft?*°F) McQuiston, EC. 1984. A study and review of existing data to Ufacortorbare 430. orfullinslsted wl ovelop a standard methodology fr csidntal heating and ee ads BUTE | Soling load calculations. ASHRAE Transactions 02), ‘oor ah = its 83 MeQuiston, FC, SL. Der and SB, Sandoval 1984. Thermal sin- a 0.32 (fi FY/Bt ‘lation of aitic and ceiling space. ASHRAE Transactions a 13s entry a wept oag 12) ! 3 Genero USDA. 1874, Wood handbook. Woods an engineering material Varo. Forest Products Laboratory, US. Departnent of Agriculture 0.041 Beu/(hs| ‘Handbook No. 72, Tables 3-7 and 4-2, and Figures 3-4 and 3-S. ‘tabled Typical Thermal Properties of Common Building and Insulating Mateials—Design Yalues™ Resistance R Feriadh For Thickness Conductviy® Conductance Thickness Led” Spee ‘ é yw) ea, emi, Borin Buen ete Description [a URLDING BOARD ‘Sbetorceent tr... cH me 4 — oss a 2s ‘ABtorcement board vai BS am 2m ae et aad tae Bo Os Gypsum or plasterboard 0.375 in. 50, - 3.10 - 032 0.26 eam or Pasebear on Bo as Gam orpiaebeany ease ot BS Plywood (Douglas Fir)? ere 4 0.80 — 125 — 029 Pywood ours Fy win 2 w «= 031 Fiyvood (Doug) BL ar Payood Douglas H).. BS iB Paya (Douglas. moe iS = OF Pweet Seem Bot ie SO 02s Mtjeubleiocboud ‘healing replat densiy® eH os = oat bo % = ie Sheathing, intermediate deni BO ‘2 = ip 031 Stotitehae BF nt 83 Sing baer ae 16 ose oh Shue backer Boot he Set peeing board 0° BS ie iB 030 ‘igundingin pans pin or aco oa . = a8 : aoe a nA O30 135 taeetains B= 08 1 pia 8 age = 033 Hae PS ho eplbed paper 2 = : Hardboard® pee Wen dency. er er - on Met ee jccicmp seivcsundcday 0000S) $8 Ee ee HIER dent sandal emer co 8 tsb =4.6 Load Calculation Manual f ‘Table 4.1 Typical Thermal Propert of Common Building and Insulating Materials—Design Values" (Continued) Resistance | Perinch For Thickness b Conductivity Conductance Thickness "Listed Specie X c a ae) Heat, Density, _Btu-in Btw Seek SPC oh Bu Description Bae WP ete Bewin, Bu ber Particeboard® Tow density 7 on ~ 1a = on ‘Medium density .02000220000001 a 30084 = 105 = os High density peta eeteteetatt es le = 03s = on | Underlayment CLI oaasie,40 a im = 082 f Waferboard san blade 2 37 O68 = 139 = | Wood subfloor = = 16 = 04 033 BUILDING MEMBRANE ' Vapor—t permeable elt sbi ett - - 16.70. =a 0:95 i ‘apor—Seal, 2 layers of mopped i3:tb fit i = 835 = ‘Vapor—seal, plastic film : = = Neg. FHINGSITFEOORING MATERIALS t Carpet and fibrous pad... : feet tas 7 0.48 7 2.08 ose | Carel and rubber pad oer) 7 = ost = 123 03 Cork tle IOS oansia, 7 3.60 = 028 0.48 ‘Terrazzo So gegssedin = 7 1250 = 0.08 019 } ep nlc, vin aber 20000000000 = 20.00 = 0.05 030 inyh asbestos Ee om | ceramic... : ane of Wood, hardwood finish 0000000070000 Gaim 7 147 a 0.68 | INSULATING MATERIALS: | Blanket and Batt® ' Mineral fiber, fibrous form processed from rock, | slag, oF glass “Approximately 3 to 4 in. 0.091 - a | ‘Approximately 3.51 2 0077 = B ‘Approximately 53106 in 0.033 = » | ‘Approximately 61075 0.085 = 2 ‘Approximately 910 10m... 02.2 0.033 = 30 | ‘Approximately I2to 13. = 0.026 = 38 Board and Slabs | Cellular glass : 85 035 - 286 7 os | Glass fiber, organi bonded 401090 025 7 00 7 023 Expanded perlite organic bonded... nto" 036 7 28 7 030 Expanded rubber (gid)... : 4s on = 455 = om ‘Expanded polystyrene, extruded” | (Gmooth skin surface) (CFC-12 exp) .. + 18035 030 - 500 7 029 Expanded polystyrene, molded beads.121122121212.2 10 026 = 385 = = | 12s 03s = 400 = = | 13 02a = an = 7 11s 034 = an = = 20023 = 435 = = | Cellular polyurethane/polyzocyanuratet (CRCAHT exp )(unfaced) ss nvevcns eee cecesee 15 01610018 — 6950556 oe CCalularpotyisocyanurate! | (CFA exp.) as-permeablefacers).. see 151025 016100.18 = 5 6250556 om | Callular polytsocyanurate (CECI exp. (gas-impermeable facers) ........ 20 OMe - 7.08 - oz Ccalluar phenol (closed cell) CFC-11, CFC-113 exp) 300 on - 820 - - | car pent | (open 023 - 4.40 = — ‘Mineral fiber with sin binder” 029 = 34s = on | ‘Mineral fiberboard, wet felted | Core ot roof insulation 034 ~ 294 = | Acoustical tle : 033 = 286 = 019 ‘Acoustical tile 037 = 270 = Mineral fiberboard, wet molded | Acoustical tie.” a2 - 238 = on ‘Wood or cane fihesboard” “Acoustical tie - 0.80 ~ 128 on | seine IT = = 033 = 189 | interior finish (plan te). VS 150 035 = 2.86 = om | ‘Cement fiber slabs (shredded wood | with Portland cement binder o........scsecess. 25102720 05010053 = 20%0189 - | ‘Cement fiber slabs Ghredded wood | with magnesia orysulfide binder)... 2.0 0st = 175 = 031 Loose Fill Sealoss inslaion (miled paper or wood pulp):..... 231032 g2710032 = — —a0t33 033 Perlite expanded 2 20041 0270031 = 371033 = 036 ito74 03110036 = 331038 = Tato 03610082 = 2024. sacle EE TELE EEE et -7: Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data | | | 47 ‘Table 4.1_Typical Thermal Properties of Common Building and Insulating Materials—Design Values* (Continued) Toe Resistance R® Perinch For Thickness Condiucivity® Conductance Thickness” Listed Specific k ¢ a wo, Heat, Densiy, _Blusin Bw ceenth oF Ba Description wre ater ete Bw: ‘eral be? oek, slag, or glass "Approximately 375 0 5 in 061020 110 oar ‘Approximately 65 to 8.75 in, 2 t020 180 ‘Approximately 75 610. 506020 0 — ‘Approximately 10.25 t 13.73 in 2 e620 = 300 igen fiber Gack, seo gas) 0). 20025 or A ely 25 in (closed sidewall application) ... 2.00 - = 120% vyermelite exfolaed 1701082 oar 213 02 401060 0.44 = 2m = ‘Masonry Units . Brick, common . 8 221032 = dastoos = 7 9 271037 = 031027 = a 100331043 = 0300023 = = Wo 33t055 = oastoors = 20 441064 = 330016 019 Bo 541090 = osteo | = Cay tle, hollow eel deep « Bin = 125 = 0.80 021 feel deep <.: in = 090 = ML = 2eells deep in = 0.66 7 132 = 2ealls dep sin = oss a ras 7 2eells deep « join, = = os 7 i = Sells deep - Rin = 00 7 230 7 Concrete blocks! Timestone aggregate Sin. 36 b, 138 b/f? concrete, 2cores - - — 7 - 7 ‘Sime with perlite filled cores 7 = 048 = 2a = 12in, 55 1b, 138 Ib/f concrete, 2 cores = = = = = = ‘Same wih perl filed cores = = 027 = 39 = ‘Normal weight aggregate (sand and gravel) ‘Bin 33 t0 36 Ib, 126 0 136 Ib concrete, 2or3 cores. - = 090103 Lilwoos7 022 Same with peri filed cores 7 = 050 = 20 =: Same with verm. filled cores 7 = — 0sttoo73, to s7 12in,, 501b, 125 lb/ft concrete, 2 cores 7 = OBL = 123 on ‘Medium weight aggregate (combinations of normal ‘weight and lightweight aggregate) Ein, 2610281, 970 Mz h/t concrete, = — 080078 Aw i = oto 37023 a = = 030 = 33 = Same with molded EPS (beads) ied cores = = o32 = 32 = ‘Same with molded EPS inserts in cores 7 = 037 = moo. 5 Lightweight aggregate (expanded shale clay, sate or fog pinion, oto ba emnre, 2or Scores 7 = 0sro6 = tos Same with pete filed cores i = 028 = a = Same with vermiculite filled cores 7 = 033 = 3.0 = Bin, 19 (0 22h, 7210 86 lb/ft concrete, 7 = oxteoss 3210190 03 0150023 68t044 za = oso025 = 531038 u = 021 = a8 = on 45 Same with molded EPS inser(sin cores = 029 = 35 = tain $240 dbl Do 90 conte, 2k 3 cores 03810048 261023 Same with peri fiticd cores O11 10 016 920063 Same with vermiculite filled cores = on 38 — Stone, lime, or sand. | 1330 = = 019 Gypsim partition tile 2 07 126 019 O74 135 a 0.60 = 167 (Gee Chapter 37, Table 3, of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals) ROOFING ‘Asbestos-cement shingles .. 120 - 416 - 021 024 ‘Asphalt roll roofing ==. 70 = 650 = ors 036 ‘Asphalt shingles 70 a 227 = os 030 Built-up roofing <... Joa%sia. 70 = 3.00 = 033 035 Slate once cesses ‘Sin, =. 26.00 = 10s 030 ‘Wood singles, plain and plastic ft faced -0 0.0 = 106 = 094 O3148 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 4.1 Typical Thermal Properties of Common Building and Insulating Materials —Design Values* (Concluded) Resistance Perliach For Thickness Conductivity’ Conductance Thickness Listed———_Speciie * c Wh) Heat, Density, _Bausin_ Btu SFteh Sete _ Bi Description w/t heft -°F Buin. Bru bk ray Applied = = Polyecane fam 151025 0160018 = sass = Ureaformaldehyde foam O7t016 02210028 = MSseas7 Calluosie fiber S5t060 03910034 = Mise29¢ Giass fiber 331043 06t0027 = dase PLASTERING MATERIALS Cent par, and agree 16 so ~ 020 7 020 ‘Sand seprosste _ ~ 3 = 8 020 Sand agpresate 7 = 666 a os 020 ‘Gypsum planer: Tightveightageregate 4s ~ siz - ox ightwelehtaesenate a = 287 = 039 hve agrerateon cia = 7 a = oar Pere aggreeate =~ 5 6 7 on ox Sand agurezale 1053 56 7 018 7 020 Sand agpregate w0scco0--. 105 7 tio ~ 009 Sand aggregate ©... ui 10s 7 310 = out Sand ageepate on etal lai Opin = 10 = ons Sermicalte aggregate : 6 0 7 059 ~ ‘MASONRY MATERIALS Coneretes Gement mortar .... 10510135 5010105 = 02010 = fiber conte TB:St wood chips -- 3 1.66 7 060 7 oz Lighiweiehtagoregats including expanded shai, 20 sst0Lo = osstooo = ‘lay or sat: expanded slags: cinders, pumice; 10 371059 = bareom = 020 ‘ermiclite also eallarconcretes #0 2stoas = tiben2 S 030 @ — iewis = owns = {% — osstont = toseoso | > a 309510091 = ier 020 2% 030088 = tye. | = 7 Perlite expanded 50 hates = onwoss | = = 2° 093 7 1.08 = oo 30 on 7 Lal = 7 20 050 _ 200 = on Sand and gravel or stone aparegate (oven died) 10 §0t0160 = oeoo = = osiooz Sand and gravel or stone aggregate (not dried)». 14010040200 = oloeons = tte 024 Stuceo. See : 6 30 7 020 = 7 SIDING MATERIALS (on fat surface) ‘Shingles ‘Asbeston-cement 120 - 475 7 021 ‘Wood, 16 in, 75 exposure = 2 us = O87 03 Wood, double iGsin 12a, exposuie = = om 7 119 028 ‘Wood, pus insulating backer board, 0.3138 ia, = = on 7 10 031 Siding : ‘Asbestos cement, 0.25 in, lapped - - 496 7 o2 024 Aso lig = = 630 = ots 035 ‘Asphalt inslating = = O69 146 038 7 199 067 028 7 = red 09 038 = 7 1a oat 028 = 7 035 105 028 7 = 155 = 089 029 = - 1 ost 029 Tosulating board backed nominal 0378 in” = oss = 18 032 Tnsulating-beard backed nominal 0.375 in, fil backed 03 2.96 ‘Architect ass. peretiatettd = - 1000 - O10 020 WOODS G2 Mostre Conen™= Hardwoods 039" ‘Oak +. 4120468 11210125 = oa00s9 Birch 2 Metodsa Lieto 122 = oarweos = Maple Bso4s0 LO LD = ostwose = Aare BALAI 106t0 114 = bsttoogs softwoods oss" therm Pine 35610412 10010112 = 10089 — Douglas FirLaich 33510363 09st Lol = tbstooss = Southern Cypress 31st0321 09010082 = litters = > Hem-Fir, Spruce Pine Fir 24510314 0.7440080 = stern ‘West Coast Woods, Cedars 22171314 dastoo.s0 = Vato California Redwood - 1 245t0280 0740082 = sei = i | | f | | |. f | i Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data ‘wear fora mean temperature oF 75°F. Representative values for dry mati tended as design (nt spesficaton values for materas in normal we Ther sf insulting materials may dtr rom eign rales depending the ‘Bu properties, denaty and mature content, oemation, et) and vaibity ancedaring naofacture For properties apartcilar produ wsethevaie Spo bythe manufacture or by unbiased texts ‘elastance values are the rexprocal of C before rounding of Co two deinal jes fs cbtan therm conductivities in Bh e-*F, divide the factor by Bist Hei 1960, Us Department of Agriculture (1970, ‘Does nat include paper backing and facing, if any. Where insulation forms 2 andar (elective or otherwis) ofan i space ee Table. forthe slat “Suc of anarspsce withthe appropriate effective emitane and temperature oe (tions ofthe space ‘SCondetivy varies with ber diameter (ee Chapter 20, Factors that Aff The. tml Performance). Balt, blanket and loose-flmineral ber iauations are manufactured to aclee Specified Revalues, the max common of which aeisted IRthetable Dete dfsencsinmansacringproceserand mati he product, Thisness dense, ad thermal conducts ary over considerate aes or fepeedRealue ‘Table 4.1 Notes _ 49 For aditiona information, se Soceyof Pastis Engnees (SP) Bulletin U0, ‘alues are for aged, unfaced board sock "Nalues are for aged products with gas-impermeablefacerson the two major snfaes, An sluinumn fl acer of 0.00 jn. thickness or aeater i generally ‘onsiered impermeable o gases Sqnuatng values of acoustiel le vary, depend [ype sag and depth of perforations. ‘fies for fly routed block maybe approximated using alus for concrete with s similar unk weight ‘Values fr metal siding appt ve at srfces ay widely, depending on amount ‘of ventilation of airspace beneath the siding wheter ar spaceistefletivorn0n- {eflectve; and on thicknest, type and aplication of insulating backing-boad se ‘ales given ae averages for use a design guides, and were obained from several _gurded hot bo ests (ASTM C236) related hot box (ASTM C976) on hallow- tasked types and types made using backing boards of wood fiber, foamed plastic, fd las fiber, Departure of + 0 or more fom the vals given may our ‘the conductivy vues sted are for heat ranser arose grain The thermal conductivity of wood varies inary with he density and the density ranges sted [rcthose normally ound forthe wood specie given I the densi othe wood pe- ‘esis not known, use the mean conductivity vlue or extrapolation to other ‘moisture content refer to che ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Yor moist wood, rele tothe ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals on desty of the board and on ‘Table 4.2 Typical Thermal Conductivity k for Industrial Insulations at Various Mean Temperatures—Design Values" ‘Accepted ‘Typical Max. Temp. Density, “Typical Conductivity kin Btu-in/h-ft2-°F at Mean Temp., °F Material fortise', "F lb/ft 100-75 —50 -25 0 25 80 75 100 200 300 500_700 900 BLANKETS AND FELIS "ALUMINOSILICATE FIBER 710 10m diameter fiber 1800 4 024 032054099 103 200 6108 025-030-048 078 0.95 3 pm diameter fer 2200 4 022 © 029s. 059 0.74 MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass) ‘Blanket, metal reinforced 1200 Gro 2 026 032 039 054 1000-25106 024 031 040 061 ‘Blanket, flexible, fne-fiber 350 <075 025 026 028 030 033 036 053 ‘organie bonded 075 024 025 027 029 032 034 048 Lu 023 024 025 027 029 032 043 Is 021 022 023 0.25 027 028 037 20 020 021 022 023 025 025 033 30 019 020 021 022 023 024 031 ‘Blanket, Neibe textile sber 350 06s, 027 028 029 030 O31 032 050 068 ‘organi: bonded 075 026 027 028 0.29 O31 032 048 0.66 10 024 02 026 027 029-031 045 060 15 022 023 024 025 027 029 039 081 30 020 021 022 023 024 025 032 O41 Felt semirigid organic bonded 400 308 024 025 026 027 035 044 850) 3 016 O17 O48 019 0.20 021 022 023 024 035 055, Laminated and felted without binder 1200 7s 0350.45 0460 BLOCKS, BOARDS, AND PIPE INSULATION MAGNESIA 600 © wot 035 038 042 485M CALCIUM SILICATE 120 MNto15 038 O41 O44 0.52 062 0.72 100210 IS 0.63 078 095 CELLULAR GLASS 900 85. 0.27 028 0.29 030 031 032 033 035 036 042 049 0.70 103, DIATOMACEOUS SILICA 1600 211022 0.64 068 0.72 1900 -23t025, 0.10 075 080 MINERAL FIBER Glass, ‘Organic bonded, block and boards 40031010 06 OAT O18 019 020 022 0.24 0.25 026 033 040 Nonpunking binder 30003010 026 031 038 052 Pipe insulation, slag, or lass 7350 3104 0.20 021 022 023 024 029 500 3t010 (020 022 024 025 026 033 040 Inorganic bonded block 1000 10t015, 033 038 045 055 180015024 032 037 042 052062 0.74 Pipe insulation, sag, or glass ooo 10t015 033 038 048 055 Resin binder 1S 023 024 0.25 026 028 029 RIGID POLYSTYRENE Extruded (CFC-12 exp) ‘Gemooth skin surface) 165 18t035016 016 017 016 O17 048 049 020 ‘Molded beads 165 1 O17 O49 020 021 022 024 025 026 125 047 048 049 020 022 023 024 0.25 1S O16 017 019 020 021 022 023 024 175. 016 017 O18 019 020 022 023 024 20-015 O16 018 O19 0.20 021 022 0234.10 ‘Table 4.2 Typical Thermal Conductivity k for Industrial I ‘Accepted Typical Max. Temp. Density, — (Concluded) Load Calculation Manual sulations at Various Mean Temperatures—Design Values? “Typical Conductivity kin Btuin/h-£-°F at Mean Temp. °F Material for Use, "F Abit —100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 _75_100 200 300 500 700_ 9M ‘RIGID POLYURETHANE/POLYISOCYANURATE™* ‘Unfaced (CPCI exp.) 201.1025 016 017 O48 OS 0:18 O17 016 016 O17 RIGID POLYISOCYANURATE® Gas-impermeable facers (CFC exp) 250 20 012 013 014 as RIGID PHENOLIC ‘Closed cell (CECI, CPC exp) 30 O11 415 012 012s RUBBER, Rigid Foamed 130 45 020 021 022 0.23 VEGETABLE AND ANIMAL FIBER ‘Woo! felt (pipe insulation) 180 2 0.28 030 031 033 INSULATING CEMENTS MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag or gas) ‘With colloidal ely bi 1800241030, 049 035 061 0.73 085 ‘With hyéraulic setting binder 1200_-30t0.40 O75 080 085 0.95 LOOSE FILL Cellulose insulation (milled pulverized ‘paper or wood pulp) 25103 0.26 027 029 ‘Mineral fiber, sag, rock, or glass 2005 019 0.21 023 025 026 028 031 Perlite (expanded) 3to5 022 0.24 025 027 028 030 031 033 035 Slice aeoge! 16 013 014 OAS O45 016 0.17 018 Vermiculte (expanded) 71082 + 039 040 042 048 045 047 0.49 046 4106 034 035 038 040 042 044 "Representative values for dry materials, which are intended as design (not ‘speifiation) valves for msterals in normal wre. Inslation materials in actual Service may bave thermal valves that vary rom design values dependingon their in sit propertis (eg, density and moisture content). Fer properties of 2 ature approaches these is particular product us the vale supplied bythe manufacturer or by unbiased ‘ge Table, footnote b ‘See ble 4, footnote "These temperatures ae generly accepted as maximum. When operating tee follow the manufactrer recommendations. ‘Some polyurethane Fors at formed by mean tht produce stable produ tespet to), but most are blown with refrigerant and wil change with time t Table 4.3 Surface Conductances and Resistances for Air | SECTION A. Surface Conductances and SECTION B. Reflectanceand Emittance Values of Various Surfaces and_| Resistances™™ Effective Emittances of Air Spaces } mann ‘Effective Emittance!, Surface Emittance of Air Space | ‘One | Position of | Direction | Non- |Reftective|Rettectiv| Surface | _Both Surface of Heat |refiecive| ¢=020 | €=0.05 Surface Reflectance,| Average |Emittance | Surface Flow ‘Ge | Emittance | <;the |emittane ‘other € RAR 0.90 STILL AIR ‘Aluminum foi bright .....] 92t097 | 005 os | 003 Horizontal ....-|Upward |1.63 0.61} 091 1100.76 122) giminum sect estas on | oss Sloping—45°....|Upward | 1.600.62|0.88 1.14] 0.73 137 , Aluminum coated paper, | Horizontal |1.46 0.68 074 1.35 | 0.59.1.70| “polished. ysross | 020 | 020 | ot Downward | 1.320:76] 060 1.67 | 0.45 2.22| seat, galvanized, - [Downward | 1.08 0.92|0.37 2.70] 0.22485) bright yowso | 02s | 024 | ons MOVING AIR hy Rhy R |h R | Aluminum paint. 301070 | 030 | 047 | 035 (any position) Building materials: 1Smphwind Any 6.00 0.17 ‘wood, paper, (or winter) ‘masonry, non- augn wid: -1 [Any orcas! ‘metallic paints swors | 090 | 082 | ot (for summer) Regular glass swois | oss | om | om "Note: All conductance values expressed in Btu/(hof="F). A. Surface cannot take credit for bth ana space resistance value land a surface resistance value No credit for anair space value ean, ‘etaken fr any surface facing an lr space of less than “For ventilated tis or panes above clings under sure conditions (heat Now down} se al Conductance are for surfaces ofthe stated emittance facing virtual blackbody surroundings seme temperatura the ambient. Values are based ona surfceair temperature dieence of sd fora surface temperature of 70°Heat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data 441 ‘Table 44 Thermal Resistances of Plane Air Spaces, °F -f@-h/Btu ‘ton Dirclon ‘Air Space Value of E™ Value of EP ree t Mean Temp 0030050205 082 0.03005 02S AirSpace Heat Flow Temp, °F _Ditt °F ‘Air Space 075m, Air Space 028 1st 099 0 aw 2m Lo 075 so. Tee a a on 10 i Keo CIT ge 240231 oar Horizontal Up 2» 3 ts Ch os fs iy te 053 ia 0 ro tH to Bee ton Te Kis 1 tne Ta Tah 13 ior to__24 13310 te 262k 120, 10 2at 1g 060.762.962.781 8 ost 306 % 0 Oa 9) TS on ase in 385 S 1 080 x50 275200 034 Slope Up 320 7% 1300 Lm dor Ee 100 26 20) tae 103 en 08 13 er im ora ti xs Xo De ns ie de 27 tse 13338321 130, 10247 171g 0.77 $503.24 208 ost 337 Tse 133 090 291377 20 ob is 366 Css 134 0S1 70 Sag 28 ro} Vertical Horizontal ——e— “02382 Por eh CS 18 io 2s Py 13 MR 3 eh 126 m 350 35 te 1392902238 135, i030, 234 te) de S92 So 3 136 0248 161106977 3.53 327 2.10 oss ao Bee 7 14 Oot 343325 Ban 855 45° ib 367 a 13s Os Xa) 357 a0 toe slope Down 2381 BB 1 LBS a Bes 1% i) 381 3a TH 133s) 130 m Sis Sor Tae TE he 0 137 a ee A 166. 1024823416 1067733332920 os 303660 3ss kk) Ot AR 2 102 1) 36 351353882 102 Horizontal Down 2 35) Fe aan 133 Se 355s 130 io 392853323) e 435 $02 ren m 333 seat oat 3g 199 33838 oto 32 mm ‘Table44A Thermal Resistances of Plane Air Spaces, °F-fi2-h/Btu 3S.in, Air Space® 0 ass eo aM awe oo} iar BM om 2m tr ES Ko oi a8 i OS 38 os as ae Hotizontal Up 0 do Boss das Rie Se 5 2k @ te) an kek ha ee re eke ike ar So 0a Ste ks Sse ae or soa q—0g0 3.18 296 1.97 Lie oo Re Ete Os 232 ker hs as: deeb mB Os Sis Bose slope Up 30 85 2a See 2 as Ts G8 8 bf ae he ® th ae ke 2 he -9 @ ih if ® tn ih ie te te oso 13s 2 drs 1) "359 36 TOs) 30940215 hae ase B 0 3e 35s ts o i ie SS @% tm 38 30 3m te Vesisal Horizontsh ——me 0 8286 @ th ie in in tf 5 Sn 3Ss # im 38 in io te oe 8 @ 1 2m 2s ie 1B 7 SoS Sits Sai oer 3010so7 a5, 36 0st 481 4s 209138 ASR S36 a ag 331 S30 eo id S10 as @ io iu ie iS 1 Dow om SRS Ses re ee? 6 a ae oo is AS) AS Sma -8 3380 zoe Yn Ye a Soot tar mim 4s 4S Ss 3019 609s 094 —~Toar 81934137 Og 5B ste Sm Sek Sal S50 1 1S ats 93703 Hovizontal Down 0 Tb Gas 29 9 00 32 kr Xap 8 5 Ses im (3 is im Sm 2B <9 Bim Tm im Fo) hes sm Ss Toke) “merpolaton i permissible for ater values of mean temperature, temperature ifenos andeffetveemitanceE Inerplation and moderate etapolaion for le spaces greater than 3.3 in are als permisbe “Effective emittance of the air space Eis given by VE = Vey + Vey — Le wheree, and, are the emltances ofthe surfaces ofthe tr pace (S= Appendit “Cre for an airspace resistance value cannot be aken more than once and only forthe boundary conditions established “Resistanees of horizontal spaces with heat flow downward are substantially Independent of temperature diffrence. ‘Thermal esitance values were determined from the elation, R = 1/C where C Int Bah the conduction comeston coefficient hy be rdition cell lent 5 0.00686 £ (460 and qisthemmeanemperatre oftheir space. FOr Interpolation fom Table 476 ar spce thickness less than 0 (asin insult Ing window alas), assume hy = 0.798 (+ COOL) andeompute values rom the above lations for an ale spe thickness of 2 “Based on National Bureau of Standards daa presented in Housing Resarch Paper 'No.32, Housing and Home Finance Agency 1884, U.S, Government Printing Offs, Washington 20402.Load Calculation Manual t 412 ‘Table 4S Effective Resistances of Ceiling or iti Spaces—Sumnmer Condition (eQuiston 1988) Yenation Rte clm/10 ° 02 Root Avsoplance 130 wou ww» Nonreneatve oz 12 13 12 fie a7 a9 ae 21 26 [a8 24 3a surface os move fre rs 2a fas 2s 32 | 21 30 a inate 08 vo to [rs re 21 [a9 26 a4 | 24 34 Refleaive 02 sa si |sa es 93 | 62 80 95 | os 89 ua surface os 46 44 | sa 67 76 | 70 91 11.0 | 80 07 137 inate os 4340 | 5266 74 | 72 94 16 | 86 os 152 “pial eto by anal tee ‘Table 45a Effective Rsistances of Ceiling or Attic Spaces—Winter Condition (eQuiston 1984) Ventilation Rate, etm ° oor Celing Resistance, W-12-F/Bin u » W 0 » x» Nonrefeative face in atic Ls 16 16 12 1a ry Reflecive : surface Inte 4a 49 49 29 aa 37 pia venion by ena ec Table 4.6 Transmission Coefficients U for Wood and Stee Doors, Btu/-102-°F ‘Nominal Door No Wood Metal “Thickness, Storm Storm Storm in Description Door Door! Door Wood Doon?™ 13/8 Panel door with 7/6‘, panels ost 033 ox 43/8 Hollow core Mish door oar 030 ox 3/8 Solid core fish door 039 026 028 | 3/8 Panel door with 7/16n. pane 057 033 036 13/4 Hollow core Mush door ous 039 ox 13/4 Panel door with 1/8, panels 039 036 028 13/4 Solid core fush door 033 028 as 2/4 Solid core fast door oar 0 021 Steel Doors! 13/4 berlas or mineral wool core withstel stiffeners, no thermal break! 0.60 - - 13/4 Paper honeycomb core without thermal break? 056 = = 13/4 Solid urethane foam core without thermal beak oo = = 13/4 Solid ire ated mineral fiberboard core without thermal break! 038 7 if 13/4” olysyrene core without thermal break (gage commercial el) 035 = - 13/4 Polystyrene core without thermal break (8 gage commercial teal) 035 7 7 13/4 Polyurethane core without thermal break (18 gage commercial sea)! 029 i = 13/4 Polyurethane core without thermal break 24 gage commercial ste) 029 7 - 13/4 Polyurethane core with thermal break and wood perimeter (24 gage residential steed! 020 = Ee 13/4 Solid urethane foam core wth thermal break a9 ous on ‘Nove All actor eter dos afr doors with sing, cept forbes for sam doe wr for any prc pase Storm door whic en tion othe man cr dave Any Sng aan “Vlora aed onanonal S20 hin aur sae wo aig, ‘terior dor should be iced with te appromate sss ype and aaeed. OutecircondfonsISmgh wing spee.O°F temper cond interpoiton andmodetecerepalaton sc mitch foro taincsc okt gon sescomecon, We ae enone than hee pected ‘som pale ‘Nie for mood tom dor ror pproviatel 50% gas re ‘STALE Detox cata ona nominal 3 fy dor wih singHeat Transmission Coefficients and Property Data 4.13 ‘Table 4:7 _ Overall Coefficients of Heat Transmission of Various Fenestration Products Part A: Ualues for Vertical Installation’, Btu/(a-ft?-°F) ‘Alumioum Frame No Thermal Aluminum Frame Thermal Wood or Vinyl Frame Giessen Break p= 19) Treak (Up = 10) (pao ‘Center of Edge of ‘Prodiict” Type Product Type Product Type Ginzing Type” Glass Glass R c (Ry c R | Sink lazing ge Re Biiaincel or Core lass Lu na 131 1.23 1.09 110 0.90 0.98 Pin. sce 1 wa 136 iis ro 30st 092 Double lass Hl Tina space os) 065 = ome om ase ass 5/8in airspace 0s 0m (OO 0.66 5 03051 i/2in and greater sc space 04 059.87 on Oe 0590] ad Ypouble glass, «= 040 on surface? or3 “ain. ai space 050 0.60 0.87 073 CD 09 0490.50 4/8in airspace 08 05s O06) ORD I/2ins and pester ir pace Oat 058 st 0.85 os 052 Osa Double glass, ~ 0.15 on surface or3 inca space 04s 055 (Osh o61 05s 04s a6 | 3/8in. airspace 03 Ost Ome os Oa8OaL9 iin airspace 0M 050076 0.8 Ost 04603937 Double ass Wn gon pace 02 0a ose on 065 = ost 00st 3/80 argon space oe 059K oo OST Oa ab i/2in. and pester argon space oa 057088 oe 056 aa? Double lass, = 040 on surface 2.03 1/40 argon space 043 05s 087 060 = Osh 0as as 378in. argon space oa 0520 os) 0a) D 1/2in, and greater argon space Cn ) os lak Double lass,» 0.15 on surface? or3 Tein argtn space 036 0s1 8 062 056 ods at 23/8in. argon space 030 Oe 74 : ost 043037 1/2in, and greater argon space 028 0a7 3 035 05 ona Double laing, 1/8 in, acrylic or polycarbonate Aina opce ts. 06 = 08978 ost ost ost 2/8in. airspace cas 059086 0s) 048s 1/2in and pester air space ods 057 as 8 03 OaT ta Double lazing 1/4 in, acrylic or polycarbonate firspace ous 059086 Ot ost ods ote sir space ou 056 ORE Oss 046 aS 1/2in, and pester ac space oa 034 O26 os 0530s Tepe ass TVs ar space 03 082 ons 05) 050 oaz at fir space os 05007680 os 0as 0398 and greater airspace om 04075 oss 04s 03k O36 Tepe glass, « = O40 on surface, 3, 4085 in-air spaces os on ot oss 04s 040039 37h it paces 030 on ost os Oat 0373s 1/2in: and greater sic spaces 028 on 035 030 Oat 036033 “rple lass or double glass with polyester film suspended inbetween «= 0.15 on surface2, 3, 4 0F5 i/sin. ait spaces, Oo 86 OD 033 ods 039037 3/Rin ir paces oz 4S os (Oat 0352 1/2 and greater ar spaces O24 ods O02 oa 03) 000 ple gas or double gass wth polyester film suspended in between, ~ 0.15 on surfaces 2 oF 3and4 or 5 ‘Vin ir spaces 08 Oa O08 033 0” 03603 3/Rin. air paces om 04s 08) oa 0370329 1/2in. and greater sr spaces 019 Oa O87 os 04 = 035.0316 ‘Triple glass 1/4 ia argon spaces os 050 om 0.60 oss 04s 3/8in, argon spaces ost oa, ST os (Oat ain. and preter argon spaces 029 OATS 056 ost 00 “Triple lass, «= 0.40 on surface 2, 3,40¢ 5 ins argon spaces 030 048 oss 0s. om 037 03s 3/8in argon spaces 02 ods (SA oa oat SO Wincandgreaterargonspaces «0.25046. 033 oa = 0390 Triple glass or double glass with polyester film suspended in betwee, ¢ = 0.15 on surface 2,3, 4, oF 5 1/4 argon spaces On Ode OO 050 oats 37min. argon spaces 02 04s 06) oa 0370330 1/2, and greater argon spaces 0.20 0.44 0.68 050 0.46 0.36 310.284.44 Load Calculation Manua} r ‘Table 4.7 _Overall Coefficients of Heat Transmission of Various Fenestration Products (Concluded) Part A: UValues for Vertical Installation®, Btu/(h-1@-°F) ‘Aluminum Frame, No Aluminum Frame, Thermal Wood or Vinyl Frame Glass Only Thermal Break (Uy = 1.9) Break (Uy = 1.0) y= 04) Center of Edge of Product Type Product" Type Product Type Gazing type! Glas Glass zg c ne Triple lass or double glass wth polyester film suspended in betwem, «= 0.13 on suraaes2 or Sand dor ain, argon spaces 02. 0as ost oT 037 0a2 039 3/Sin. argon spaces 017 | 0430.86 oar oe 034 0300.25 Vin. and greatersrgon spaces__O1S__— 0436S 046 08 032029024 Part U-Valie Conversion Table for Sloped and Horizontal Gazing Tor Upward Heat Flow | Shore Ualue, Bta/h-2= S0°(verical) 0.10020 030-040 050 060 070 080 090 100 10 120 130 rt O16 025 036 047 057 0480.79 050 1.001338 Oorizonta) _0.19_029__ 0.40 0.51 61__ 072 082083 1.0L 128386 factors are based on standard ASHRAE wile conditions of 10°F "Based on aluminum spacer data, Edge of las effect assumed o extend over the 2m Indoor and 0°F outdoor ar temperature, with 1S mph ouldoor ai velocity band around perimeter ot-aach lazing tal and zero solar Flux. The outside surface coefficient at these conditions Product ype ler? Resdenil R and Commercal © is approximately 5.1 Blu/h= 10°F, depending on the glase surface “Clacng ayer sur fabeace au To tense. Double and tiple refer temperature. With the exception of sage glazing, small changes inthe tothe numberof glazing les All date are based on 1/8 ia. las unless otherwise ote, Interior and exerior temperatures do uot significantly affect overall U- ‘Thermal conducivies are: 03 Bau/ta-e> °F fr glass, and 0.11 tuft" °F for ary factors. and paycarbonate. ‘Table 4.8 Glazing U-Value Conversion from 15 mph Wind to 7.5 inph Wind and Still Air _ ‘Wind Speed, mph ‘Wind Speed, mph 6 18 e 5 78 o U-Value, Buu/h-te-°F ‘WValue Biw/h fF 010 0.10 0.10 70.80 0.74 oe 020 020 019) 0.90 0383, 078 030 0.29 0.28 11.00 092 0.86 0.40 038 037 Tio 101 0.94 0.50 047 0.45 120 110 Loz 0.60 0.36 03 130 rig 110 0.70 06s ost ‘Table 4.9 _ Average Overall Heat Transfer Coefficients for Basement Walls, Btu/h-f0+°F (McQuiston 1984) Depth Wal ‘Wall insulated to Depth of 2 ft Below Grade ‘Wall Insulated over Full Inside Surface Below Grade _Uninsulated R=42 R=83 R= 25 4 0.20, 0.095 0.060 0.044 5 og 0.088 6 oat 6 O17 0.085 054 040 i 0.16 0.081 0.083, 0.038 ‘Table 4.10 _Average Overall Heat Transfer Coefficients for Uninsulated Basement Floors, Btu/h - f€-°F (McQuiston 1984) ‘Wall Uninsulated ‘Wall Insulated to Depth of 2 f Below Grade “Wall Insulated over Full Inside Surface 0.025 oa 0.086 0.045 Table 4.11 Heat Loss Coefficient U’ of Slab Floor Construction, Btu/h-°F per ft of Perimeter Degree Days (65°F Base) Construction Insulated® 2950 3350 783 ‘in. Block wall, Uninsulated 0462 0.68 07 brick facing R = 5A from edge to footer 048 050 0.36 4-in block wall, Uninsulated 0.80 oe 093 brick facing R = 5A from edge to footer 047 049 04 ‘Metal stud wall, Uninsulated Lis 120 134 stucco R = 5A from edge to footer ost 033 038 Poured conerete Uninsutated 186 212 27 wal, with duct near perimeter® R = 5 from edge to footer, 3 fender floor __ 0.64, on 090 "value unitsin ©F-12-h/ Bean, "Weighted average temperature ofthe heating duct was assumed at 10°F ring the heating season (outdoor air temperature less than 65°F). ‘Table 4.12 Approximate Design Temperature for Use with Table 4.11 ‘Degree Days, 65°F Base 90% Design Temperature, “F 2950) ‘Greater than 5 5380 310-5 7433 Less than ~5Chapter 5 INTERNAL HEAT GAIN Internal sources of heat energy may contribute signi cantly to the total heat gain for a space. In a completely iso- lated interior room, the total heat gain is due entirely to internal sources. These internal sources are people, lights, and equipment such as cooking appliances, hospital equip- ‘ment, office equipment, and powered machinery. For most cooling load calculations, an accurate estimate of the internal loads is important to the success of the final design because the total load can bea controlling factor in equipment capacity. Failure to identify all internal heat sources can lead to gross undersizing, while an overly con- setvative approach can lead to significant oversizing. ‘The most serious problem in making accurate estimates of internal heat gain is lack of information on the exact schedule of occupancy, light usage, and equipment oper- ation. For example, it may not be reasonable to assume that all the occupants are present, all lights are on, and all equipment is operating in a large office building. However, for a particular room in the building, the total occupancy, light, and equipment load should usually be used to compute the room heat gain. In brief, it is probable that any particular room will be fully loaded but the complete building will never experience a full internal load. The assumption here is that the air cool- ing and delivery systems would be sized to accommodate the space loads but the central cooling plant would be sized for a lower capacity based on the diversified load. Every building must be examined using available infor- ‘mation, experience, and judgment to determine the inter- nal load diversity and schedule. Table 5.1 lists some typical diversity factors for large buildings. 5.1 People ‘The heat gain from human beings has two components, sensible and latent. The total and relative amounts of sen- sible and latent heat vary depending on the level of activity; ‘generally, latent heat gain increases as the level of activity increases. Table 5.2 gives heat gain data from occupants in conditioned spaces. These data are based on metabolic heat generation data from the comfort and health chapter in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. Note that the data in the last three columns is adjusted, based on the normally expected percentages of men, women, and children for the listed application. These data are recommended for usual load calculations. The latent heat gain is computed from: a = NF aq’ Gl) and the sensible heat gain is given by: qs = NFyq's 6.2) 5. where: JN = maximum number of people expected to occupy the space use factor, unity for a Foom heat gain per person, Btu/(h + person) (Table 5.2) ‘The latent and sensible heat gain for occupants should be computed separately except when estimating the build- ing refrigeration load where the two components may be combined. The latent heat gain is assumed to instantly become cooling load while the sensible heat gain is partially delayed depending on the nature of the conditioned space (see Chapters 2, 8, and 9), Generally, the sensible heat gain for people is assumed to be 30% convective (instant cool- ing load) and 70% radiative (the delayed portion). 5.2 Lighting Because lighting is often the major internal load compo- nent, an accurate estimate of the space heat gain it imposes is needed. The rate of heat gain at any given moment can be quite different from the heat equivalent of power sup- plied instantaneously to those lights. ‘The primary source of heat from lighting comes from the light-emitting elements, or lamps, although significant additional heat may be generated from associated compo- nents in the light fixtures housing such lamps. Generally, the instantaneous rate of heat gain from electric lighting may be calculated from: 4 = 34IWER, 63) wher W = total installed light wattage Fy, = use factor, ratio of wattage in use to-total installed wattage F,, = special allowance factor (ballast factor in the case of fluorescent and metal halide fixtures) ‘Total light wattage is obtained from the ratings of all lamps installed, both for general illumination and for dis- play use. ‘The use factor is the ratio of the wattage in use, for the conditions under which the load estimate is being made, to the total installed wattage. For commercial applications such as stores, the use factor would generally be unity. ‘The special allowance factor is for fluorescent and metal, halide fixtures or for fixtures that are ventilated or installed so that only part of their heat goesto the conditioned space. For fluorescent fixtures, the special allowance factor accounts primarily for ballast losses and can be as high as 2.19 for 32-W single-lamp high-output fixtures on 277 V5.2 circuits. Rapid-start, 40-W lamp fixtures have special allowance factors varying from a low of 1.18 for two lamps at 277 V, to a high of 1.30 for one lamp at 118 V, with a recommended value of 1.20 for general applications. Indus- trial fixtures other than fluorescent, such as sodium lamps, may have special allowance factors varying from 1,04 to 1.37, depending on the manufacturer, and should be dealt with individually. For ventilated or recessed fixtures, manufacturers’ or other data must be sought to establish the fraction of the total wattage expected to enter the conditioned space directly (and subject to time lag effect) versus that which must be picked up by return air or in some other appro- priate manner. For ordinary design load estimation, the heat gain for each component may be calculated as a fraction of the total lighting load; use judgment to estimate heat-to-space and heat-to-return percentages. Return Air Light Fixtures ‘Two generic types of light fixtures are those that allow and those that do not allow return air to flow through the lamp chamber. The first type is sometimes called a heat-of-light fixture, The percent of light heat released through the plenum side of various ventilated fixtures can be obtained from lighting fixture manufacturers. Even unventilated fixtures lose some heat to plenum spaces; however, most of the heat ultimately enters the conditioned space from a dead-air plentim or is picked up by return air via ceiling return ajr openings. The percentage of heat from fixtures ranges from 40 to 60% heat-to-return for ventilated fixtures or 15 to 25% for unventilated fixtures. ‘The subject of heat gain from lights and the effect of fixture type, return air plenums, and ventilation is dis- cussed in Chapter 8. The heat gain to the space from fluorescent fixtures is often assumed to be 59% radiative and 41% convective (Sowell 1988). The heat gain from incandescent fixtures is typically assumed to be 80% radiative and 20% convective (ASHRAE 1989), 5.3 Miscellaneous Eq Estimates of heat gain in this category tend to be more subjective than for people and lights. However, consider- able data is available that can yield reliable results. Careful evaluation of the operating schedule and the load factor for each piece of equipment is essential. pment Power ‘When equipment is operated by electric motor within a conditioned space, calculate the heat equivalent = 2545 (HP/Em)FiF, 6.4) Load Calculation Manual | 1otor efficiency, as decimal fraction < 1.0 jotor load factor F,,= motor use factor 3 3 i 4 j a & ‘The motor use factor may be applied when motor use is, known to be intermittent with significant nonuse during all hours of operation (ie., overhead door operator, etc.). For conventional applications, its value is 1.0. ‘The motor load factor is the fraction of the rated load delivered under the conditions of the cooling load estimate. In Equation (5.4), both the motor and the driven equipment are assumed to be within the conditioned space. If the motor is outside the space or airstream with the driven ‘equipment within the conditioned space: 4m = 2545(HPFF, 6.5) ‘When the motor is inside the conditioned space or air- stream but the driven machine is outside: Gm = W4S(HPMLO-Ey)/EnlFiFy (5.6) Equation (5.6) also applies to a fan or pump in the conditioned space that exhausts air or pumps fluid outside that space, Tables 5.3 and 5.4 give heat gains, average efficiencies, and related data representative of typical electric motors, generally derived from the lower efficiencies reported by several manufacturers of open, drip-proof motors. For speeds lower or higher than those listed, efficiencies may be I to 3% lower or higher, depending on the manufacturer. Should actual voltages at motors be appreciably higher or | lower than rated nameplate voltage, efficiencies in either case will be lower. If electric motor load is an appreciable portion of cooling load, the motor efficiency should be obtained from the manufacturer. Depending on design, the ‘maximum efficiency might occur anywhere between 75 to 110% of full load; if underloaded or overloaded, the effi- ciency could vary. from the manufacturer's listing. Heat output of a motor is generally proportional to, the motor load, within the overload limits. Because of typically high no-load motor current, fixed losses, and other reasons, F7 is assumed to be unity, and no adjust- ment should be made for underloading or overloading unless the situation is fixed, can be accurately established, and the reduced load efficiency data can be obtained from the motor manufacturer. Unless the manufacturer's literature indicates other- wise, the heat gain should be about 70% radiant and 30% convective for subsequent cooling load calculations (Sowell 1988). Food Preparation Appliances | Inacoolingloadestimate, heat gain fromall appliances— electric, gas, or steam—should be taken into account. The tremendous variety of appliances, applications, usage schedules, and installations, makes estimates subjective.Internal Heat Gain “To establish a heat gain value, actual input data values and various factors, efficiencies, or other judgmental modi- fiers are preferred. However, where specific rating data are not available, recommended heat gainsin this chapter may beused. Inestimating the appliance load, probabilities of simultaneous use and operation of different appliances located in the same space must be considered. ‘Where no data are available, the maximum hourly heat gain can be estimated as 50% of the total nameplate or catalog input ratings because of the diversity of appliance use and the effect of thermostatic controls, giving a usage factor of 0.50. Radiation contributes up to 32% of the heat gain for hooded appliances. The convective heat gain is assumed to be removed by the hood. Therefore, the heat gain may be estimated for hooded, steam, and electric appliances to be: a = 0.5(0.32)4; = 0.164; (a) where q; is the catalog input rating, Direct fuel-fired cooking appliances require more heat input than electric or steam equipment of the same type and size. For gas fuel, the American Gas Association (1948, 1950) established an overall figure of approxi- ‘mately 60% more, Marn (1962) confirmed that where appliances are installed under an effective hood, only radiant heat adds to the cooling load; convected and latent heat from the cooking process and combustion products are exhausted and do not enter the kitchen. It is therefore necessary to adjust Equation (5.7) for use with hooded fuel-fired appliances, to compensate for the 60% higher input ratings, since the appliance surface tempera- tures are the same and the extra heat input from combus- tion products are exhausted to outdoors. This correction is made by the introduction of a flue loss factor of 1.60. For hooded fuel-fired appliances: a = (0.16/1.6)g) = 0.104; 6.8) ‘Table 5.5 gives recommended rates of heat gain for restaurant equipment, both hooded and unhooded (Alereza and Breen 1984). This data resulted from a comprehensive study taking into account such things as use factors and load factors. This data is recommended where specific heat gain data and use schedules are not ee For unhooded appliances, the sensible heat is often divided 70% radiant and 30% convective for cooling load estimates (Sowell 1988). In the case of hooded appliances, all heat gain to the space is assumed to be radiant for cooling load calculation. Hospital and Laboratory Equipment As with large kitchen installations, hospital and labora- tory equipment is a major source of heat gain in condi- tioned spaces. Care must be taken in evaluating the probability and duration of simultaneous usage when many components are concentrated in one area, such as in a 53 laboratory or operating room. The chapters related to health facilities and laboratories in the HVAC Applications Volume of the ASHRAE Handbook should be consulted for further information, Table 5.6 lists recommended rates of heat gain for hospital equipment (Alereza and Breen 1984). This data is recommended where specific heat gain data and use schedules are not available. The sensible heat gain is approximately 70% radiant and 30% convective (Sowell 1988). Office Appliances Offices with computer display terminals at most desks and other equipment such as personal computers, printers, and copiers, have heat gains ranging up to 15 Btu/(h-ft2). Computer rooms must be considered individually. ‘Computer manufacturers have data pertaining to vari- ous individual components. In addition, computer usage schedules should be considered. Heat gains from operating digital computer equipment ranges from 75 to 175 Btu/(h-ft2). While the trend in hardware develop- ‘ment is toward less heat release on a component basis, the increased use of computers tends to offset such reductions. Consult the chapter related to data processing systems in the HVAC Applications Volume of the ASHRAE Hand- book for further information about design of large com- puter rooms and facilities. Conformity of environmental conditions to manufacturers’ specifications should be veri- fied due to warranties, etc. ‘Table 5.7 lists recommended rates of heat gain for office ‘equipment (Alereza and Breen 1984). ‘The heat gain from office equipment is assumed to be approximately 70% radiative and 30% convective for cool- ing load calculation. 5.4 Examples Example 5.1 Heat Gain from Occupants Determine the heat gain from eight people in a space where the activity requires standing, light work, and some walking. Divide the heat gain into components for cooling load calculation, tem Table Explanation 52. Use category for standing, light work, walking for Heat gain per person, sensible and latent adjusted group. 0 Btu/h per person 200 Btu/h per person Use factor 1.0 for asingle room ‘Total latent heat gain Ng’ = 8 x 200 = ‘00 Bean ‘Total sensible heat gain qs = Na‘, = 8 x 250 = 2000 Btu/n Radiant component of sen- _g, = 0.70g, = 0.7 x 2000 sible heat gain = 1400 Btu/h Convective component of, Ge = 03g, = 0.3 x 2000 sensible heat gain 600 Btu/t5.4 Example 5.2 Heat Gain from Lights for Single Room Estimate the heat gain from 1000 W of installed lights in a room. The four bulb fixtures with 40 W lamps are recessed in a suspended ceiling. The ceiling air spaceiis a return air plenum. Divide the heat gain into the various components for cooling load calculation. tem Equation _ Explanation. Heat gain (6.3) Basi¢equation Use factor Fy Assume F, = 1 fora single room special allowance ‘There are two factors in this case. Factor F, for heat gain to Assume a ballast factor the room of 12 Tor 40 W bulbs. Assume that 20% of heat gain is picked up by return air in the plenum, ‘Then F, =1.2x0.8=0.96. Heat gain to space (53) gs = 3.41%1000x1x0.96 Gensible) dy = 3274 Btu/h Radiant component of Assuming radiant/con- hheat gain to space veetive split of 59/41 Gr = 0.59 x 3274 = 1932 Btu/h Convective component of Ge = OAL x 3274 hheat gain to space 1342 Btu/h Special allowance factor Inthis case for heat gain to return air F= 12x 02 =024 Heat gain to the return air (5.3) dy = 3.41X1000%1x0.24 rm = 818 Brush mais assumed to be all convective and an imme- diate Load on the coil Example 5.3 Heat Gain from Lights and People for Large Office Building ‘A large office building has 200 kW of recessed fluorescent light- ing in return air plenums andis designed for an occupancy of 150 people. Estimate the heat gain for the building for lights and occupants. Hem ‘Fable/Equation Explanation ‘Heat gain, occupants Equations Basic equations 6.2), 62) Diversity factor Table S.1_——_For office building assume, Fy = 08 Heat gain per ‘Table5.2 Assume moderately ‘occupant active office work q' = 200 Btu/h per person 4's = 250 Btu/h per person Occupant latent “Equation (5.1) gy = 150 x 0.8 x 200 heat gain Occupant sensible Equation (5.2) as heat gain ‘Load Calculation Manual | ‘Total occupant Go = 44.0 heat gain 24,000 + 30,000 qo = 54,000 Btu/h Instantaneous heat Assuming 2 70/30 gain (convective) radiant/convective split q+ 03 a5 24,000 + 0.3 x 30,000 io = 33,000 Btu/h Delayed heat G00 = 9-74 gain (radiative) Gro = 0.7 x 30,000 = 21,000 Btu/h Heat gain, lights Equation (5.3) Basic equation Use factor Fy, ‘The use factor is the same as a diversity fac tor, Assume diversity is the same as for occu- pants above. Fy = 0.8 Special allowance ‘Assume a ballast fac- factor tor of 1.2 Assume 20% of heat gain goes to the return air. Heat gain toreturn Equation (5.3) F, = 1.2 x 0.2 = 0.24 gir = 3.41 x 200,000 08 x 0.24 Fi dir = 130,940 Btu/h Heat gain to space Equation (5.3) F, = 1.2 x 0.8 = 0.96 3.41 x 200,000 x 08 x 0.96 gis = 523,775 Btu/h ‘Total light heat gain du = Gt I 130,940 + 523,775 ay = 654,720 Btu/h Instantaneous heat Assuming a 59/41 split gain (convective) 5 dic= Gir + Ol gis = 130,940 + 0.41 x 523, 775 dic = 345,688 Bru/h Delayed heat gain 0.59 gis (radiative) 0:59 x’ 523,775, 309,027 Btu/h Example 5.4 Heat Gain from Motor-Driven Equipment {mate the heat gain froma motor-driven milling machinein ‘an air-conditioned machine shop. The mill has @ motor rated at 3 shaft horsepower and is estimated to be in use 30% of the time. Item ‘Table/Equation __ Explanation Heat gain Equation (5.4) Motor and mill are in conditioned space. ‘Motor load factor Motor will usually be at partial load but underloading is indeter- ‘inate, therefore assume R= Motor use factor From given information assume F, = 0.30Internal Heat Gain Motor efficiency F, TableS.3. Efficiency may vary from full load value. In lieu of information, assume Ey, = O81 Heat gain Equation (5.4) gy = (2545 x 36/081) 10 x 03 Gm = 2830 Btu/ Instantaneous heat Gin = 034 gain (convective) Gin = 03 % 2830 850 Btu/h Delayed heat gain Gem = 01 i (cadiative) im = 07 X 2830 1980 Btu/h Example 5.5 Heat Gain from Motor-Driven Fan Estimate the heat gain to the space from a motor-driven, draw- through fan. Inthe first case, fan and motor arein the airstream. Inthe second case, the fan isin the airstream but the motor is out side both the airstream and the conditioned space. The motor is rated at 5 shaft horsepower and was selected to operate at full load under design conditions. item ‘Table/Equation _ Explan: Case 1 Motor and fanin Equation (5.4) All motor power input airstream finally converted to heat gain Motorefficiency Table5.3. Em = 0.82 Motor load factor From given information Fi ‘Motor use factor Motor will be in con- tinuous use with sys- tem in operation F,=10 Heat gain Equation (54) dm = 2545 (5/0.82) % 10x 1.0 Gm = 15,520 Btu/h Table5.3. May also read gy, directly as Gm = 15,500 Btu/h Delayed heat gain Since fanis not (adiative) exposed to conditioned space.and is operating ‘under steady-state com- ditions, assume all heat sain is convective Gm = 00 Instantaneous heat Fim = I tain (convective) 3,520 Buu/h Case2 Fan in, motor out of Equation (5.5) All shaft power input airstream finally converted to heat gain Motor efficiency Table53. Eg = 0.82 Motor load factor Fj =10 Motor use factor Fy = 10 Heat gain Equation (5.5) Gm = 2545 x 5.0 x 10 x 1.0 im = 12,725 Beu/h 5.5 Instantaneous heat gain (convective) Heat gain is all convec- tive as discussed above in 2,715 Beu/h Example 5.6 Heat Gain from Restaurant Equipment Estimate the heat gain from a 12-cup, electric coffee brewer with, 2 burners. Consider both hooded and nonhooded cases Hem ‘Table Heat gain without 38 hood Read under electric, no hood required, without hood _ = 3750 Btu/h 4; = 1910 Btu/h q =as4+ 4 5,660 Btu/h ‘Assuming 2 70/30 radiant/convective split Gi = 9 + 03 G5 1910+0.3(3750) 3035 Btu/h 0.195 Gy = 0.7 X 3750 4G, = 2625 Btu/h Read under electric, no hood required, with hood _ = 1810 Bru/h Instantaneous heat ain (convective) Delayed heat sain (radiative) Heat gain with hood 35 Instantaneous heat ain (convective) Alll convective heat gain assumed to be exhausted by hood q=0 Alllheat gain to space ‘assumed to be radiative 4; = 4 = 1810 Btu/h Note that this is ‘approximately 32% Of the total input, 5660 Btu/t Delayed heat gain Example 5.7 Heat Gain from Microcomputer Equipment Anoffice has four microcomputers with letter-quality printers, ‘The computers are fully equipped with hard disk drives. Estimate the heat gain for this equipment. Ttem Table Computers 57 Explanation ‘Note that heat gain isthe same for standby and regular use. Since com- puters have hard disk drives with larger power supplies, assume e = 1200 Btu/h each Assuming a 70/30 ra- diant/convective split ic= 03Ge = 0.3 x 4 x 1200 ie= 1440 Btu/h Instantaneous heat pain (convective)5.6 Item ‘Table Delayed heat gain (radiative) Printers 57 Standby heat gain for each printer is Gap = 597 Btulba Operating heat gai foreach printers Gop = 997 Btu/b ‘Avkume printers are on standby 75% of time Heat gain Gp = MO25dop 2 y07500) dp = 025 997 + 0.75 x 597) ay = 2788 Bean Instantancous heat 03. : ip = 034, gain (convective) ° 203 x 2788 ig = 836 Blu/h Delayed heat in Gp = 0.24, (radiative) = 07 % 2788 dip = 1951 Bta/h Load Calculation Manual “Total instantaneous ic + Ap heat gain for com- 1440 + 836 puters and printers 4g; = 2275 Bush ‘Total delayed heat gain Qe + Irn for computers and = 3500 + fost printers 5310 Beu/h References ‘Alereza, T. and J. P. Breen, III. 1984. Estimates of recommended hheat gains due to commercial appliances and equipment. ASHRAE Transactions 90). AGA. 1948. A comparison of gas and electric usage for commer- ‘ial cooking. American Gas Association, Cleveland, OH. AGA. 1950, Gas and electric consumption in two college cafeterias. Cleveland, OH. ASHRAE. 1989, ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals. Ameri ‘can Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Atlanta, GA. Marn, W. L. 1962. Commercial gas kitchen ventilation studies. ‘Research Bulletin No. 90 (March). Gas Association Labora- tories, Cleveland, OH. ‘Sowell, EF. 1988. Cross-check and modification of the DOE-2 ‘program for calculation of zone weighting factors. ASHRAE. ‘Transactions 94(2)7 Internal Heat G: ‘Table 5.1 Typical Diversity Factors for Large Buildings: (Apply to Refrigeration Capacity) ively Factor 7 ‘Type of Application ‘Diversity Fact ee People Lights Office 07510090 070t0085 Apartment, Hotel 0.40 t00.60 0.30100.50 Departimen store 8010090 O90t010 Industral 28510095 davtoos0 5.7 ‘Table 5.4 Typical Overload Limits with Standard Motors Horsepower 0.0510 0.25 0.16(0033 0.67 100.75 1 and up AC open 14 135 Ls ous ACTEFCPandDC 10 10 10 Gooling Load (For people and lights), Btu/h ‘= (Heat Gain, Blu/h) x (Cooling Load Factor) x (Diversity Factor, above tb) “A diversity factor should also be applied to the machinery load, *Someshaded ple capacitor star, and special purpose motors have aservcefac- {orvarying LOwp to 175. "some TEFC (totally enclosed fan-cooled) motors have service factor above Lt. ‘Table8.2._Rates of Heat Gain from Occupants of Conditioned Spaces** “Total Heat Adulls, Total Heat Sensible Hea, Latent Hea, Degree of Activity ‘Topleal Application "*'Male Rta” Adjusted Btu/h Blu/h Btu/h Seated at theater “Thester—Matines 350 330 25 105 Seated at theater ‘Theater_—Evening 390 330 248 is Ottis, hotels, apartments 80 400 243 155 Offices, hotels, apartments as 40 330 200 Standing, light work; walking Department store stall store 380 450 330 200 Walking standing Dragstore, bank 350 500 330 230 Sedentary work Restarani® 480 330 as 275 Light bench work Factory 00. 780 2s a5 Moderate dancing Dance hall 300 350 4305 545, Walking 3 mph ight machine work Factory 1000 1000 315 625 Bowing! Bowling alley 1300 1430 380 870 Heavy work Tactory 1500, 1450 530 80 Heavy machine work; iting Factory 1600 1600 5 965 Aleties ‘Gymnasium 2000 1800 0 1080 ‘tabulated values ar based on 75°F room dey bulb temperature For 89°F room dry. bul the total heat emai the same, butte ensibleheat values shouldbe decreased by approximatey 20%, and the latent eat ales increased according leo refer to Table J, Chapter ofthe ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals "ll valves ae rounded to nears 5 Be. ‘Adjusted hea! pons based on normal percentage of men, women, and children {or the application hited with the potate that the gain fom am adul emale 16850 of that for an adult mal and hat he ein fom acide 75% ofthat for fsnadule male. Aajsted total heat gain for Sederary work, Restaurant, includes 0 Btu/h for {ood per individual (30 Bru/h sensible and 30 Btu’ at) "For Bowling, fgureone person per alley actually bowing, and (400 Btu Or standing and walking slowly (330 Btu/). others asiting ‘Table 5.3 Heat Gain from Typical Electric Motors ‘Location of Motor and Driven Equipment with Respect ‘to Conditioned Space or Airs Motor B = Nameplate Full Load Motor Driven Motor out, Driven Motor out, Driven or Rated Efficiency, Equipment, Equipment, ‘Equipment, Horsepower __Motor type Nominal rpm Percent "Blu/h ‘Btu/h Blush 0.05 Shaded Pole 1500 cy BO 240 008 Shaded Pole 1300 35 200 330 0125 Shaded Pole 1300 35 320 390 O16 Shaded Pole 1500 33 ‘00 760 025, 1750, 3a 40 340 033 1150, 56 840 60 030 Split Phase 1750 o 1270 075 ‘Phase 1730 n 1900 3Phase 1750 5 2550 1 ‘Phase 1750 7 43820 2 ‘Phase 1750 9 5090 3 ‘Phase 1750 a “7640 3 ‘S:Phase 1750 82 12,700 as ‘Phase 1750 84 19,100 0 Phase 1750 35 24500 5 Phase 1750 36 38,200 20 Phase 1750 a 50/300 2s Phase 1750 88 3600 30 Phase 1750 8 76,300 0 Phase 1150, 9 102,000 50 3Phase 1750, 89 127.000 © ‘Phase 1750 89 153,000 75 ‘Phase 1750 90 191,000 100 ‘Phase 1750, 90 2555000 1s Phase 1750 90 318,000 150 Phase 1750 31 +382;000 200 Phase 1750 91 509i000 250 Phase 1730 31 £636,0005.8 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 5.5 Recommended Rate of Heat Gain from Restaurant Equipment Located in Conditioned Area* Recommended Rate of Heat Gain, Buw/ Maximum Input Standby Input Rating Rating Without Hood With Hood Appliance Type Size ‘Watts Bau/h__Watts_Blu/_Sensible Latent Total Sensible Blectric, no hood required Barbeque (pil), per Ibs of food capacity 8010 300 Ibs 200 680 440240680210 Barbeque (pressurized), per 5 Ibs of food capacity 45 bs 410 1,600 350 270 820260 Blender, per gallon of capacity 0.25t01.0 gals 1,800 6140 4,060 2,080 6,140 1,980 Braising pan, per gallon of capacity 271035 gals 400 1,360 T0380 1,090 510 ‘Cabinet large hot holding) 163t017.3f° 2,080 7,100 10 340 960290 ‘Cabinet (large hot serving) 376104051 2,000 6,820 610310 920280 Cabinet (large proofing) A601 17.0? 2,030 6,930 610-310 920280 ‘Cabinet (small hot holding) 3.31065 10 900 3,070 0 40410130 Cabinet (very hot holding) nae 6,150 20,980 1,880 960 2,830 850 Can opener 170 ‘580 ‘80 580 ° Coffee brewer Yeups/2 1,660 5,660 3,750 1,910 5,660 1,810 burners Coffee heater, per boiling burner Hto2buners 670 2,290 1,500 790 2,290 720, Coffee heater, per warming burner 1to2burners 100, 340 20 «M0 M4010 Coffee/hot-water holding urn, per gallon 3.0 gal 40 1,370 580 200 780260, of capacity Coffee urn large), per gallon of capacity 6.010 10.0 gal 2,500 8,530 2,830 1,480 4,270 1,360 Coffee urn (small), per gallon of capacity 3.0 gal 1580 5,390 1,70 920 2,700 850 ‘Cutter (large) 18in. bowl 750° 2,560 2,560 2,560 20 ‘Cutter (small) 14in. bow 370 1,260 4,260 1,260 410 Cutter and mixer Garge) 7Stoll3 gal 3,730 12,730 12,730 2,730 4,060 Dishyvasher (hood type chemical sanitizing), 9500 2,000 380 1,300 17% 370-540. 170 per 100 dishes/i dishes/h Dishwasher (hood type water sanitizing), 950t0 2,000 380 1,300 90-20 610190 per 100 dishes/ shes /h Dishwasher (conveyor type chemical 5,000t09,000 340 1,160, 40330470150 sanitizing) per 100 dishes/h ishes/b Dishwasher conveyor type water sanitizing), $,000t09,000 340,160 10 370° 520170 per 100dishes/h dishes Display case (refrigerated), per of interior 6.010 70.1 f° 45 150 so Dough roller (arge) 2rollers 1610 5,490 5,490 5,490 Dough roller (small) troller 460 1,570 5 140 140 Ege.cooker 12eess 1,800 6,140, 2,900 1,940 4,850 Freezer (large) now 1340 4,370 1,840 1,840 Freezer (small) 9% 102,760 1,050 1,080 ° Food processor 0.6 gal 201,770 1,770 170 ° Food warmer (infrared bulb), perlamp 1 t0 6 bulbs 250 850 850 850270 Food warmer (Shelf type), per ft? of surface 3.0t09.0 2 83 280 2300-88085 Food warmer (infrared tube), per feof length 2.0t0 6.0 t 330 1,130 1,130 1,130 380 Food warmer (well-type), per ft? of well 0.8t02.5 f°" 1,060. 3,620 1190 610 1,810 580 Gridle/eril (ares perf of cooking 4.601208? 2,609,180 610 40 960340 ridale/eil (mal) perf? ofcooing 2.21045 24008250 550-30. 850300 Hot dog broiler 481056 1,160 3,960 340 170 s10 160 hot dogs Hot plate (double burner, high speed) 4900 16,720 7,810 5,430 13,240 6,240 Hot plate ouble-burmer stockpot) 4,000 13,650 6,380 4,440 10,820 5,080 Hot plate (single burner, high speed) 2,800 9,550 4410 3,110 7,580 3,550 Hot-water urn (larg), per gallon of capacity 14.0 gal 500 41,710 650 200 850-270 ‘Hotowater urn (smal), per gallon of capacity 2.0 gal 880___ 3,000 1,130 380 _1,500___480Internal Heat Gain 5.9 ‘Table 55 Recommended Rate of Feat Gala from Restaurant Equipment Located in Conditioned Aren* (Continued) Recommended Rate of “Heat Gain, Biu/h Maximum Input Standby Input me Blum _ Rating Rating Without Hood With Hood Appliance Type Sie Watts" Btu/h Watts Btu/h_ Sensible Latent _Total_ Sensible ‘Tee maker (large) 223 Ibs/day 1,090 3,720 9,320 9320 2,970 Tee maker (small) ‘0Ibs/day 750 2,560 to 6410 2,050 Microwave oven heavy-duty commerial) 08 #0 2630-4970 8.970 3970 2870 Microwave oven (sidential type) Lon 600 2,050 2,080 2,050 630 Mixer (large), per gallon of capacity 201035 gal, m0 380 380 380120 ‘Mixer (smal), per gallon of capacity 28t0 19 gal 56 190 190 90 at ress cooker (hamburger) 300 ham- 2200 7,510 4950 2,560 7,510 2,390 bburgers/n Refrigerator large), per10f of interior space 250107291 220780 300 300 ° Refrigerator (smal), per 1010 of interior space 6.010249 ft 490 1670 630 680 ° Rotisserie 300 ham 3,200 10,820 7200 3,720 19920 3480 burgers/i Serving cat (hot), per ft of well 1710330 0 2.050 680 340 1.020330 Serving drawer (arge) 25210336 1003750 4034 S10 150 dinner rolls Serving drawer (sal) 840 168, 800 2,730 343800 sinner rolls Skillet iting), per gallon of capacity 121033 gal 670 2290 1160 650-1810 850 Slicer, per 1€ of slicing carriage 0610 1.088 20 680 680 680 210 Soup cooker, per gallon of well 181028 eal S10 1740 580 310890280 Steam cooker, perf? of compartment 1110227? 6060—20.680 4,640 1,060 2,700 780 Steam ketl (large), per gallon of capacity 20 10 80 gal 360 1,230 9% 68a Steam ketle (Small), per gallon of capacity 6to I2 ga 1000 3,410 270 180 40130 Syrup warmer, per gallon of capacity 30 gal 330,130 380200 580180, ‘Toaster (bun toasts on one side only) 1400 buns/h 1,500 5,120 2730 2420 5,150 1,640 Toaster (arge conveyor) TRO slices/h 3.200 10,920 2,900 2,560 5,460 1,740, ‘Toaster (small conveyor) 360 slices/h 2100 7,170 1910 1670 3,580 1,160 ‘Toaster (large pop-up) 1Wslice 5,300 18,080 9,590 $500 18,080 5,800 ‘Toaster (small pop-up) 4sice 2470 8,430 4470 3.960 8430 2,700 Waffle iron O54? gridarea 1,640 5,600 2390 3210 5600 1,770 Electric, Exhaust Hood Required, Broiler (conveyor infrared), per ? of 20t0 102.08 — 5,650 19,280 3,820 cooking area/min Bro ingle dckinfianed), perf of 26109807 318010830 2,150 rolling area Charbroiler, perf? of cooking surface 1St046 1? 2130 7.340 310 Fryer (deep ft), per pound of fat capacity 18.010700lbs 370 14 Fryer (pressurized), per pound of fat capacity 14 io 3 Ibs 460 38 (ven (large convection), perf? of oven space 7.210 1961 1,300 180 Oyen large deck baking 15210 decks) per IS2t0456A° 4901670 fe of oven space (ven (roasting) perf of oven space 771023410 800 2,730 10 ven (small convection), perf? of oven space 15105410 3,040 10,370 40 (Oyen (small deck baking—7:7 0 decks), per 7.71023.4 80° B10 2,760 no ft? of oven space Range (burners), per 2-burner section 2t0.20burners 2,100 7,170 2.660 Range ot top top perf of cooling 39108087 2130 7,270 2,300 Range (oven section), perf? of oven space 42101124 150 3,920 160 Range (stockpo1) 1 burner 5,500 18,770 6,990 Gas, Hood Required Braising pan, per gallon of capacity 271035 gal 800 2.740 190% — 660% 680 Broiler (ceramic), perf? of broiingarea _ 3.71073? 6.390 _—24,800__160__ 530 1,8005.10 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table5.5 Recommended Rate of Heat Gain from Restaurant Equipment Located in Conditioned Area (Concluded) Recommended Rate of Feat lal te Heat Gain, Biw/by ating ‘Rating, Without Hood With Hood Apotiance ype Size Watts "Bewyh Wats Btw/h_ Sensible Latent _Total_ Senile Broiler (ange conveyor infrared), per fof 210 102 15000 $1300 — 1. Engineers and designers often estimate infiltration by the Air Change Method. This method requires an assumption ‘of the number of air changes per hour (ACH) that a space will experience based on appraisal of the building type, con- struction, and use. The infiltration rate is related to ACH and space volume as follows: Bis Cowen Q = ACH x VOL/60 (63) 61 where: infiltration rate, cfm gross space volume, f° 6.1 Infiltration and Outdoor Ventilation Air Loads Infiltration is the nore ow of air through unin- tentional openings such as cracks in the walls and ceilings and through the perimeter gaps of windows and doors. This airflow is driven by wind, temperature difference, and inter- nally induced pressures. Airflow into a building resulting from normal doorway opening and closing is also generally considered infiltration. The flow of air leaving the build- ing by these means is called exfiliration. There are situations where outdoor air is intentionally supplied directly to the space for ventilation purposes. In this case, the outdoor air produces a heating or cooling load on the space in thesame way as infiltration air. In most modern systems, outdoor air is introduced through the air heating and cooling system where itis mixed with recirculated air, conditioned, and then supplied to the space. Confusion often results when both the air from out- doors and the air supplied to the space are referred to as ventilation air. It is becoming more common to associate ventilation with indoor air quality. This usage, which is compatible with ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, will be used herein. As defined earlier, ventilation is the ifitentionalWistribution of air throughout a building and is generally a mixture of filtered outdoor and recirculated air. Infiltration air pro- duces a load on the space while the outdoor air introduced through the air heating and cooling system is a load on the heating or cooling coil. Therefore, theload due to outdoor air introduced through the system should be considered during the psychrometric analysis when supply air quan- tities, coil sizes, etc. are computed. This procedure is dis- cussed in Chapter 10 and Appendix D. For summer conditions, the infiltrating air has to be cooled to the desired space temperature, This represents a cooling load and must be included in the room cooling load. Assuming standard air, the equation for thesensible load is: Gg = 1 out (64) A more complete explanation of this equation that accounts for local pressure and temperature is given in ‘Appendix D. By a similar analysis, Equation (6.4) can be used to determine the heating load caused by infiltrating air. For low humidity winter weather at standard conditions, the value of 1.10 is usually replaced by 1.08. tpefm,62 For summer conditions, some of the water vapor in the infiltrating air is ultimately condensed on the cooling sys- tem coils and thus constitutes a part of the space cooling load. Assuming standard air, the equation for this latent load is: dy = 4840 Woy: —Windofm 6.5) ‘A complete explanation of Equation (6.5) is also given in Appendix D. : If humidification of a space is required such as in the heating season or to maintain higher humidities, heat must be supplied to a humidifier to vaporize the amount of water that is deficient in the infiltrating air. Equation (6.5) gives this required latent heating load for humidification—a negative number with respect to thé cooling case. 6.2 Pressure Difference Due to Stack Effect Stack effect occurs when air densities are different on the inside and outside of a building, The air density decreases with increasing temperature and decreases slightly with increasing humidity. Because the pressure of the air is due to the weight of acolumn of air, on winter days the air pres- sure at ground level will be less inside the building due to ‘warm inside air and the cold air outside the building. Asa result of this pressure difference, air will infiltrate a build- ing at ground level and flow upward inside the building. Under summer conditions when the air is cooler in the building, outside air enters the top of the building and flows downward on the inside. ‘Under the influence of stack effect, there will be a verti- cal location in the building where the inside pressure equals the outside pressure. This location is defined as the neutral pressure level of the building. In theory, if cracks and other openings are uniformly distributed vertically, the neutral pressure level will be exactly at the mid-height of the build- ing, If larger openings predominate in the upper portions of the building, the neutral pressure level will be raised; if large openings predominate in the lower part, the neutral pressure level will be lower. Unless there is information to the contrary, itis assumed that the neutral pressure will be at the building mid-height when under the influence of the stack effect acting alone. The theoretical pressure difference resulting from the stack effect can be found using: La ).S2pyh | ——- - le | where: ‘Apsy= theoretical pressure difference between inside and out- side air due to stack effect, in. of water APs 66) ‘Pp= outside absolute pressure (barometric), fo/in® ‘h= vertical distance from neutral pressure level, ft T= outside absolute temperature, °R ‘Ty= inside absolute temperature, °R Figure 6.1 shows the stack effect pressure variations for cold outside air. When the outside pressure is greater than the inside pressure, as in the lower half of the building, Load Calculation Manual TOP OF BUILOING Inside Ar S] Petar i Posse Level 5 elses : ‘Ale Pressure Fig. 6.1 Winter Stack Effect Showing Theoretical Pressure Difference versus Height Ap, is positive and the airflow is into the building. When the outside temperature is greater than the inside air, the situation is reversed and Ap,, is positive for the upper half of the building. The Ap, given by Equation (6.6) is valid only for buildings with no vertical separations, i,, no floors (for example), an atrium, auditorium, or fire stair towers, Floors in conventional buildings offer a resistance to the vertical flow of air caused by stack effect. There are pres- sure drops from one story to the next. If these resistances, such as doors, can be assumed uniform for every floor, then a single correction, called the thermal draft coeffi- cient, C,, can be used to relate Ap,, and Ap,, the actual pressure difference, APs APs (6.1) C Figure 6.2 shows the effect of the pressure differences between floors for winter conditions. Upward airflow through the building causes pressure to decrease at each floor. For this reason, Ap, is less than Ap, and C, will be a number less than 1.0. Note that the slope of the actual inside pressure curve within each floor is the same as the theoretical curve. Equations (6.6) and (6.7) are combined to yield: ps 14 APs = 0,5; — Ca ana TT | (6.8) ‘Equation (6.8) is plotted in Figure 6.3 with an inside tem- perature of 75°F and py = 14.7 psia (sea-level pressure). ‘The values of AT were obtained by using decreasing values of T, for winter conditions. Figure 6.3 can, however, be used for the summer stack effect with little loss in accuracy.Infiltration ToP Pressure iterence ‘eros Floors 2 & ewal Pressure Level z ‘etal sie ‘ae Pressure ‘utsise Ar Pressure “Theoceicl Inside Bor Fig. 6.2. Winter Stack Effect Showing Actual Pressure Difference versus Height for 12-Story Building at 185 100 0%, #06040 at= 100 1s ors co 14 j 0050 q 13 4 0.025 12 ‘ VFA Mt) 9 as 075100 yr ar Of Sos je a gos T Eo € 30 ge - ay $08 ~ hao os} 4 os so oat — A Lt 02 aa at=10 as ey | o ‘0 50 100 160 200 250 300 350 400 480 500 Distance rom Neutral Pressure Levelintt Fig. 63 Pressure Difference Due to Stack Effect 63 ‘The value of the thermal draft coefficient C, depends on the resistance to the vertical flow of air, thats, the tight- ness of stair doors, etc., and to the quantity of vertical air flow. Inthis last regard, the larger the vertical flow, thelarger the pressure drop per floor and thus the smaller the value of Cy (see Figure 6.2). For this reason, loose-fitting exterior walls that produce large amounts of infiltration, and thus vertical flow, tend to lower the values of Cy, whereas loose-fitting stair floors, etc, tend to raise the value of Cy by reducing pressure drops. With no doors in the stairwells, Cy has a value of 1.0. Values of C, determined experimentally for a few modern office buildings ranged from 0.63 to 0.82 (Tamura and Wilson 1967). Values of Cy for apartment buildings are not available. However, because of fewer elevator shafts, which means a tighter vertical resistance, looser fitting exterior walls, and operable win- dows, the values of C, will probably be lower than those for office buiidings. 6.3 Pressure Difference Due to Wind Effect ‘The pressure associated with the wind velocity, called velocity pressure, is: py = 053 (9) Assuming that all velocity pressure is converted to static pressure, the pressure caused by the wind is given by: AD = 0.5 pV (6.9a) where: ‘Apy:= maximum theoretical pressure difference caused by wind density of air V,.= wind velocity For sea-level air density, Ap, in in. of water and V,, in mph, Equation (6.92) becomes: Api = 0.000482 V3 (6.10) Itis impossible for the wind velocity to become zero as it strikes a building; even on the windward side, the air maintains some velocity in order to pass around the build- ing. To account for this, the wind pressure coefficient is defined as: Cy = AP / AP wt 1) where: C= pressure coefficient Apu = actual pressure difference caused by wind ‘The pressure coefficient will always have a valueless than, 1.0 and can be negative when the wind causes outdoor pres- sures below atmospheric on some building surfaces. Equations (6.10) and (6.11) are combined to obtai Ap./C, = 0.008820 / (6:12) This equation is plotted in Figure 6.4. Note that Equa- tion (6.12) and Figure 6.4 are for sea level. Finally, itshould6.4 oo ort os a6} one / vere te 25 60 75 1 a 02 > Pa Lt | ° Pic alpen ed 20 25 3080 V,_inmph o 5 0 1 Fig. 64 Velocity Pressure versus Wind Velocity be noted that exceptionally high winds may occur during short periods in the winter. This must be taken into account to avoid uncomfortable conditions due to high infiltration. 6.4 Pressure Difference Due to Building Pressurization ‘The pressure inside a building p, and the corresponding pressure difference Ap, depend on the air distribution and ventilation system design and are not a result of natural phenomena. A building can be pressurized by bringing in more outdoor air through the air-handling system than is allowed to exhaust. This results in a negative pressure differ- ence Ap, and a reduction in infiltration from wind and stack effect. On the other hand, adjustment or design of the air-handling system may be such that more air is exhausted than supplied from outdoors. This will generally result in a lower pressure inside the building, a positive pressure difference App, and increased infiltration from wind and stack effect. This latter case is usually undesirable. ‘While building pressurization is often desired and assumed to occur, the air circulation system must be care- fully designed and adjusted in the field to achieve this effect. For purposes of design calculations, the designer must assume a value for Ap,. Care must be taken to assume a realistic value that the system can actually achieve. 6.5 Curtain Wall Infiltration per Floor or Room For purposes of design load calculations, itis desirable to have the infiltration rate for each room or floor of the building. Depending on the location of the room with Load Calculation Manual respect to wind direction and the neutral pressure level, air may be infiltrating or exfiltrating. By estimating the pres- sure differential between inside and outside, the direction, of the air leakage may be determined. Itis possible that air leaking into the building on one floor may leave the build~ ing on a different floor. In order for the space to be com- fortable, it must be assumed that the load due to infiltration is absorbed in the space where the air enters. Therefore, exfiltration does not directly cause a load and only infil- tration is of interest in this regard. It is possible that some exfiltrated air entered the space by way of the ai conditioning system but the load was absorbed by the heat- ing or cooling coil. Calculation aids and procedures are described next. It is assumed that curtain walls are used in, high-rise construction. Calculation Aids The flow coefficient Cin Equation (6.1) hasa particular value for each crack and each window and door perimeter gap. Although values of Care determined experimentally for window and door gaps, this same procedure will not work for cracks. Cracks occur at random in fractures of building materials and at the interface of similar or dissimi- lar materials, The number and size of the cracks depend on the type of construction, the workmanship during con- struction, and the maintenance of the building after con- struction. To determine a value of C for each crack would be impractical; however, an overall leakage coefficient can be used by changing Equation (6.1) into the following form: Q-= KA(apy" (6.13) where: A= wall area K= leakage coefficient (C = KA) ‘When Equation (6.13) is applied to a wall area having cracks, the leakage coefficient K can be determined experimentally. If very large wall areas are used in the test, the averaging effect of avery large number of cracks is taken advantage of. Tests have been made on entire buildings by pressurizing them with fans. Measurements are made of the flow through the fans, which is equal to the exfitration, and the pressure difference is due to pressurization (Shaw e” al. 1973, Tamura ef al. 1976). Air leakage through doors and other openings are not included in the wall leakage. Seven tall, office-type buildings were tested. These buildings were of curtain wall construction of metal or-precast concrete panels and had nonoperable windows. The results of these tests are contained in Table 6.1 and Figure 6.5. The equa- tion of the three curves in Figure 6.5 is O/A = K(Ap)°#5 for K = 0.22, 0.66, and 1.30. One masonry building was tested and was found to obey the relation Q/A = 4.0(Ap)°5, which is for a very loose-fitting wall. Because only one such building was tested, this equation was not plotted in Figure 6.5. GIA, etre?iA. ctmin Infiltration 65 ‘The pressure difference Ap needed in order to use Figure 6.5 is found using Equation (6.5). The explanation for ‘SPs, AP, and Ap, is given in Section 6.1, The wind pres sure coefficient C, needed in Equation (6.12) depends on the wind direction, the building height, the building shape, and location of other buildings. Buildings are clas- ‘sified as low-rise or high-rise, where high-rise is defined as those with height greater than three times the crosswind ‘width (> 3W). Figure 6.6 gives average wall pressure coefficients rst for low-rise buildings (Swami and Chandra 1987). Note r that the windward side corresponds to an angle of zero & ** BIE eae rs ‘build my cg AVERAGE WAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT and the leeward side corresponds to an angle of 180°. ‘The average roof pressure coefficient for a low-ri ing with roof inclined less than 20° is approximately ae 0.5 (Holmes 1986). Figures 6.7 and 6.8 give average pressure coefficients for tall buildings (Akins ef al. 1979), There is a general _ Fig. 6.6 Variation of Wall Averaged Pressure Coefficients increase in pressure coefficient with height; however, for Low-Rise Building the variation is well within the approximations of the data in general. 1 5 re Tube 6.1 Curtain Wal Clasition : orf TT Taskage 8 I Coctfclent Description _Cartsin Wall Construction K-02 TTiehtfiing Constructed under close super al ision of workmanshipon wall E ae Joins. When nts seals appear ano wale FRadegate they mostberedone. K =0.66, ‘Average fitting Conventional construction 8 ad i K #130 Loose-fiting Poor construction quality cong“ Seal froloranolder bling having : seperate joints ig. 6.7 Wall Averaged Pressure Coefficients for Tal Building 2p paca E jb o 25 50 70 2 L oy 4 as Jn ots rr Qo a8 = © dan ony +--+ w 4 7 i 8 i 2 W928 4 yee 5 ber} § 2 a) e wi pe a 00 o2 Z s “ 6 WIND ANGLE ous S ox 4 aug] ae a oe 8 sso 4 [4 < 0" 1 ei & +» ~_] ° z >— %o o08 008 O12 0.16 02 0.24 0.28 = 075+ LW 2p nds of water & Fig. 65 Cartain Wal Iufitration for ‘One Room of One Floor Fig. 68 Average Roof Pressure Coefficients fr Tall Building6.6 Load Calculation Manual Example 6.1 Estimating Building Pressure Differences sides. First floor: AP] = APs + BPs Estimate the indoor outdoor pressure differences forthe frst 2 5 Mees = and welfth floor ofa 12-story aie building with plan dimen: aoisin we Sions of 120 ft 30 feand 10 floor height. The structure has ‘with oa fixed windows and is of conventional curtain wall construction, 4p = ees arin ‘There ae double veibule-type doots on all four sides. Under = Sins 08h ‘inter conlvons a 1Smph wind blows normal to one of ie ona . tlimensions. Consider only wind and stack effec. The Indoor: Leward Fin oor: outdoor temperature difference is 70°F. fe shoe Moles = oocoin. we awe oe Bonn = Beet Aeag a8 OBBe ba gure Equation Explanation Toatin we Presse Bauaton (62) BP As, Aw + Ap difference = ‘Summary Building App Onenaten Windeffect Figure 6.4 For 15 mph Yasead gist” ~0050 APylCp = 0.11 in. we Leeward, 0.060 0.124 pranre Flues? eWPaanian So cee ae Gund eae trate/on the first 11 floors on the wind Sis p< 90° ‘ward side, The First floor has intiltra et tion on ail sides, and the twelfth floor Cpe = 0.66 hhas exfitration on all sides, Recall vara, 9 = 1805 ‘that these calculations are based on Cpr 0,25 normal wind velocity. A higher wind ety eal anon oa Pressure Assumed constant ovr fll ' cra ws difference, height of building = nd Wisdvare AP ww = BPw/Cp Cow 0b asin we Sides Example 6.2 Infiltration through Curtain Wall— Aus = OPw/Gp)Cps High Rise oni oy Pe one a ve Estimate the curtain wall infiltration rate for the first and twelfth — of the building described in Example 6.1. But = Puls Saudubuibemmuichees: i ied eee tie Fpue/Ba ‘Stack effect Large openings on first floor eas ca eee Neat pressure Kanne ape Don thon ton instead of Gn nose Fis lor From Example 6.1, 4p indetes Pressure Figure 6.3, First floor, h = 5 x 10 = son air will infiltrate‘on all sides Gir, sack ee Figwegs Windward Spa! Cy = Oi. we Bore On. we Draft coefficient Assume Cy = 0.8 ‘Conventional construction, pa = (BPa1/CadCe Ag wo2etm/te, ee Oe 7 aR SPA io 120 1 aT Oy 90.2 1200. 240 cfm Soan/ey= ~012in. we Sides Negative for floors above neutral Ap, = 0018in. ws, K = 0.66 Dressel nite Bane actin, Cg = 08 600 ft? Apsiz = (OPg2/Ca)Cy 0.04 x.600 = 24 cfm See = — 0.056 in. wg, Ap, = 0.06 in. we, K = 0.66 Prewure _Byuntion(62) 4p = bpy + for eachside Bian tsi tierence ol anon Windvard Fist foo: = 011% t200 = 326m APL = SP iy + Ope, Total, first floor Q1= Oy + O+O 1 = 0088+ as B62 28 ~ a96ctm Sorstin ws Rie doo neglected Awa flor ‘Twelfth floor 4p12 = APyt + APea = 0:086-0.096 0003 in. wy From Example 6.1, all pressure differences are negative, indicating exfiltration onal sides, Qj ~ 0Infiltration 6.6 Crack Infiltration for Doors and Movable Windows Infiltration through windows and all types of doors can be determined by altering Equation (6.1) to the form: Q = kP(Apy" 6.14) where: Ps crack length for window or door, ft k= crack leakage coefficient (C = kP) Experiments may be carried out on windows and residential type doorsand the values ofthe leakage coefficient k and the expo- nent n are determined using Equation (6.14). The results of some tests are contained in Tables 6.2 and 63 and Figure 6.9 (Sabine and, Lacher 1975, Sasaki and Wilson 1965). The equation of the three 6.7 6.7 Infiltration through Commercial-Type Doors Commercial-type doors differ from those described in ‘Section 6.3 in that they have larger cracks and are used more often. Therefore, different data are required. Swinging Doors Data for swinging doors is given in Figure 6.10, where O/P = k(Ap)°" for k = 20, 40, 80, and 160. The corre- sponding crack width is given opposite each value of k. ‘Note also that for these large cracks the exponent 1 is 0.50. 4p. pols curves in Figure 6.9is O/P = Kap) fork = 1.0,20,and 4,9 29 so 10 6.0. In using Tables 6.2 and 6.3 to select the proper category, Jas remember that movable sash and doors will develop larger 22 A cracks over the life oF th&unit. Therefore, select acategory 4 representative of the periotover which the unit will be used. 430 Ta movil 14 rT 16 ‘ 25 ‘Table 6.2_ Window Classification gu r hoo ‘Wood Siz Doxble-Hung 3 Cacked) Omer Types S10 pose ‘Tight-Fitting | Weatherstripped | Wood casement and awning 08 +—1— Window [Average zap | windows weatherstripped iat The ke in. ac ui bate 7 | Metal casement windows; }— eee 7 05 ‘Average iting [Non Alltypes of vertical and, ""*"G.2 L| ‘Window ‘weatherstripped | horizontal stiding wi wo VA b= 20 ‘Average gap. | weatherstipped. No vem tl (tin. rack) average gap (7641. crack) bene ag tae Dinan erotels bon pinches of wate eateripped ‘Window and Door Infiltration Characteristics rae sa) (6/32 in rack) 2p, paca 25 ack this could be a loose- iting window. ooseFitting [Non- erica! and horzonial Window |weathersuipped | siding windows, non- k= 60 Large gap /weatherstripped G/32 in. cack) = £ ‘Table 63 _Residential-Iype Door Classification 7 TightFiting Door | Very smal perimeter gap and perfec fit kalo weatherstrpping often characteristic of new doors. ‘Reerage iting Door — | Small perimeter gap having top tim k= 20 fitting propery around door and weathertipped TTooseFitng Door [Large perimeter gap having poor 7 k= 60 ‘fitting stop trim and weatheeetripped °o oo; 00a Ore O16 020" O28 O78 ‘Small perimeter gap with no vweatherstripping 2p, inches of water Fig. 6.10 Infiltration through Closed Swinging Door Cracks OIL, Liem 611, emexw? 68 Commercial buildings often have a large number of peo- ple entering and leaving, which can increase infiltration sig- nificantly. Figures 6.11 and 6.12 have been developed to est mate this kind of infiltration for swinging doors. The infil- tration rate per door is given in Figure 6.11 as a function of the pressure difference and a traffic coefficient that ‘depends on the traffic rate and the door arrangement, Figure 6.12 gives the traffic coefficients as a function of the traffic rate and two door types. Single-bank doors open directly into the space; however, there may be two or more doors, at one location. Vestibule-type doors are best character ized as two doors in series that form an air lock between them. These doors often appear as two pairs of doors in series, which amounts to two vestibule-type doors. ‘The equation for the four curves in Figure 6.11 is Q = C{dp) for flow coefficients C = 2,500, 5,000, 19,000, and 15,000. This is the same equation as would be used for flow through a sharp-edged orifice. These values of C in Figure 6.11 and 6.12 were obtained from iL | [Le ‘ aT TT eC eaae CoO bo, noes of water Load Calculation Manual model tests and observing traffic under actual conditions (Min 1958). The values of C obtained from Figure 6.12 are based on a standard sized (3 ft by 7 ft) door. Take care not to overestimate the traffic rate as it may be ex- tremely high for short periods of time and not represen- tative of most of the day. ‘There is no published information on automatically operated doors, but automatic doors stay open two to four times longer than manually operated doors. A reasonable estimate would be to multiply the infiltration from traffic for the single bank doors by a factor based on the increased time the automatic doors will be open. Under the condi- tions such as might occur with automatic doors, the benefits of a vestibule arrangement are negated. “The total infiltration is the infiltration through the cracks when the door is closed added to the infiltration due to traffic Revolving Doors Figure 6.13 shows the infiltration due to a pressure differ- ‘ence across the door seals of a standard-sized revolving door (Schutrum ef al. 1961). The results are for seals that are typi- cally worn but have good contact with adjacent surfaces. Figures 6.14 and 6.15 account for infiltration due to a mechanical interchange of air caused by the rotation of the standard-sized door (Schutrum et al. 1961). The amount of air interchanged depends on the inside-outside temperature difference and the rotational speed of the door. The total infiltration is the infiltration due to leakage through the door seals, plus the infiltration due to the mechanical inter- change of air due to the rotation of the door. o a9 re I 3200 n 5 oo Snot 8 Sa] Fig. 6.13 Infiltration through Seals of Revolving Doors i warns | is At = 10°F 7 200) : i ei 700 200 «300 400 S00 600700 People per hour per door Fig. 6.12 Flow Coefficient Dependence on Traffic Rate Revolution per nae Fig. 6.14 Infiltration for Motor-Operated Revolving Door, Infiltration we eS é. fs bed ae 209 | ; rr Bao 200 G08 O00" Tan 140d Te00 TeU0” NO ‘People pr Hour 6.18 Infiltration for Manually Operated Revolving Door 69 Infiltration Figure 6.1 Ap = O4S4in. we, C = 2700, per door 1200 efin 1200 x 2 = 2400 fin ‘Tal infiltration Q= 2+ Example 6.5 Infiltration through Revolving Doors Assume the door system of Example 6.4 is replaced by a manually operated revolving door and estimate the infiltra- tion rate. em re/Example Explanation Crack Figure613 Qe = (/door) x 1 Example 6.3 Infiltration through Swinging eee peepee eter eianene Residential-lype Door Infiltration _Figure615 500 people per hour Determine the infiltration through a3 ftby 7ft, infrequently veto traffic ar 0° opened, average fitting wood door ina light commercial building. Q/door = 500 cfm Assume a 15-mph wind. Qe = 500-cfm =— ‘Total =O. + 0, = 1404-500 tem Figure/Table Explanation infiltration Q = 640 cfm Infiltration ate Figure 69, Average fitting door, Equation (6.4), K'= 20 mble6is = (LL ‘Theoretical Figure 6.4 ‘Assume windward side 6.8 Infiltration for Low-Rise Buildings pressure AP ,/Cp = OAL in. vg Aitference Pied ane Tae Low-tise buildings do not often utilize curtain wall con- confficent 0 ee Qe struction, especially in light commercial structures where re frame or masonry construction is prevalent. These struc- ‘Actual pressure = : differs 0 ER Mo orin.wg tures often have movable windows, have cracks or other E openings in the ceiling, and generally resemble residential Infiltration per Table ‘ : pales foot of por pores Of ba eene construction. Stack effect, although present, is less impor- Crack length L= 2347) =20f tant than the wind in producing infiltration. Therefore, Infiltration rate O=(L stack effect can be neglected in most cases. The air dis- Q=04 x 20 = 8cim tribution systems used in light commercial buildings Example 6.4 Infiltration through Swinging ‘Commercial-Type Door ‘The 12-story office building described in Example 6.1 hasatwo- door vestibule-type entrance on the windward side of the building, ‘Thetwodoors handle 500 people per hour during afternoon hours. ‘There isa 1/8 in. perimeter air gap around each door. The doors hhave dimensions of 3 ft by 7 ft. Estimate the infiltration rate for the entrance, Mem igure/Example Explanation Crack Figue610 Q=(@/DL infiltration Pressure Example61 ap = 0.54in, we difference Figure610, | Q/L = 17.Sefm/ (Crack length L=207+3)x2=40% Crack Qe = 175 x 40 = 700cfm infiltration (Note: Since doorsare vestibuletype, crack infiltration is reduced, ‘Assume 30% reduction, then Je = 0.7 X 700 = 490 ef, Infiltration Figure 6.12250 people per door, vestibule type due to traffic c= 2700 usually will not pressurize the space. Thus, infiltration must be considered. Itis common practice to use the air change method where areasonable estimate of the air changes per hour (ACH) is made based on experience. The range is usually from about 0.5 to 1.5 ACH. ‘Armethod similar to that described for curtain wails can bbe applied to this class of buildings where the infiltration rate is related to crack length and size. Considerable data is available for the cracks associated with windows and doors (Figure 6.9), but other cracks, such as those around electrical outlets, between floor and wall, etc., are very difficult to identify and describe. A suggested approach to estimating infiltration in low- rise, light commercial buildings by the crack method is to assume that air infiltrates on all sides and exfiltrates through ceiling openings and cracks near the ceiling. Base the crack length on double the identifiable cracks around windows and doors to account for other obscure cracks. ‘Compute the pressure difference based on wind alone for the windward side but use the same value on all sides because the wind direction will vary randomly. Compute the infiltration for each room as Q = (Q/P) P where Q/P is obtained from data given in Section 6.3 and Ps crack6.10 length. Check to see if the ACH are between about 0.5 and 2.0 to ensure results are reasonable, For cases where the air moving system does have provi- sions for makeup and exhaust, it is good practice to con- sider the effect on infiltration. Obviously, if the system pressurizes the space, infiltration will be greatly reduced or eliminated. On the other hand, separate exhaust fans in rest rooms, kitchens, or other spaces without suitable makeup air may reduce the space pressure and increase infiltration significantly. The situations must be evaluated individually. Example 66 Infiltration for Single-Story Light Commercial Building Estimate the design infiltration rate for a 10 ft by 20 ft room, 8 feceiling, in alight commercial building. ‘The room has four 4 feby oft movable sash windows of high quality with weather strip. Consider effect of building pressure. ie Figuee/Table Explanation Infiltration Figure69, Assume: Tight fitting windows, data ‘Table62 k= 10; total crack length equals tice window cracks Pressure ‘Assume: Only wind effect, difference ‘ts onal sides same as wind- ward side Figue6.4 Ap = 0.05 in. wa Infiltration Figure69 Q/L = O12 efit per tof erack Crack length Law ew per window @x 94+ Ox 4 =2680 ‘Total crack y= 2x 4L = 12K length Infiltration Q = (QM), = 012 x 192 rate O= Boctn Air changes ACH = Q/(Volume/60) per hour = 23.0 x 60/(10 x 20, x 8) = 0.86 Since 0.5 < ACH <0.2, accept result as reasonable. Q = 086 (Volume/60) (0.86 (10 x 20 8/60) = 2, say 25 cfm Space pres ‘Assume infiltration i zero and surized by ‘add load due to makeup air to ‘makeup air ceil load, ‘without exhaust capability Load Calculation Manual Space pressure ‘Assuming the pressure ditfer- below atmos- fence would double, the infil phere due to tration rate would increase to exhaust with- about 0.2 cfm/ft ‘out makeup air = 02 x 192 = 38 fm and (ACH = 38 x 60 (10 x 20 x 8) ACH = 143 References References 000 ‘Akins, RE,, JA, Peterka, and IE. Cermak, 1979. Averaged pres- ‘surecoefficients for rectangular buildings. Wind Engineering, Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference, Fort Col- Tins, CO, 7:369-80. Holmes, .D. 1986, Wind loads on iow-rise buildings: “The struc ‘ural and environmental effects of wind on buildings and struc- tures. Faculty of Engineering, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia Hill, LE. and T. Kusuda. 1975, Dynamic characteristics of air infiltration. ASHRAE Transactions 81(1):168. Min, TC. 1958. Winter infiltration through swinging-door ‘entrances in multi-story building. ASHRAE Transactions 64421. ‘Sabine, H.J. and M.B, Lacher. 1975. Acoustical and thermal per- formance of exterior residential walls, doors, and windows. US. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC. Sasaki, LR. and A.G, Wilson. 1965. Airleakage values for residen- tial windows. ASHRAE Transactions 702). Schutrum, L.F, N. Ozisik, CM. Humphrey, and J.T. Baker. 1961, ‘Air infiltration through revolving doors. ASHRAE Transac- tions 67:488. 7 Shaw, CY. and GT. Tamura. 1977. The calculation of air infiltra- ‘tion rates caused by wind and stack action for tall buildings. ASHRAE Transactions 77(2).. Shaw, CY., DM. Sander, and GT. Tamura, 1973. Air leakage ‘measurements of the exterior walls of tall buildings. ASHRAE ‘Transactions 79(2):40-48. ‘Swami, HV. and S. Chandra, 1987. Procedures for calculating natural ventilation airflow rates in buildings. Florida Solar Energy Center, Cape Canaveral, Florida, Final Report FSEC-CR163-86, ‘Tamura, GT. and CY. Shaw. 1976. Studies on exterior wall air tightness and air infiltration of tall buildings. ASHRAE Trans- actions 82(1). ‘Tamura, GT. and A.G, Wilson, 1967. Pressure differences caused by chimney effect in three high buildings. ASHRAE Transac- tions 732).Chapter 7 HEATING LOAD Prior to designing a heating system, the maximum prob- able heat loss from each room or space to be heated must. be estimated. Thereare three kinds of heat losses: (1) heat transmitted through walls, ceiling, floor, glass, or other sur- faces; (2) heat required to warm outdoor air entering the space; and (3) heat to warm or thaw significant quantities ‘of materials brought into the space. The actual heat loss problem is transient because out- door temperature, wind velocity, and sunlight are con- stantly changing. The Transfer Function Method (TFM), discussed in Chapter 2in connection with the cooling load, ‘may be used under winter conditions to account for chang- ing solar radiation, outdoor temperature, and the energy storage capacity of the structure, During the coldest months, however, sustained periods of very cold, cloudy, and stormy weather with relatively small variation in out door temperature may occur. In this situation, heat loss from the space will be relatively constant, and in the absence of internal heat gains, will peak during the early ‘morning hours. Therefore, for design purposes the heat loss is usually estimated based on steady-state heat transfer for some reasonable design temperature, Transient analyses are often used to study the actual energy requirements of a structure in simulation studies. In such cases, solar effects and internal heat gains are taken into account. The practice of temperature setback has become rela- tively common to save heating energy costs. This control strategy causes a transient that may affect the peak heating load and comfort of the occupants. However, caution should be exercised when increasing the size of the heating equipment to offset these effects. Computer analyses using, the TEM have shown that increased equipment capacity is not the most important factor. The air temperature in the space can usually be returned to a comfortable level in a short time but the furnishings and interior surfaces return to satisfactory temperature levels very slowly. Therefore, time is the most important factor in operating a heating sys- tem, using temperature setback in a satisfactory manner. In brief, the thermostat must be set to the design temperature well in advance of occupancy. Further, little or no increased capacity is required. In extreme or critical cases, the trans- fer function procedure should be used to estimate the heat ing load, taking into account temperature setback. ‘The general procedure for calculating design heat losses of a structure is: 1. Select the outdoor design conditions—temperature, humidity, and wind direction and speed (Chapter 3). 2, Select the indoor design conditions to be maintained (Chapter 3). 3. Estimate the temperature in any adjacent unheated spaces. Select the transmission coefficients (Chapter 4) and com- ute the heat losses for walls, floors, ceilings, windows, doors, and floor slabs. . Compute the heat load due to infiltration and any other outdoor air introduced directly to the space (Chapter 6). 5. Sum the losses due to transmission and infiltration, Table 7.1 summarizes the various heating load calcu- lations. 4 ‘Table7.1_ Summary of Loads, Equations, and Reference for Calculating Design Heating Loads ‘Heating Load Equation Reference, Table Desription Roofs, walls lass ag = Ut) U-Factor, Chapter 4 ‘Areas calculated from plans or obtained by survey “Temperature difference between inside design dry bulb and outside design dry bulb, Chapter 3 Floors over exterior space = UA) Sameas above Floors on grade = UP-te) Perimeter heat loss factor, Chapter 4 “Temperature difference between inside design dry bulb and outside design temperature, Chapter 3 Perimeter of slab measured in feet Walls and floors below grade a= AG) U-factor, Chapter 4 ‘Temperature difference, Chapter 3 ‘Area calelated from plans survey Infiltration aie 4, = 0 fra ()~te) Constants for standard air 44; = 4840 cfm(Wi-We) Infiltration ar, standard cfm, Chapter 6 q = 45cim(ah) Tnside-ouside air temperature difference, “F, Chapter 3 Sensible latent heat Ww Inside-outside air hum and psychometric chart Inside-outside ir enthalpy difference, Bru/lbg psychrometsic chart ty ratio difference, Iby/Ib dry air, Chapter 1012 7.1 Outdoor Design Conditions ‘The ideal heating system would provide enough heat to ‘match the heat loss from the structure, However, weather conditions vary considerably from year to year, and heat- ing systems designed for the worst weather conditions on record would have a great excess of capacity most of the time. The failure of a system to maintain design conditions during brief periods of severe weather is usually not criti- cal. However, close regulation of indoor temperature may be critical for some occupancies or industrial processes. Application of design temperature data is given in Chap- ter 3. It generally recommends that the 99% temperature values given in column 5 of Tables 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 be used. However, caution should be exercised and local conditions investigated. In some locations, outdoor temperatures may be lower and wind velocities higher than secorded at nearby weather stations. 7.2 Indoor Design Con ‘The main purpose of the heating system is to maintain comfortable indoor conditions for occupants. However, the purpose of heating load calculations is to obtain data for sizing heating system components. In most cases, the system will rarely be set to operate at design conditions. ‘Therefore, the use and occupancy of the space is a general consideration from the design temperature point of view. Later, when the energy requirements of the building are ‘computed, the actual conditions in the space and out- door environment (including internal heat gains) must be considered. ‘The indoor design temperature should be selected at the ower end of the acceptable temperature range so that the heating equipment will not be oversized. Even properly ized equipment usually operates under partial load, at reduced efficiency, most ofthe time; therefore, any oversiz~ ing aggravates this condition and lowers the overall system efficiency. A maximum design dry-bulb temperature of 70°F is recommended for most occupancies. The indoor design value of relative humidity should be compatible with a healthful environment and the thermal and moisture integrity of the building envelope. A maximum relative humidity of 30% is recommended for most situations. ‘Temperatures in Adjacent Unheated Spaces Frequently, unheated rooms orspaces existin a structure. These spaces will be at temperatures between the indoor and outdoor design temperatures discussed earlier. The ‘temperature in an unheated space is needed to compute the heat loss and may be estimated by assuming steady-state heat transfer and making an energy balance on the space. Itis not easy to writea simple relation to compute the tem- perature in any arbitrary space because several surfaces may be present as well as internal heat generation and infiltra- tion. For a steady-state condition: in + Agen = out + Ving aay Load Calculation Manual where: in = Summation of heat transmission through walls, doors, ete. from the heated space, Btu/h heat generated within the unheated space, Btu/h summation of heat transmission through walls, doors, cic. from the unheated space, Btu/h ing = heat loss from unheated space due to infiltration, Beu/h oe Sout An example will be given later after the various heat loss calculations are considered, 7.3 Calculation of Heat Losses Transmission ‘The heat transferred through walls, ceiling, roof, window glass, floors, and doors is all sensible heat transfer, referred to as transmission heat loss, and computed from: g= VAG~t) a2, where: U = overall heat transfer coefficient or U-factor + (Chapter 4), Btu/(h-f-"F) A = surface area, normal to heat flow, 2 4, = inside design temperature (Chapter 3), °F {4 = outdoor design temperature (Chapter 3), °F Asseparate calculation is made for each different surface in all rooms of the structure. To ensure a thorough job when manually estimating heat losses, a worksheet should be used. The overall heat transfer coefficient U of Equation (7.2)is determined as discussed in Chapter 4, whereas the area A isthe net area for the given component for which U ‘was calculated. ‘The heat loss through below grade walls and floors is, given by: q = UA —~t) (7.3) where f,, the ground surface temperature, is estimated as shown in Chapter 3, and the other variables are as defined above in Equation (7.2). ‘The heat loss from floor slabs less than 3 ft below grade require a slightly different relation. q = U'Plt;~to) 4) where: U" overall transfer coefficient based on slab perimeter, Chapter 4, Beu/(h-ft-°F) P = slab perimeter, ft and the temperatures are as defined in Equation (7.2). Infiltration lll structures have some air leakage or infiltration. This ‘means a heat loss because the cold, dry outdoor air must bbe heated to the inside design temperature and moisture ‘must be added to increase the humidity to the design valueHeating Load Procedures for estimating the infiltration rate are dis- cussed in Chapter 6, and the details of computing the heat- ing load due to infiltration are discussed in Chapter 10and Appendix D. The sensible heating load is given by: Ge = 6O(efm/V) elt; ~t0) as) volume flow rate ofthe infiltrating aig, f0?/min specific heat capacity ofthe ai, Btu/(Iby,-°F) ‘Y= specific volume ofthe infiltrating air, £°/lby, Assuming winter air conditions, Equation (7.5) may be written as: dz = 1.08(cKm)(t)~t0) (75a) ‘The specific volume in Equation (7.5) depends on local conditions. It may be approximated from v= RTP (7.5b) where: as constant, ft-Ib;/{Iby,*°R) T= absolute temperature (f; + 460), °R P= local barometric pressure, tby/ft2 ‘The infiltrating air also introduces a latent heating load given by: gy = 60(cfm/y)(W; ~W,)an 7.6) umidity ratio for the inside space air, Iby/Iby jumidity ratio for the outdoor air, Iby/tb, ‘Ah= change in enthalpy to convert I Iby from vapor to liquid, Btu/Iby, For standard air and nominal indoor comfort condi- tions, the latent load may be expressed as: 4 = 4840(cfm)(W; -W.) (76a) ‘The specific volume in Equation (7.6) may be computed for different local conditions as discussed above. A more complete explanation of Equations (7.5)and (7.6) is given in Appendix D. 7.4 Heat Losses in Air. Distribution System ‘The losses of a duct system must be considered when the duets are not in the conditioned space. Proper insulation will reduce these losses but cannot completely eliminate them. The loss may be estimated using the following relation: q = UAy My an 13 As Atm ‘outside surface area of duct, ft? ‘mean temperature difference between air in duct and the environment, *F ‘When the duct is covered with 1 or 2in. of insulation hav- ing a reflective covering, the heat loss will usually be reduced sufficiently to assume that the mean temperature difference is equal to the difference in temperature between the supply air temperature and the environment tempera- ture, Unusually long ducts should not be treated in this, manner, and a mean air temperature should be used instead (see Appendix D). It is common practice to estimate heat loss or gain to air ducts by assuming a small percentage of the sensible load. For well-insulated ducts, a 2 to 5% loss would be reasonable, Ttshould be noted that heat loss from the supply air ducts represents a load on the space while heat loss from the return air ducts represents a load on the heating equipment. ‘Therefore, these losses are often included in the psy- chrometri¢ analysis rather than the space load analysis, (Chapter 10). 7.5 Aw ary Heat Sources ‘The heat energy supplied by people, lights, motors, and machinery should always be estimated, but any actual allowance for these heat sources requires careful consideration. People may not occupy certain spaces in the evenings, on weekends, and during other periods and, generally, these spaces must be heated to a reasonably comfortable temperature prior to occupancy. Therefore, it is customary to ignore internal heat gain in the heating load calculation. In industrial plants, heat sources, if available during occupancy, should be substituted for part of the heating requirement. In fact, there are situa- tions where so much heat energy is available that outdoor air must be used to prevent overheating of the space. However, sufficient heating equipment must still be pro- vided to prevent freezing or other damage during periods when a facility is shut down. 6 Air Required for Space Heating ‘The amount of supply air required to absorb the space heating load is usually less than that required for the cooling load. Therefore, when the conditioned space is to be both cooled and heated, calculation of supply air for heating may be unnecessary. The following discussion applies when supply air calculation is required. ‘Computing the air required for heating is discussed in Chapter 10, and takes into account sensible and latent effects as well as outdoor air. That procedure is always14 recommended when sufficient latent heat loss exists or out- door air is used. There are many cases when a more expe- dient approach is desired. For heating conditions: .08(cfm)(t,—t,) 4s 78) or cfm = q,/11.08(t,—t,)] (7.82) f,= temperature of supplied air, 1,= room temperature, °F ‘The constant in Equation (7.8) can be corrected for local pressure and temperature as discussed following Equation (7.5a). The temperature difference (/,—f,) is normally about 50 to 100°F. Light commercial equipment operates with a temperature rise of 60 to 80°F, whereas commercial applications allow higher temperatures. The temperature of the air o be supplied must not be high enough to cause discomfort to occupants prior to mixing with room air. ‘With the unit-type equipment typically used for small commercial buildings, each size is able to circulate a rela- tively fixed quantity of air. Therefore, the air quantity is fixed within a narrow range when the heating equipment is selected. A slightly oversized unit with the capacity to cir- culate alarger quantity of air than theoretically required is usually selected. Another condition that leads to greater quantities of circulated air for heating than required is the larger amount of air usually required for cooling and dehumidifying. The same fan is used throughout the year and must therefore be large enough for the maximum air quantity required. Some units have different fan speeds for heating and for cooling. ‘After the total air quantity for a multiroom zone or building is determined, it is allocated to each room in proportion to the room loads. 7.7 Calculations When heating load calculations are done manually, itis recommended that a worksheet be used (Figures 7.1 and 7.2). A worksheet provides a convenient and orderly way of recording all the coefficients and other data, serves as a checklist, and facilitates summations for each room and the complete zone or building. Spreadsheet computer pro- ‘grams are quite useful in this regard, 7.8 Examples ‘The following examples illustrate the principles discussed here. Example 7.1 Calculation of Temperature in Unheated Space ‘Consider an unheated, 1S by 5 R equipment room in the corner igle-story building on a concrete slab. The room contains with estimated heat losses tothe room of 20,000 Btu/t. ‘Load Calculation Manual ‘Combustion air that enters the room through Jouversis approxi- mately 1700 cfm. The wall surfaces separating the room from heated space at 72°F have an area of 300 ft2.and a U-factor of 0.07 Btu/(ft?-h°F). The walls, ceiling, windows, and door separating the room from outdoors have an effective U-factor of 0.09 Btu/(h-ft?-°F) and an area of 525 ft. The heat loss around the uninsulated perimeter of 30 fis 1.2 Beu/(h-ft-°F). Estimate the temperature in the equipment room for an outdoor design tem- perature of 5°F. ‘Solution: Assuming a steady-state condition, an energy balance is written. Gin + Agen = Four + Fin a, For this case, Gin = UAKG tu) (tay where subscript / denotes inside surfaces and temperature and subscript u denotes unheated space. gon = constant = 20,000 Btu/h (7.1b) out = UrAlty to) + U'Plly to) (7.410) where subscript 0 denotes the outside surfaces and the outside air temperature. Ging = 1.08(cfm\(ty~ to (7.1) ‘where the infiltrating airis assumed to be the boiler combustion airat standard conditions. When Equations (71a) through (7.14) are substituted into Equation (7.1) and solved for t,, the follow- ing result is obtained, ren + UsAyty + foUoAy + U'P + 1.08 cfm) (GA, + UyAy + U'P + 1.08 cfm) 'y (71e) Equation (7.1e) can be genetalized by noting that: 4, UAV sum of all heat-generating devices in space, Btu/h sum of conductances for different surfaces separating "unheated space from heated space, Btu/(h: *F) UpAg= sum of conductances for different surfaces separating ‘unheated space from outdoors, Btu/(h> °F) Substitution in Equation (7.1e) yields the temperature in the unheated room. ue 20,000 + (0.07 x 30072) +5I(0.09 x 525)-+(1.2%30)+ (1.081700) (0.07 x 300) + (0.09 x 525) + (2 x 30) + (1.08 x 1700) 4, = 15.8 or about 16°F ‘Note that the heat loss from the boiler is a critical value in the above analysis. This result indicates the need for additional heat in the room to prevent freezing of water pipes, etc. Example 7.2 He 1g Load for Two-Room Building Estimate the heating load and supply air rate for the structure described below. Use ASHRAE Standard 90.1 design conditions. Location: Atlanta, GA Walls: Brick and concrete block as described in Example 4.3, Chapter 4. U' = 015 Btu/(h-ft? F): Heating Load Floor: Windows: Doors: Roof-Ceiling: Building plan: CConerete slab on grade with foundation wall insulated to footer with R-S insulation. From Example 4.8, Chapter 4 U? = 051 Btu/h-f2 °F Regular double glass with 3/8-in. airspace in wood frame, From Example 4.5, Chap- ter 4, U = 0.51 Btu/(h-ft?-"F) Room No. I: $ units, 3ft x 5 ft Room No. 2: 2units, 31 x 5ft ‘Room No. I: One 36in. x 80in. x 2% in. wood, solid core with a 24 in, x 24 in. regular double glass insert. From Example 45, Chapter 4, U = 0.32 Buu/(h-f-°F), Room No. 2: One 36in. x 80in, x 24 in. ‘wood, solid core, no glass. From Example 4.5, Chapter 4, U = 0.27 Btu/(h-f?-¥). Pitched root, attic-type roof-ceiling combi- nation as described in Example 4.4, Chapter 4, U = 0.044 Btu/(h-ft? °F) ‘based on ceiling area. 40 ft 60 fe overall with 10 ft ceiling Room No. 1: 40 ft x 40 ft Room No. 2: 40 ft x 201 1S Solution: The design conditions are obtained from Chapter 3: ‘Outdoor temperature, 99% value = 17°F Indoor temperature = 70°F, Chapter 3 Indoor relative humidity Indoor humidity ratio (¢ = 70°F, 6 = 30%) = 0.0047 tb,/1b Rather than making a calculation of the infiltration rate with the limited information given, 1.0 air changes per hour (ACH) will be assumed, “The calculation sheet shown in Figure 71 will be used to carry out theload calculation. The given information, including design conditions i first entered and areas, lengths, and infiltra- tion ef computed and entered. Itisthen asimplematter of using Equation (7.3) for transmission, Equation (7.4) for theslab floor, and Equations (7-5) and (7.6a) for the infiltration to compute the ‘various losses which are then summed vertically and horizontally to obtain the subtotal heat losses. At this point, the geometry of the duet system isnot known and preciseloss calculations cannot bemade, However, assuming the duct system will b outside the conditioned space, one may assume that the duct loss will be a Small percentage ofthe total sensible heat loss, for example 5%. "The total estimated heat loss for each room and the building are shown. The supply air required to offset the heating load may be ‘computed from Equation (7.8a) by assuming a value for f, for ‘example 110°F. 309%, Chapter 316 Load Calculation Manual HEAT LOSS CALCULATION SHEET DESIGN CONDITIONS JOBNAME gate LOCATION Ho = RH - DATE Wo = _ Wi = aw - ROOM NUMBER OR NAME LENGTH OF EXPOSED SLAB PER. tt AIOOM DIMENSION, HEIGHT, LENGTH, WIDTH, t ator }AReA,| stun | Stun |apeA,| stub | Stun | AREA, | Btuh | Brun COMPONENT | NO. JU or UY ‘aw’ |"etc.'| Sens | Lat | Etc. "| Sens | Sens | Etc." | Sens | Lat Gross — EXPOSED WALLS AND PARTITIONS windows ‘AND pooRs Net EXPOSED WALLS AND PARTITIONS, CEILINGS ‘AND ROOFS + FLOORS 4840 INFILTRATION. “ 1 ‘SUBTOTAL DUCT HEAT Loss TOTAL, HEAT LOSS aa eae a Fig. 7.1 Heat Loss Calculation SheetHeating Load 1 HEAT LOSS CALCULATION SHEET Example 72 DESIGN CONDITIONS JoB NAME _& Pp G to- /7F_ + _70F_ m- 33 vocation Atlante, GA line 2 200% a « DATE ; Wo ROOM NUMBER OR NAME One Too To ta/ exec ren n | BK¥O=/2O |HOtx210)=80| 200 entomomeraen. | 7 ¢o| 40! 10 [20] ¢0| /o |60| 40 couronenr] wo. Jo of i [en] fia [tar [+ner| at | sos [eee | si | cows [Wi [als [63 [0g — | — |Bco| —| - fpoeo|— Hl eSt08E0 Was ano etarniONS 061 (©3175 |aca7| —_|30 |8/! | — | /es 2838) — winoow "se" [bd \g32|53|50|33¢|— 20 /237| — D2|927\s3 20 |286| — |30|246| - na [wl |O/s|S3 |l1os|67e5| — |750| 5763] — [less lit” — WALts. AND PAaTONS canes | oH S3|/600|3731| — |800|/a46] - broolss¥7| — | nom | 1 last |53|bola0d — [80 [aica|— [S00/5406| — * soa aog| a47|— [6074] 133 |— Go| ay ee vos |= 3 1247 bssee| — |13317783|~ [Yoo fpaseyl "ee 3c con] _|iea7i act Eealiond HEAT Loss 0S 1685 | PA) 409 [neat Voss 771 i9eiceans| 23 | an aun [Chopat cba] [FO ¢50 HK CLM = ACH xVolume /6O Fig. 7.1 Heat Loss Calculation SheetChapter 8 CLTD/SCL/CLF METHOD The cooling load for a building or zone results from four sources: conductive heat gain through surfaces such as win- dows, walls, and roofs; solar heat gain through fenestra- tions; internal heat gain from lights, people, and equip- ‘ment; and heat gain from infiltration, The CLTD/SCL/ CLF method is a hand calculation procedure, based on they ‘Transfer Function Method (TFN), to determine the cool- ing load corresponding to the first three modes of heat gain. ‘The acronyms are defined as follows: CLID—Cooling Load Temperature Difference SCL—Solar Cooling Load CLF—Cooling Load Factor Infiltration calculations are discussed in Chapter 6. The ‘TFM procedure is discussed in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. Background and development of the CLTD/SCL/CLF method is given in Appendix C. The CLTD/SCL/CLF tables given in this chapter were generated using a program based on the Transfer Function Method, Chapter 2, and are limited in their scope of appli- cation. Therefore, the user may wish to generate different tables. The computer program CLTDTAB resides on Disk No. 2 and is described with instructions for use in Appen- dix C. The program has two options. Option I—This option generates CLTD/SCL/CLF, values for a particular latitude, month, 21st day, and zone asdescribed by 14zone parameters. All 41 wall and 42 roof types may be accessed with this option. The zone parameters were previously discussed in Chapter 2. Option 2—This option generates CLTD/SCL values for a particular latitude, 2ist day of any month, a range of zones, and 9 roofs and 15 walls. The purpose of this option is to modify the given CLTD/SCL tables for months other than July and latitudes other than 24, 36, and 48. In the case ofthe CLTDs, a representative zone is selected for each wall and roof, which results in one set of tables for each latitude and month. In the case of SCLs, the permutations of a sub- set of the 14 zone parameters are used to place azone in one of four categories. ‘Tables were developed to guide the user to the proper, SCL or CLF table for a given situation. ‘The tabular values for CLTD/SCL/CLF listed in this ‘manual are identical to those generated using Option 2and north latitudes of 24, 36, and 48 degrees for the 2Ist day of July and an arbitrary set of design conditions given below and in the table notes. Using the computer program CLTDTAB with Option 2 eliminates the need for interpolation between latitudes, and eliminates error caused by interpolation. Using the com- puter program with Option 1 also eliminates this error, and error caused by grouping in a particular zone. ‘Table 8.1 summarizes the various equations used with the CLTD/SCL/CLF method. (The remaining design tables ‘may be found at the end of the chapter.) Limitations of CLTD/SCL/CLF Methods Results obtained from using CLTD/CLF data in the form presented depend on how the characteristics of the space vary from those used to generate the weighting fac- tors. Variations can appear in the amplitude and delay of radiant heat gain components being felt as cooling loads, which affect the hourly cooling loads for the space in ques- tion. Three types of error are possible: 1. The computer software provided for generating CLTD/SCL/CLF tables uses the Transfer Function Method (TFM) described in Chapter 2 to determine cooling loads based on various types of heat gain. The cooling loads for each type of heat gain are normalized appropriately to obtain CLTDs, SCLs, or CLF. Except as discussed below, use of the CLTD/SCL/CLF method in conjunction with these tables will yield the same results as the TM, when the same I4 zone parameters are specified. Designers should be aware of three inherent errors in the ‘TFM that are carried through to the CLTD/SCL/CLF data: a. Each set of weighting factors or conduction transfer function coefficients are used for a group of walls, roofs, or zones with similar thermal response charac teristics. Groups were chosen so that error would be minimal and conservative (Harris and MeQuiston 1988, Sowell 1988). b. The scheme used for calculating weighting factors is based on 14 discrete parameters applied to a rectan- gular room. It israre for a real room to fit exactly into the discrete parameterization scheme. Therefore, designers must use engineering judgment to choose the values of the 14 discrete parameters that most closely represent the room for which load caleula- tions are being performed. Deviations of the room from the available levels of the 14 parameters may result in errors that are not casily quantifiable. For buildings that significantly deviate from the availa- blellevels of the 14 parameters, designers may wish to use a heat balance-based building simulation pro- gram (Walton 1982, University of Illinois 1991). (The ‘Weighting factors were developed using a heat balance model of @ room with all reasonable permutations of the 14 parameters modeled. A heat balance-based building simulation program is not limited to discrete parameter levels.) c. A fundamental presupposition of the TFM is that, total cooling load for a zone can be calculated by sim- pleaddition of the individual components. For exam- ple, radiation heat transfer from individual walls and roofs is assumed to be independent of the other sur- faces. This has been shown to cause some error (OBrien 1985).82 Load Source External Roof Walls Glass Conduction Glass Solar Partitions, Ceitings, Floors Internat Lights People Sensible Latent Appliances Sensible Latent Power Infiltration air ‘Sensible Latent Teal Load Calculation Manual Table 8.1 Procedure for Calculating Space Design Cooling Lond— Summary of Load Sources and Equations Equation q= UA(CLTD) 4 = UA(CLID) 4g = UACITD) 9 = AsE)scL = UAC) q= INPUT (CLF) 45 = No. (Sens. H.G) CLE No. (Lat. HG) gs = HEAT GAIN (CLF) 4) = HEAT GAIN q = HEAT GAIN (CLF) 5 = 110 CEM (ap, 1 = 4840 CFM (A), iq = 45CEM (Oh) ‘Reference, Table, Description Design heat transmission coefficients, Chapter 4 ‘Areas calculated from architectural plans Roof type, Table 8.4 Cooling load temperature difference base Conditions for roofs, Table 8.2 and notes ‘Correct for outside dry-bulb temperature and daily range Correct for inside dry-bull temperature Design heat transmission coefficients, Chapter 4 ‘Area calculated from architectural plans Wall type, Table 8.6 CLTD at base conditions, Table 8.3 and notes ‘Correct for outside dry-bulb temperature and daily ange Correct for inside dry-bulb temperature ‘Type of glass and interior shading, i used, Chapter 4 Glass area calculated from plans LID for conduction load through glass, Table 8.7 Correct for outside dry-bulb temperature and daily range Correct for inside dry-bulb temperature [Net lass area from plans Shading coefficient for combination of glass and internal shading, “Tables 8.1010 8.15 Zone type, Table 88 Solar Cooling Load factor, Table 8.9 Externally shaded slas, use north orientation ‘Compute shaded area using Table 8.16 Design heat transmission coefficients, Chapter 4 ‘Area calculated from architectural plans Design temperature difference Input rating from electrical plans or lighting fixture data, Chapter 5 and Equation (8.4) Zone type, Table 8.8 ‘CLF based on total hours of operation and time, Table 8.17, Number of people in space, from survey or Table 10.2 Sensible heat gain from occupants, Table 8.18 or 5.2 Zone type, Table 88 7 ‘CLE for people; based on duration of occupancy and time from entry, ‘Table 8.19 ‘Correct for space temperature and/or density of occupants; ‘CLF = Lif there is variable space temperature and/or high people density Latent heat gain from occupants, Table 8.18 of 5.2 ‘Recommended rate of heat gain-—Sensibleheat, Tables 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 For use with hood, Table 8.20 For use without hood, Table 819 ‘Recommended rate of heat gain—Latent heat (without hood), Tables 35, 5.6, and 5.7 Set equal 1 zer0 when hood is used over appliances Manufacturer's data or Tables 5.3 and 5.4 ‘able 8.19 or CLF = 1.0if cooling system i not operated continuously Infiltration air, standard cfm, Chapter 6 Inside-outside air temperature difference, ©, Chapter 3 ‘Constants are defined in Chapter 10 Inside-outside aie humidity ratio difference, Iby/bg, Chapter 3 Inside-outside air enthalpy difference, Bu/Ib,, psyehrometric chartCLTD/SCL/! ¥ Method 2., Designers who wish to use the printed tables should be aware that the CLTDs, SCLs, and CLFs have undergone a further grouping procedure. The maximum potential errors due to the second grouping procedure have been analyzed and are tablulated in Tables 8.8, 8.21, and 8.22. ‘These errors are in addition to those inherent in the ‘TEM. However, for usual construction, these errors are modest. 3. External shading devices present an additional compli- cation to the CLTD/SCL/CLF method. Using the TEM, itis quite feasible to determine the effects of an external shading device on hourly solar heat gain, and inturn the hourly cooling load. Howver, to do so using the CLTD/SCL/CLF method would require an imprac- tically large set of tables. Therefore, an approximate method for estimating the effects of external shading devices is given in this chapter, An alternate, more accurate method is given by Todorovic and Curcija (1984) and Todorovic (1987). However, for buildings where external shading devices have significant impact, ‘onpeak cooling loads, designers should use the TFM for ‘maximum accuracy. In summary, the CLTD/SCL/CLE method, as with any ‘method, requires engineering judgment in its application. ‘When the method is used in conjunction with custom tables generated by Option 1 of the computer software, and for ‘buildings where external shading is not a significant factor, it can be expected to produce results very close to those produced by the TFM. When the printed tables or Option 2 of the computer software are used, some additional, quantifiable error is introduced. In many cases, the accuracy should be sufficient. 8.1 Cooling Load Due to Heat Gain through Walls and Roofs ‘The Cooling Load Temperature Difference (CLTD) is used to determine the cooling load for walls and roofs as follows: q = UA(CLTD) 6.) where: U = overall heat transfer coefficient for surface, Buu/(h-f-°F) A = area of surface, f ‘The potential deviations from the TFM associated with the tabulated CLTD for each wall and roof, Tables 8.2 and 8.3,, are listed in Tables 8.21 and 8.22. _ The tabulated values were generated for standard condi- tions listed below. Outdoor conditions: * July 21, at 24, 36, and 48° north latitude * No exterior shading * Ground reflectance of 0.20 * Clear sky with clearness number of 1.0 * Outside surface of roofs and walls with a ratio of the absorptance to the film coefficient (a/h) of 0.30 © Outside air maximum dry-bulb temperature of 95°F with a daily range of 21°F Inside conditions: + Room dry-bulb temperature constant at 78°F * Inside film coefficient for still air The tabulated CLTDs must be corrected for inside and outside temperature and daily range as follows: CLID = CLTDp + (78 ~ £) + (tom ~ 85) where, © CLIDy = tabular CLTD, °F actual inside design dry bulb temperature, °F fom = fo ~ (DR/2), mean outside design dry bulb temperature, °F where: outside design dry-bulb temperature, °F daily range, °F Roof CLTD Selection ‘To obtain CLTDs for a particular roof, four characteris- tics of the roof must first be determined: ‘© Mass placement with respect to insulation * Overall R-value of the roof, 1/U © Principal roof material «© Presence or absence of suspended ceiling ae ‘Mass Placement. Table 8.4 has provisions for foofs with a massive layer(s) placed inside insulating J4yersy'no ma8- sive layer, no insulation, or mass evenly Gisteibutedy and massive layers placed outside of the insulation. Inside refers to the location in the surface nearest the conditioned space. ‘A massive layer is any layer of building material com- posed of brick, concrete, concrete block, or clay tle with a thickness of 2 in. or more: Referring to Table 8.5, this includes materials A2, A7, and CI through C20 only. Again referring to Table 8.5, the insulating materials include B2 through B6 and B12 through B27. Overall Roof R-Value. The R-value for a given roof is generally calculated by summing all the individual thermal resistances of the roof components, including the inside and outside film resistances EO and AO from Table8.5. The thermal response of the roof is greatly dependent on the R- value. Care should be taken to account for thermal bridg- ing, See Chapter 4 for a complete discussion. Principal Roof Material. The principal roof materials are the massive material previously mentioned as well as the nonmassive wood layers B7, B8, and B9, the nonmassive steel deck A3 and B7 + E4, and the attie-ceiling combina tion. Note that Table 8.4 contains only one massive and three nonmassive materials. These were judged to be ade- quate for normal calculations. ‘Suspended Ceiling. Table 8.4 provides information for roofs with and without suspended ceilings. A suspended ceiling is defined as an air space and acoustic tile or simi- Jar material, with or without insulation, located below the roof assembly. With these four roof characteristics, the roof type can be determined from Table 8.4, which contains ten roof types, covering the range of roof characteristics most commonly used. The roof type and the latitude then define the CLTD values in Tables 8.2A, 8.2B, and 8.2C. Note that the CLTD values may require correction for indoor and outdoor tem- perature and daily range. Refer to the notes in the tables. DR meata write Le dasha8.4 ‘Wall CLTD Selection To obtain CLTDs for a particular wall, the following three characteristics of the wall must first be determined: © Mass placement with respect to insulation © Overall R-value of wall, 1/U © Principal wall material ‘Mass Placement. Table 8.6A is for walls with a massive layer(8) placed inside insulating layers. Table 8.6B is for walls with no massive layer, no insulation, or mass evenly distributed; Table 8.6C is for walls with massive layers placed outside of the insulation. ‘A massive layer is defined as any layer of building material composed of brick, concrete, Concrete block, or clay tile with a thickness of 2 in. or more. Referring to Table 8.5, this includes materials A2, A7, and CI through C20 only. Again referring to Table 8.5, the insulating materials include B2 through B6 and BI2 through B27. Overall Wall R-Value. The R-value for a given wall is cal- culated by summing all the individual thermal resistances of the wall components, including the inside and outside film resistances BO and AO from Table 8.5. The thermal response of the wall is dependent on the R-value. Care should be taken to account for thermal bridging. See Chap- ter 4 for further information. Principal Wall Material. The principal wall materials are the massive materials previously defined as well as the non- massive wood layers B7, B8, and B9, and the nonmassive steel layer A3. With these three wall characteristics and the secondary wall material, the wall type can be determined in Table 8.6, which contains 15 wall types covering the range of wall characteristics most commonly used. The wall type, lati tude, and direction define the CLTD values in Table 8.3. Note that the CLTD values may require correction for inside and outdoor temperature and daily range. Refer to the notes in Table 8.3. 8.2 Heat Gain through Fenestration To determine the cooling load due to fenestration, the heat gain is divided into radiant and conductive loads. The cooling load due to conduction is calculated using the CLTD method: eona = UA(CLTD) (82) where: U = overall heat transfer coefficient for fenestration, Chapter 4, Btu/h-f-°F rea of fenestration normal to heat flow, ft? squivalent temperature difference, based on solar time, Table 8.7, °F A cup Due to the generally light weight and the small magni- tude of these components, the effects of mass and latitude are neglected. The CLTDs from Table 8.7 can also be used, for doors with reasonable accuracy. Corrections for indoor and outdoor design temperatures and the daily range are given in the notes for Table 8.7. Load Calculation Manual Solar Cooling Load Inan effort to reduce the number of tables, the CLTD/ CLF method discussed in the 1989 Handbook of Fun- damentals and its previous editions used Cooling Load Fac- tors (CLF) in conjunction with maximum Solar Heat Gain Factors (SHGF) to predict solar cooling loads. Solar cool- ing loads obtained with this method do not recognize the significant variation of solar cooling load profiles due to different latitudes, months, and other factors. In order to more closely approximate cooling loads due to solar radi- ation transmitted through fenestration, a new term Solar Cooling Load (SCL) is introduced. ‘The cooling load per square foot of unshaded fenestra- tion due to solar radiation transmitted through and absorbed by the glass is determined by: dma = A(SC)SCL 83) where: A = area of fenestration, ft? SC = shading coefficient, dimensionless SCL = solar cooling load, Blu/(h=ft?) The total cooling load due to fenestration is then the sum of the conductive and radiant components Jeong 24 Jag ‘The Solar Cooling Load (SCL) for a particular zone is dependent on latitude, direction, and internal zone param- eters, which affect the absorption and release of radiant energy. To determine the correct SCL table for a zone, refer to Tables 8.8A through 8.8E where zone types (A, B, C, of D) are given asa function of the various zone parameters. ‘The SCLs for three latitudes; 24, 36, and 48° north; and one month, July, are tabulated in Tables 8.9A through 8.9C for ‘each zone type. Interpolation between latitudes can be performed with some loss of accuracy. Supplementary tabular data may also be generated by the user for other lati- tudes, months, and zone types. Shading Coefficient ‘The shading coefficient (SC) is the ratio of solar heat gain through a glazing system to the solar heat gain of the reference glass used to determine the SCL. sc = Solar Heat Gain of Fenestration System ~~ Solar Heat Gain of Reference Glass Note that the fenestration system is a combination of type of glass and type of shading. Additional discussion of the shading coefficient is given in Chapter 2and Appen- dix C, Internal Shading Devices. Table 8.10 lists shading coeffi- cients for unshaded glass, venetian blinds, and roller shades for commonly used types of flat glass. The values are applicable to both sunlit and shaded glass; are based on still air (natural convection) at the inner surface; and are given for external heat transfer coefficients fi, of 4.0 and 3.0 Btu/(h-ft2+°F), which correspond to wind velocities of 7.5 mph and 5 mph, respectively ‘The shading coefficients for venetian blinds and roller shades when used with insulating glass are also given, andCLTD/SCL/CLF Method the shading coefficient with no interior shading is included for each classification. Table 8.11 provides shading coeffi- cients for double glazing with between-glass shading. Shading coefficients for fenestration shaded on the inside by fabric drapes can be found from Table 8.12. ‘Although flat fabric properties of reflectance and transmit- tance are used to enter the figure, the resulting shading, coefficient (as read from Table 8.12) is for the selected glass type in combination with a toose-hanging drape with 100% fullness, ie, where fabric width is twice the width of the window opening. The notes accompanying Table 8.12 describe the uses and limitations of the table. Plastic Sheeting and Domed Skylights. Table 8.13 gives shading coefficients and solar transmittance of transpar- ent acrylic and polycarbonate plastic sheeting, which can be used for fenestration. Table 8.14 lists shading coefficients for clear and translucent domed skylights. ‘Shading Coefficients for External Louvered Sunscreens. “Table 8.5 lists shading coefficients for several types of hori- zontal-louvered sunscreens. The definitions of six groups (Group I through Group 6) are given with the table. These are the only types of external shading devices where the SC can be used with confidence. Other types of external shading devices are treated in the next section. Note that the SC decreases as the ratio 5,/P increases (see sketch with Table 8.15). Commercially available sunscreens will completely exclude direct solar radiation, but not reflected radiation when the ratio S;,/P exceeds approximately 0.488 for Groups 1, 2, and 5, or when it exceeds approximately 0.839 for Groups 3, 4, and 6. External Shade from Roof Overhangs and/or Side Fins Rigorous calculation of the solar cooling load due to windows is difficult due to the ever-changing position of the sun and the resulting movement of the area where the sun's rays strike the interior surfaces of a space. When external shading devices are added, the problem is further compli- cated. A basic approach using TFM should be followed. This problem has been investigated (Todorovic 1984) and ‘an improved calculation procedure presented. However, for hand calculations, the added complexity of the procedure cannot be justified and the conservative procedures described here are recommended. ‘When exterior shading is uniform over the entire fenes- tration, as with horizontal-louvered sunscreens, the SC may bbe used as previously discussed. Nonuniform exterior shad- ing, caused by roof overhangs or side fins, must be handled differently. Separate calculations for the externally shaded and unshaded areas are required. The SC is still used to account for any internal shading devices. The SCL for the north orientation is a close approximation for the shaded lass area at latitudes greater than 24° It is not as accurate touse the north orientation asa shaded surface below 24° north latitude. During part of the year, the northern surface in those locations receives direct solar radiation in the early ‘morning and late afternoon. For latitudes from 0to 24° the computer program CLTDTAB, with option 2, is recom- mended for best results. 85 ‘The areas, shaded and unshaded, depend on the location of the shadow line on a surface in the plane of the glass. ‘Thus, they depend on the shadow width per foot of hori- zontal projection, S,/P, and on the shadow width per foot of vertical side projection S,/P,. The values of S}/p and Sy/P, are given in Table 8.16. (Figure 8.3 gives the physical description for use of Table 8.16.) Program SHADE may be used to generate data for other months and latitudes. After the locations of shadow lines on the glass have been found (Table 8.16A, 8.16B, or 8.16C), the glass solar cool- ing load is calculated separately for the externally unshaded and externally shaded portions by Equation (8.3). Guns = Aun SCISCL sh (83a) sh = Agi(SC)SCL yp (8.3b) The total glass solar cooling load is given by: = Gunsh + Gn (830) Equations (8.3a) and (8.3b) are applied as follows: 1. Unshaded and shaded glass areas calculated from the lo- cation of the glass relative to shade-producing members by use of S,/p and S,,/P, must sum to the total area. 2. SCLsare obtained from Tables 8.9A, 8.98, or 8.9C after the zone type is determined from Tables 8.8A, 8.8B, B.8C, 8.8D, OF 8.8E. SCL yqgq is based on the true win- dow orientation, while the SCLy, at latitudes greater than 24is based on the north orientation regardless of| the actual orientation. For north latitudes less than 24° at early morning and late evening hours, thenorth orien- tation is not as good an approximation for SCLy,. The north orientation can be used with some loss of accu- racy; for more accurate results the computer program CLTDTAB may be used to generate a table. 3. The SC is obtained for the glass or glass plus internal shading devices as discussed earlier in this section. The SCis used with both the shaded and unshaded portions of the glass. If more than one SC value applies in the same application, they are multiplied together to obtain an approximate effective SC. If thereis any doubt regarding the exterior shading or if the glass area is covered by exterior shade for only short periods during the day, the SCLs for sunlit glass should be used. Alternatively, methods that account for the effects of exterior shading in a more rigorous manner have been presented by Todorovic (1982) and Todorovic and Curcija (1984). 8.3 Cooling Load Due to Internal Heat Gain Internal sources of heat energy contribute significantly to the total cooling load of a structure, and poor judgment in the estimation of their magnitude can lead to unsatisfac- tory operation and high operating costs. These internal sources include lights, people, and miscellaneous equip- ment. Internal heat gains are discussed in Chapter 5.8.6 To calculate the cooling load duc to internal heat gains, a Cooling Load Factor (CLF) is used. The CLF is the frac-~ tion of the sensible heat gain that appears as cooling load for the hour in question. Lights ‘The CL dueto lighting ina particular zoneis calculated as follows: 4, = 3.41 WEF ACLF) (4) where: 341 = conversion factor, Btu/h-W total lamp wattage, W use factor, fraction of Win use Fi, = special ballast allowance factor CLF = Cooling Load Factor (Table 8.17, aided by Table 8.8) Fy Further discussion of the heat gain from lights is given in Chapter 5. Table 8.8 gives t zone type based on the various zone parameters, The CLF are then read from Table 8.17 Ba function of the zone type and time. The CLF tables have provisions for 8, 10, 12, 14, and 16 h of continuous light use, and the hours that best suit the situation should be used. The tables are based on the assumption that the conditioned space temperature is constant when the lights are off. If the cooling system is to be operated only during the period when the lights are on, then Table 8.17 should ‘not be used, and the CLF should be taken as 1.0. Ifthe por- tion of the heat from the lights absorbed by the structure is not removed during nonoccupied hours, it must be removed the following day. When the cooling system oper- ates on a 24-h basis, part of the heat from the lights is removed during the occupied hours and the remainder during the unoccupied hours (Figure 8.1). When the lights are vented or installed in a ceiling return system, allow- ariges must be made for heat transferred directly to return air. Briefly, any heat transferred directly from the lights to the return air should be deducted from the total heat gain before Equation (8.4) is applied. The heat transferred to the return air must, however, be added to the coil load. For purposes of design load calculations, an assumption is usually made of the fraction of the heat gain transferred to the return air. Details of this problem are discussed in Chapter 5, Ifa portion of the lights is on one schedule and another portion is on a different schedule, the cooling load for each portion is computed separately and the results summed. ‘Shaded sre presents ‘Shades area presenta stored heat removed tem structure, proved a eonatianingsysiem son eruhe a= CLF anu ights Tine, rights on on Fig. 8:1 Effect of Thermal Storage on Cooling Load Due to Lights, ‘Load Calculation Manual Apperidix C.gives further information on dealing with vented fixtures and ceiling plenums, Methods for adju: ing the CLFs for nonstandard radiative/eonvective compo- rents are also discussed. People Heat gain from people has both sensible and latent com- ponents (see Table 8.18 for abridged data and Table 5.2, Chapter 5, for more complete data). The latent heat gain is assumed to go directly into the air; therefore, this com- ponent immediately becomes cooling load and is calculated as follows: 4y'= GiFaN (co) where: ‘qi = latent heat gain per person, Table 8.18 or Table 5.2, Chapter 5, Blu/h-person, N = number of people Fy = diversity factor (Chapter 5) ‘The CLF for people's used to calculate the cooling load due to the sensible portion of the heat gain from people as follows 4s = NFaq;(CLF) 8.6) where i = sensible heat gain per person, Table 8.18 or Table 5.2, Chapter 5, Btu/h- person N = number of people Fg = diversity factor (Chapter 5) CLF = Cooling Load Factor, Table 8.19 (aided by Table 8.8) The CLFis 1.0 when the cooling system does not operate 24 ha day, and the CLF is 1.0 for auditoriums, theaters, or when peo- ple density is high, such as for more than 100 people per 1000 ft?. ‘The CLF is dependent on the various zone parameters. ‘Table 8.8 gives the proper zone type based on the various zone parameters. Using the zone type obtained from Table 8.8, the CLF is read from Table 8.19. Appliances and Equipment Many appliances have both a sensible and latent com- ponent. The latent component of heat gain immediately becomes cooling load. The sensible component of heat gain from unhooded appliances and equipment is assumed to have the same radiant and convective split as people, allow- ing use of the same tables to obtain the CLE. The convective portion of the heat gain from hooded appliances is assumed to be completely exhausted from the space, leaving only the radiant portion to influence the cooling load. Separate CLFs for hooded appliances are listed in Table 8.20. ‘When details about the appliance are known (size and input), the sensible cooling load due to the appliance is cal- culated as follows: Gs = GegCLF (86a) where: aq = sensibloheat gain per appliance, Tables 5.5, 5.6, and5.7, Chapter 5, Bru/h CLF = Cooling Load Factor, Table 8.19 or 8.20 (aided by Table 88)CLID/SCL/CLF Method ‘The latent cooling load gy is given by Tables 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 directly. Total cooling load per appliance is gs + a1 in Btu/h. If details about the appliance are unknown, refer to Chapter 5 for approximate methods of estimating the heat gain. ‘The CLF is dependent on the zone type. Again, Table 8.8 «gives the zone type based on the zone parameters, and Tables 8.19 and 8.20 give the CLF; Table 8.19is for unhooded and ‘Table 8.20 for hooded appliances. The CLF = 1.0 when the cooling system does not operate 24 h per day. Power Equipment The cooling load dueto equipment operated by electric motor within a conditioned space is calculated as follows: “u(CLF) 4s = 2545(HP/E FF, 8.7) where: HP = motor horsepower rating (shaft) F; = load factor—power used divided by rated horsepower (use Table 5.4, Chapter 5, for overloads) 1Otor use factor—accounts for intermittent use ‘ooling Load Factor—Table 8.19 (aided by Table 8.8). CLF = I when the cooling system does not operate 24 per day Fu cur ‘When the motor is outside the space or airstream and the driven equipment within the space: 4, = 2545(HP)F\F,(CLF) (88) If the motor isinside the conditioned space or airstream but the driven machine is outside: 4s = 2545(HP)(L.0 — E,)/EplFF,(CLF) (8.9) Equation (8.9) also applies to a fan or pump in the condi- tioned space that exhausts air or pumps liquid outside that space. ‘Table 5.3 gives heat gain data based on the aboveme! tioned relations for typical motors which are then mult plied by the CLF to obtain cooling load (for examples, see Chapter 5). 8.4 Cooling Load Due to Infiltration All structures have some air leakage or infiltration. This produces a heat gain because the hot, wet outdoor air must bbe cooled to the inside design temperature, and moisture tust be removed to decrease the humidity tothe design value, Procedures for estimating the infiltration rate are dis- cussed in Chapter 6; the details of computing the cooling load due to the infiltrating air are discussed in Chapter 10 and Appendix D. The sensible cooling load is given by: Gs = 6O(CEM/») ety ~ t) 8.10) where: cfm = volume flow rate of infiltrating air, fC /min p = specific heat capacity of moist air, Btu/(Ibp,* °F) on ¥ = specific volume of air, f/Ibq, 8.7 ‘The specific volume depends on local conditions and can be estimated from: RIP 8.10a) where: R = gas constant for ai, $3.35 f-Iby/lbq*°R T = absolute temperature (f + 460), °R P = local absolute pressure, Iby/ft? For standard air conditior 4 = 110(¢fm)(t, ~ 4) (8.106) ‘The infiltrating air also introduces a latent cooling load given by: 1 = 60(cim/») (We ~ Wh a) humidity ratio for inside space air, by by ¥y ratio for outdoor aif, by/Iby enthalpy to change iby from vapor to liquid, For standard air and nominal indoor comfort conditions, the latent load may be expressed as: 1 = 4840(cfmyW, — (Balla) The constants in Equations (8.10b) and (8.11a) can be adjusted for local conditions as described previously. A more complete explanation of Equations (8.10) and (8.11) is given in Appendix D. Outdoor air may be supplied directly to the space for ven- tilation purposes. The resulting cooling load is computed in the same way as infiltration air. 8.5 Heat Gain in Air Distribution System ‘The heat gains of the duct system must be considered. when the duets are not in the conditioned space. Proper insulation will reduce these losses but cannot completely climinate them, The heat gain may be estimated using the following relation: q = UAAly, (8.12) overall heat transfer coefficient, Btu/(h=f0-°F) outside surface area of duct, ft? ‘mean temperature difference between airinduct and the environment, °F When the duct is covered with I or 2in. of insulation with areflective covering, the heat gain will usually be reduced sufficiently to assume that the mean temperature difference is equal to the difference in temperature between the sup- ply air temperature and the temperature of the environ- ‘ment. Since the duct surface area is not known at this point, itis common practice to assume that a small percentage of the sensible load is a loss or gain. When the ducts are insu- lated, 1 to 3% is reasonable. ‘These heat gains are often included in the psychromet- ric analysis rather than the space load analysis (Chapter 10 and Appendix D).8.8 8.6 Air Quanti ‘The preferred method of computing air quantity for cooling and dehumidification is described in Chapter 10 and Appendix D. That method should always be used when the conditions and size of the cooling load warrant specifi- cation of special equipment. This means that the cooling and dehumidifying coil is designed to match the sensible and latent heat requirements of a particular job and that the fan is sized to handle the required volume of ait. The design engineer usually specifies the entering and leaving moist air conditions, the volume flow rate of the air, and the total pressure the fan must produce. Specially constructed equipment cannot be justified for small building applications. Furthermore, these applica~ tions generally have a higher sensible heat factor, and dehumidification is not as critical as itis in large buildings. ‘Therefore, the equipment is manufactured to operate at or near one particular set of conditions. When the peak cool- ing load and latent heat requirements are appropriate, this less expensive type of equipment may be used. In this case, the air quantity is determined differently. The unit is first selected on the basis of the block sensible cooling load using the nearest available size but not less than the sensi- ble cooling load. Next, the latent capacity of the unit must be equal to or greater than the computed latent cooling load. This procedure ensures that the unit will handle both the sensible and latent load even though an exact match does not exist. The air quantity specified by the manufac. turer for each unit is about 400 cfm per ton, plus or minus 10%. The total air quantity is then divided among the var- ious rooms according to the cooling load of each room. 8.7 Calculations ‘The material presented in this chapter is designed for manual calculations. This is a tedious task at best, espe- cially when the building or zone has many rooms. There- fore, a procedure must be devised to eliminate as much repetition as possible and to ensure that a thorough job is done. For handwork, this is best accomplished with a ‘worksheet (Figure 8.2). The form in Figure 8.2 is designed for entry of coefficients, CLTDs, SCLs, CLFs, and so forth ‘common to the zone on the left side while entry of room specific data is entered on the right side where calcula- tions are carried out. The right side of the form may be duplicated for as many rooms as required. When the cal- culation is completed for all rooms, the loads may be summed and summarized in the lower left portion of the form. The form provides a concise but detailed record of the load calculation. Note that the calculation form shown in Figure 8.2 pro- vides for calculations at three different hours if desired, Generally, the hours are selected so that the peak cooling load for each room will be obtained and when the loads are summed for all rooms, the peak load for the zone will result. It is advantageous to accurately estimate the hours when the load will peak to avoid extra work. The following rules are helpful. Load Calculation Manual 1. The orientation of fenestration is important, especially if wall hasa large amount of glass. The SCL tables are guide in this case to the time when the solar component will peak. 2. Heavy walls and roofs tend to have peak cooling loads late in the day, but these surfaces are usually not critical in determining the time for the zone peak load. 3, Internal loads (lights, equipment, and people) in occu- pied spaces usually determine the time of peak load that, will usually occur at the time when lights and equipment are turned off and the people leave the space. For an office space, this will be about 5:00 p.m. 4, The cooling load due to infiltration will peak at about 3:00 p.m., but this is usually not a factor in determining, the time of peak load. ‘Typically, cooling load calculations are made for the month of July (21st day) because this is when weather con- ditions are usually most severe for cooling, However, there are special cases where a combination of solar effects and internal heat gains may produce higher cooling loads in ‘other months. For example, a building with large amounts of south-facing glass may experience peak cooling loads in December for southern exposures. 8.8 Examples ‘The examples that follow illustrate the calculations required for the various cooling load components and the worksheet shown in Figure 8.2. Example 8.1 Selection of Roof Type and CLTD Determination ‘A roof is constructed with a steel deck, 2in. of concrete, and 2 in, of insulation on top of the concrete with typical felt ‘membrane, slag, and stone. Thereisa suspended ceiling below the roof with an unvented air space. Determine the roof type for use in Table 8.2, CLTDs forroofs, and the CLTD for 5:00 p.m. solar ime at 36° north latitude in July. The inside design temperature is 75°F, the outdoor design temperature and daily range are 98 and 24°F, respectively, Item ‘Table __ Description anna Parameters 8.4 Mass location, principal material, ceiling, R-value ‘Mass location Principal material Ceiting Rvalue 85 Inside insulation 2iin. concrete, C12 With suspended ceiling R = Ry + Ry + Ring + Re 4+ Rg Ros + Roe + Ri R = 033 + 005 + 029 + 6.61 + 0.17 + 0.0 + 1.0 +179 + 0.69 = 10.99 or (hf "F/B. No. 13 Hour 17, 36° north, July, Roof No. 13, LTD = 47°F Roof type 84 cup 828CLYD/SCL/CLF Method Correct for inside 8.2 (note) temperature Correct for outside "8.2 (note) CLTDgip = temperature and CLE, + Gy ~ 85) daily range Im = fg DRI = 98 ~ 24/2) = 86°F Corrected CLTD CLD, = 50 + (86 ~ 85) Example 8.2 Selection of Wall Type and ‘CLTD Determination ‘A wallisconstructed of 4in, heavyweight concrete and finished onthe inside with 3 1/2in, of batt insulation and 5/8in. gypsum ‘wallboard. Assume r istances compatible with a7 1/2:mph wind outdoors and still air indoors, Determine the wall type for use in ‘Table 8.3, CLTDs for walls, and the CLTD for 5:00 pam. solar time at 36° north latitude in July. The wall faces the southwest. The inside design temperatures 76°F, and the outside design temper- ‘ature and daily range are 96 and 22°F, respectively. em ‘abe Parameter 86C Mas lcation Principal material gS goal? Secondary Bohol Sonn & olor value fealue 85 9 >} i R Wall type ssc cur 838 Correct for inside 83 (note) temperature Correct for outside 83 (note temperature Conectet CLD Description ‘Mass location, principal ‘material, secondary Revalue Outside insulation 4 in, heavy concrete, C5 Gypsum wallboard, El R= Ro + Reon + Rins 4 Roy + Ry R=033 + 0333 + 11.0 + 0.149 + 0.685 R= 125 (hfe RY/Beu No.6 Hour 17, 36° north, July, Wall No. 6, Southwest, Standard design conditions, CLTD = 35°F CLIDs CLTD + (78 = 4) 35 + (18 ~ 76) =37°F cLTD, = CLID es + lm — 85) fp — (DR/2) 96 — 22/2) = 85°F CLTD, = CLTD,y = 37°F. tn EPC Boredo tun Goble Strenguh Te swede Glass Example 8.3 Determination of Cooling Load for Suntit, ‘Window with Internal Shade ver fn. A window vey 6 thigh an insulating pe made vo oferdinary double gas vithat/ Convective cooling 89 Parameters for zone type No. of walls: one Ceiling: with Floor cover: carpet Partition: concrete block Floor: concrete slab For glass solar gain ‘Type = B 1600 h, west glass SCL = 166 Btu/(h-£) Allow Jin, all around for frame 7 Ane Zone type 8.8C Solar cooling load 8.9B Area [as — 2)(72 — 2/144 Ape = 2A G2 810 Clear double glass with ids 8.3) Grad “L(A)SC_ = 166 x 22.4 x 0.51 dna = 1896 Btu/ Geona = UA(CLTD) Shading coefficient Solar cooling load 62) load 47 Uys = 0.65 Btu/(h-f2-°F) ‘correct to 7.5 mph wind 48 Uys = 0.61 Btu/(h- +P) A24x6= 24ie 1600 CLID = 14°F (assume standard condition) eons = 0.61 X 24 x 14 = 205 Btu/h rad * Yond 1896 + 205 2101 Bew/h 87 “Total cooling load q Example 8.4 Cooling Load for Window with External Shade Assume the window of Example 8.3 isset back into the wall 12 in., and compute the cooling load at 2:00 p.m. solar time. ‘Table/ Hem (Equation) Description Procedure ‘Compute areas ofthe sunlit and shaded portions ofthe sass, Calculation procedure for sunlit portion same as that in Example 8.3. Caleu- lation for shaded portion is based on north-facing glass. Shaded area 81GB 5,/P = 18; 5,/P, = 04 Jur Refer to Figure 83 for . geometry pro PP, = Win.orl ft we apne Sp = 18 x 2 = 216in Foad Wes sit 04 x 12 = 48in. oat Recall that the window has a Lin, frame all around A= 72 x 48 = 3456 in? ‘Ag = 70 x 46 = 3220%n? Sy ‘Total window area Exposed glass areaLoad Calculation Manya| SDEIDAILY RANGE _F. aee= aa SHASHIAT CUE | Tou dee epee Pease fo TR eB oe ee a bar ae TABI Soe catssaeeseeet sata zz Ena % 3 vven faye 9° 6) oq [mone # / ‘eonce | & eS [eumnenr| — [rseroay aw Tara ew | COOLING LOAD SUMMARY os Q-SENSIBLE Q-LATENT owe suerort 'B] “eeruan over cama = ge oratsas a g 2 5 B 2 8) onmoromoseo( J 1] Fig. 8.2 Cooling Load Caleulation SheetCLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.41 5 < io. ee coe 7 ee 7 [anea| O-SENGIBLE, GTU/HA eee as “O-SENSIBLE, OTUHR i | cena a AREA ‘AREA AREA WATTAGE aaa AREA WATTAGE an a NO. OF PEOPLE NO. OF PEOPLE SENS. HEAT GAIN cM SENS. HEAT GAIN CEM Cc I I [ I I GURTOTAL ROOW O-GENEILE! supmty pucr Hea cat CEM ‘CFM c T_T [ L I (O-LATENT BUTOTAY ‘SaunTene SosToT| cr Lemeace| UCT LEAKAGE ‘ooM SENSIBLE + ROOM LAr OOM SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO OOM SENSIBLE + ROOM LAr ‘ROOM SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO Fig. 82 Cooling Load Calculation Sheet (Concluded)8.12 Sunlit area (glass) Asin = (12 ~ 21.6 ~ 1) x 48 — 48 ~ 1) 2085 in? Shaded area (glass) Solar Joad sunli Zone type = B from portion Example 83 SCL Tactor 898 SCL = 101 Bu/(h-fe) at 2:00 pan or 1400, west Shading coefficient 51, Example 8.3 Solarcoolngload, (8.3) iol x 051 x sunli ” ons/iaa To sun = 746 Btu/h Sola load sha Zone type = By Example 8.3 BCL Factor 898 North-facing glass at 1400 SCL = 38 Btu/(h-f2) Shading coefficient SC = 0.51, Example 8.3 Solarcooling load, (8.3) dang = 38. 0.51 x shaded 135/144 era = 153 Btu/h Convective cooling (8.2): U = 0.61 Biu(h-ft?-°F); load Example 8.3 A = 3456/144 = 24 12 87 © CLTD = 13°F cond = 0.61 X 24 X 13 = 190 Btu/h 4 = Gain * Goh + cond q = 746+ 153 + 190'= 1089 Buu/h Vel pa 5:1 ‘Total cooling load Example 8.5 Cooling Load for Lights in Suspended Ceiling ‘A first-floor room in a two-story building has 1000 W of ordi- nary fluorescent lighting in a suspended ceiling. The lights are on from 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. solar time. The building is of heavy construction with carpeted floors and glass shaded on the Estimate the cooling load at 3:00 p.m. solar time for both vented and unvented ceiling plenums. The cooling equipment operates 24h per day. Hem Table Description Zone type parameters. 8.8C Assume: | or 2exterior walls First floor of multistory building with ceiling Heavy construction—2.5 in. ‘concrete floor with concrete block partition Carpeted floor, full shade Zone type 88C_ TypeC Cooling load factor 8.17 Cool load at 3:00 p.m. is 8h after lights on CLF = 0.92 4x 341 WRF ACL) Assume Fy, = 1.20 q = 3.41 x 1000 x 1.0 x 12 x 092 q = 3765 Btu/h Assume 20% of light heat ain goes to return air. ‘Assume the radiative-con- vective split is the standard condition of 59 ~ 41%. Cooling load for un- 8.4 vented ceiling plenum Cooling load for vented ceiling plenum Load Calculation Manual Heat gain to return Gy = BAL x 1000 x 1.2 x 0.2 18 Beu/h Cooling load for 84 Al x 1000 x 12 x space 8 x 0.92 g = 3012 Buu/h Coil load due to Ge = Ge + g = 818 + 3012 lights 1830 Btu/h Example 86 Cooling Load for Vented Lights with Ducted Return Assume the lighting system of Example 8.5 has vented light fix- tures with 30% of the heat gain transferred to the return air. ‘Assume the remaining 70% of the heat gain to the space all radi- ative. See Appendix C for further information on nonstandard radiant/convective splits. Sem Sooo eae Deeetipioe aaa Heat gain to return 4g, = 3.41 x 1000 x 1.2 air x03 = 128 Buh, Heat gain to space dy = 31 x 1000 « 12 x07 49, = 2864 Buu/h CLE corrected ‘Table CLF must be cor- : rected for the new radiative-convectve split ‘Table CLF 817 CLFy = 092 (Example 8.5) Radiant portion of CLF re = CLF ~ 041 table CLF 092 —‘o.41 = 0:51 Corrected radiant CLE¢e = CLE ze fraction (Actual radiant fraction)/0.59 0.51 x 1.0/059 CLE corrected CLEC convectWve fraction) CLE = 086 + 00 = 086 Space cooling load 84 Coil load due to gp + q = 228+ lights . 2463 qe = 3691 Brush Example 8.7 Cooling Load Due to People Aninterior room on the top floor of a multistory building has in occupancy of 20 people arriving for work at 7:00 a.m. solar time and leaving the space at 3:00 p.m. solar time. The building is of heavy construction with ceiling and carpeted floors. The ‘occupants are engaged in moderate office work. Estimate the cool- ing load at 1:00 p.m. solar time. The cooling equipment operates 24h per day. ‘Table/ Item (Equation) Description ‘Sensible heat gain 818 gj = 250 Btu/(h-person) per person Latent heat gain per 8.18 g/ = 200 Btu/(h-person) person Latent coolingload 8.5 = qiFaN Assume: Fy = 1.0 41 = 200 x 20 = 4000 Btu/hCLTD/SCL/CLF Method Sensible coolingload (6.6) gy = 3 FyN(CLF) CLF 88E, Top floor, heavy floor, with ceiling and carpet Zone ype = D People in space 8h Load required after 6 819 4150 Btu/h ‘Total cooling load a+ a 4000 + 4150 8150 Btu/h Example 8.8 Cooling Load Due to People—Two Groups on Different Schedules Suppose in Example 8.7 another group of 10 people enters the space at 10:00 a.m. solar time and leaves at 4:00 p.m. solar time. ‘Assume they are standing and walking. Estimate the cooling load due to both groups at 1:00 p.m. solar time. Kem Table _Deseription Procedure ind total cooling load at 1:00 pam. for second group ‘and add to cooling load for first group from Example 8.7 Sensibleand latent 818 gf = 250 Btu/h heat gain per person a= 250Btu/h Latent cooling load = 85 qy = 250 10 4 = 2500 Btu/ Sensible coolingload 8.19 Zone type = D (from Example 8.7) People in space 6h Load required after 3h CLF = 073 Ge = 250 x 10 x 0.73 = 1825 Btu/h ‘Cooling load, second gy = 2500 + 1825 group 325 Btu/h Total cooling load, 4g = 8250 + 4325 both groups, = 12575 Btu/h 1:00 p.m Example 8.9 Cooling Load Due to People— ‘Two Groups on Different Schedules, Load after Occupancy Refer to Examples 8.7 and 8,8 and estimate the cooling load due to both groups at 6:00 p.m. solar time. Table/ Mem _(Example) Description _ Procedure Both groups have departed; therefore, th latent parton of the cooling load is zero Group 1 (8.7) Zone type = D ‘Occupants in the space 8 h Load required after II h 819 CLF = 020 Cooling load ay = 250 x 20 x 0.20 1000 Blu/ Group 2 (8.8) Zonetype = D ‘Occupants in the space 6h Load required after 8 h 8.13 819 CLF = 020 4 = 250 x 10 x 0.20 00 Btu/h ‘Total cooling load 4g = 4 + a = 1000 + 500 q = 1500 Btu/h, Example 8.10 Cooling Load Due to Unhooded Equipment in Conditioned Space A room contains miscellaneous computers, printers, word processors, ec. Using data from Table 5.7, itis estimated that one ‘eroup of equipment operating from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. solar time has a sensible heat gain of 4500 Btu/b; asecond group oper- ating from 1:00 p.m. to 11:00 pxm. solar time has a sensible heat gain of 2500 Btu/h. A minicomputer operates continuously with a sensible heat gain of 5000 Btu/h. Estimate the total cooling load for the equipment at 4:00 p.m, solar time. Assume a zone type B (Table 8.8). The cooling equipment operates 24 h per day. Hem Procedure ‘Three different groups or items of equipment operate on different schedules. Find cooling load for each group at 4:00 pam. or 1600 h solar time, and sum results. Equipment operates 8 h Load after 8h desired CLF = 095 (8.62) gy = 4500 x 0.95 4275 Btu/h Equipment operates 10h Load after 3h desired CLF = 081 (8.62) gz = 2500 x 0.81 = 2025 Biu/h Equipment operates con- tinuously; therefore, CLF = 1.0, and the cooling load is constant 43 = 5000 Btu/h G=a tat a q = 4275 + 2025 + 5000 q = 11,300 Bu/h Group 1 a9 Group 2 819 Group 3 (minicomputer) ‘Total cooling load Example 8.11 Cooling Load Due to Unhooded Restaurant Equipment ‘The kitchen for a school cafeteria contains typical equipment, all unhooded. The equipment is in operation from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 pam. solar time. [tis estimated, using Table 5.5, that the sen- sible and latent heat gains are 4800 Btu/h and 1700 Btu/h, respec- tively. Assumea zone type D (Table 8.8). Estimate the cooling load due to the equipment at 1:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m, solar times. The cooling equipment operates 24h per day. Table/ (Equation) Description Sensible and latent compo- nents are present. Apply CLF to sensible portion. Latent heat gain is assumed to become cooling load in- stantly while equipment is operating, Tem Procedure8.14 Sensible cooling load (8.6a)__ Equipment in operation 6 h Load after Sh desired. Zone type D 819 CLF = 0.801 13004 qs = 4800 x 0.80 3840 Btu/h Latent cooling load gy = 1700 Btu/h at 1:00 pam. ‘Total cooling load at iso = 9s * 91 1:00 p.m. 3840 + 1700 i369 = 5540 Btu/h Sensible cooling load Equipment in operation 6 h at 4:00 p.m. Load after 8 h desired Zone type D CLF = 0.17 at 1600 h Gs = 4800 x 0.20 160 Btu/h Latent cooling load Equipment is off; therefore, at 4:00 p.m, q = 00 ‘Total cooling load at i600 = 4s + 9 4:00 pm. 960 + 0.0 600 = 960 Buu/h Example 8.12 Cooling Load Due to Hooded Restaurant Equipment Refer to Example 8.11 and assume that the equipment is all, hooded and estimate the cooling load. ‘Table/ Hem (Equation) Description Procedure Same as Example 8.11, except Table 8.20 is used for the CLF and there are no latent or con- vective components, Cooling load at (8.62) Equipment in operation 6 h 1:00 p.m. Load after 5h desired Zone type D 820 CLF = 0.71 Load Calculation Manual ‘Actual heat gain to Approximately 30% of sensi space bleheat gain is comvectiveand is exhausted by the hoods, Then q, = 0.70 x 4800 = 3360 Buu/h ‘Gisoo = 2360 X 0.71 2386 Buuw/t Cooling load at Equipment in operation 6h 4400 pam Load after 8h desired Zone type D 820 CLF = 029 aieon = 3360 x 0.29 974 Bru/h References Harris, SM. and EC. MeQuiston. 1988. A study to categor walls and roofs on the basis of thermal response. ASHRAE, Transactions 94(2):688-715. O'Brien, LM. 1985. A study into the effects of internal radiant interchange on building cooling load analysis. MS. Thesis, University of Ilinois at Urbana-Champaign. ‘Sowell, E.F. 1988. Load calculations for 200,640 zones. ASHRAE_ Transactions 94(2):116-36. ‘Todorovic, B. 1982. Cooling load from solar radiation through partially shaded windows, taking heat storage effect into account. ASHRAE Transactions 88(2) ‘Todorovic, B. and D. Curija, 1984. Calculation procedure for estimating cooling loads influenced by window shadowing, using negative cooling load method. ASHRAE Transactions 90(28). University of linois, 1991, BLAST User Reference. Urbana- ‘Champaign. ‘Walton G.N, 1982. Thermal analysis research program reference ‘manual, National Bureau of Standards, U.S. Department of ‘Commerce, Washington, DC.CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.5 ‘Table 8.2A Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Flat Roofs— 24° North Latitude, July a Solar Time, b Ne i234! Se 7 UL BMS Oe 1 2 2 1 0-2-4 -3 6 6 3 9 2% 62 % 8 2 2 % M& SB 3 2 14 8 4 2 2.2 0-2-4 -5 6 -5 1 14 30 48 6 77 86 90 8 82 20 33 3 2 14 8 5 32 8 S$ 2 0-2-2 3 MD 35 47 SD 6 TA 7 TM OR SR 47 37 Ww DB 6 216 6 30 0-2-3 4 -1 5 27 4 55 67 75 8 80 76 G7 55 43 2 OB $2 8 5 3 1 1 4 1 19 30 @ 32 6 & 7 710 6 59 30 4 33 27 3 28 24 2 17 14 1 9 9 1 1 2 27 35 43 49 54 5B SB 56 52 47 42 37 32 5 31 2 20 16 12 9 6 4 3 5 10 17 2% 36 46 54 61 65 66 GS 3B SI M4 37 1 3% 31 27 2 19 15 12 9° 8 & M1 16 2 30 37 45 52 56 59 59 56 52 47 4 1b 3M 31 28 25 2 2 17 WG IS 16 19 23 2 33 38 43 47 49 50 49 46 43. 40 37 14 34 3230 27 25 23 2119 19 19 21 2 27 32 36 40 43 4546 454d 2397 ‘Notes 1. Diet application of ata ‘where * Dank surface 1 = Inside temperate ‘ Hedoor temperature of 78°F 1 Outdoor meximum temperature of 95°F with mean temperature of| 25°F and daly range of 21°F + Solar radiation typi! of eae day on 2st day of month Outside face fim resistance of 0333 (hf -"FY/Bea 1 With or without suspended eng bat n celng plenum alr return systems Inside surface resistance of 0688 (41 2. Adjustments to table data * Design temperatures: F/B ‘(= mean outdoor temperature + No adjustment ecommended for color ‘No adjustment commended for venltion of airspace above a calling + Taitaes other than 24, 36, and 48 north Linear interpolations acepable or table fora spec atiude say be generate, See text. + Months oer t iaJuly = imatimum outdoor temperature ~ (lly rangy/2 for design purposes, the daa wil suffice for about 2 wees from the 2st “ay of given month (Core. CLID = CLID + (18-1) + lq 85% = Tables may be generated for aspeificmonth, See text. ‘Table 828 Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Flat Roofs— 36° North Latitude, July ry ‘Sola time, No 123 4 8 6 7 8 9 WU RBM 6 7 BY 0 UD BM 1 0-2-4 -5 6 -6 0 2 ® 4 61 75 84 90 90 84 74 60 42 26 Is 9 5 2 2 2 0-2-4 -5 6 -4 4 16 32 48 G 76 8% 88 87 81 70 SS 39 25 15 9 5 302 8 S$ 2-0-2 -1 4 13 M 35 47 38 67 TR 75 74 6 59 48 38 30 23 17 4°97 0 7 3 1-1-3 -3 0 7 17 2 4 55 6 74 18 1 75 GF 36 45 34 24 S 2 2 8 5 3 1 2 S$ 2 A SM 4 32 Gt G7 1 7 6 39 51 42 MT 8 2% 2% 2 17 4 1 10 9 WE 1s 2 2 35 4 49 SH 57 58 56 33 48 43 3B 33 9 2 % 2 6 13 9 6 4 4 7 12 19 27 3 46 SH 60 Of G5 GF SD 52 45 38 0 37 32 2 2 9 1s 12 0 9 9 12 17 2 30 38 45 SI 56 58 SB 56 52 M7 42 1234 31 28 25 23 20 18 16 16 17 2 2% 28 33 38 43 47 49 SO 49 47 44 41 37 1435 32 30 2 25 23 21 20 19 2 2 2 2% 32 36 4 4 45 46 46 46 42 40 37 For notes see Table 824 Table 8.2C Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Flat Roofs— 48° North Latitude, July Root Solar Time, b Ne i 23 4 8 6 7 8 9 Wh BMS 6 7 WY 0 2 BB 2 1 0-2-4 -5 -6 -5 3 Is 29 4 58 @ 78 8 8 79 71 59 4 2 7 9 5 2 202 0-2-4 -$ 5 -2 6 19 32 47 © 70 7 82 8 16 & 55 41 2 16 WO 312 8 5 2 O-1 1 6 1 2% 35 45 55 6 G8 71 70 65 38 48 38 30 2 17 47 27 3 1-1-3 --2 2 8 18 9 # 2 2 B 4 HN 6 35 45 MS 3 a i 12 8 5 3 2 3 7 1 2 3 4 49 57 G& 6 66 6 SB 50 42 Ho WT 8 2% m% 2 17 4 1 10 10 12 6 2 2 34 40 46 SI S4 SS 34 SL 47 42 37 2 9 3% 2 6 2 9 6 5 5$ 8 12 19 2 35 8 51 57 GH HM BL 57 SI 4 38 10 36 31 27 2 19 15 12 10 9 1 13 17 23 29 36 4 48 53 55 56 54 51 46 A 1333 3 27 2 2 2 17 16 16 18 2 2 2 32 37 41 4 47 48 47 48 43 40 7 4 4 2 29 27 25 23 21 20 19 20 2 M4 27 B35 38 41 43 44 44 43 41 39 36 For notes, see Tble@2A,8.16 Load Calculation Manuat ‘Table 83A. Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Suntit Walls— EE 24° North Latitude, July ‘watt Wall No.1 Solar Time, Fang 13S Ss 6 TO OU BO Se yw Ey N 1 0-1 2-3-2 5 Bb 17 I 19 2 2% 2 3 32 4 M 2 7 WOT S38 NE 1 0-1-2 -3 0 17 39 St $3 48 39 32 30 30 30 28 2 18 13 10 7 5 3 E 1 0-1-2 -3 0 1 4 59 6 59 48 36 32 3 30 28 M 19 13 10 7 5 3 SE 1 0-1-2 -3 -2 & 2 38 44 45 2 35 2 31 30 27 2 WO 1 7 5 3 S 1 0-1-2 -3.-3 -1 3 8 2 18m 2» 31 NU 30 B 1 9 7 4 3 sw ot 0-1 2-3-3 -1 3 8 1 17 2 29 4 SI 58 59 32% 2 12 8 5 3 Wo 2 0-1-2 2-3-1 3 § BWR 7 2 9 Bw 2 27 1 9 5 3 NWo2 0-1-2 2-3-1 3 8 BOD 7 0 O_O 6 HB 2 1 8 53 ‘watt Wall No.2 Solar Time, Facing 1234 bs 90 nD oO MS 6 1 8 wo 2 2 2% N 5 3 2 0 12 7 2 1s 8 2 2 2 ~ 30 2 2 2 3 7 2 8 NE 5 3 200 0 9 2 36 44 46 43 38 2 31 29 26 mM IR 4 10 7 E 3 3 2 0 0 0 2% 92 52 55 52 44 38 35 32 30 27 B 1B M10 8 SE 5 3 2 0 -1 4 4 % 35 4 4 oH 35 33 HH 29 26 2 Bo 10 7 Ss 5 3 1 0 “2-1 1 4 8 8 19 2% 2 29 29 ® % BW 1 10 7 sw 6 4 2 1 “2-1 5 9 13 18 2M 32 4 50 56 52 44 33 22 15 10 wos 5 2 1 32-101 5 9b 7 BB 9 @ TI 6 45 30 19 12 NW? 4 2 0 2-115 9b 7 2 0 5 2 55 4 BB wall Wall No.3 Solar Time, h Fuig 12 =3”~4~=S 6 U7 8 DU MS 1 8 9 2 2 N 8 5 4 2 1 0 1 5 8 HN M6 19 2 2% 2% 2 30 30 2% 2 17 13° 10 NE 7 5 3 2 1 0 4 1 2 34 38 38 36 35 33 32 31 29 2% 2 19 15 12 9 E 7 5 3 2 1 0 $5 16 29 39 45 4 43 4 37 35 33 30 27 2 19 16 12 10 seo7 5 3 2 0 0 2 8§ 7 8 UM 3 BM 3 BH BW % MB Is 2 9 S 7 5 3 1 O-1-1 0 2 5 913 B BR 2 2% 2% % B 0 7 WO sw 7 5 3 1 0 0 1 3 6 9 13 7 % 32 40 46 48 45 37 30 23 18 1d wi 9 6 4 2 1 0 1 3 6 9 17 mM MH 4% 56 G2 59 50 39 30 2 IT nwo 8 6 4 2 1 0 1 3 6 9B 7 2B 3 39 4 54 53 45 35 27 21 16 watt Wall No. 4 Solar-Time, Fuing 1234S 6 7) 8 DU 6 8 3 2M N 2 8 6 4 2 1 0 0 3 6 0 13 Is 18 21 2 2 28 30 30 28 2% 2 15 NE 10 7 5 3 2 0 0 3 10 2 29 3% 39 39 37 35 3 3 30 27 24s 2 16 19 E10 8 5 3 2 1 0 3 M 2 34 43 4 464 40 37 44 2 2B 2 2 WT 13 SE 10 7 S$ 3 2 0 0 1 $ 13 2 2 33 35 35 35 33 32 30 27 24 2 16 13 S10 7 5 3 2 0-1 -| 1 4°76 2% 2% 2% 27 27 25 2 19 16 12 swis 7 5 3 1 0 oi 47 n i 2 2 9 @ 4 7 2 35 om wom 4 9 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 7 1S 2 30 4 St 6 61 56° 46 36 27 NW 18 1 9 6 3 1 0 0 2 4 7 1s wm 27 36 4 52 S450 42 3325 watt Wall No.5 ‘Solar Time, Fang 723 Ss 6 UT UU OB OS 6 7 8 2 Nobu 9 7? 5 3 2 3 5 70 4 6 9 2 2 2 m7 2% 2 19 16 NEB HM 8 7 5 3 3 6 22 20 2% 3 3 2 BN UH DW MH mM A 1B 16 Ei Wi 9 7 $ 4 3 6 13 2 3 3 39 39 37 36 35 33 3 29 2% 2 19 16 SE 13 10 & 6 $ 3 2 4 8 14 2 2 28 30 30 30 30 30 2% 2% 2% 2 18 15 Sil 9 7 6 4 3 2 1 1 3 5 7 1 Wb 2 2% 23 2 mw 18 16 14 sw 1s 129 7 5 3 3 3 4 S$ 8 M MW 2 % 2 3 41 0 36 3 27 2D we 9 i 2 9 7 5 4 4 4 6 8 Hh 1s 20 BM 4 SL S47 A 34 8 NW 2117 4 oH 8 6 4 3 3 48 6 8 OM 19 25 32 40 45 6 37316 went Wall No.6 Solar Time, Fug i234 SS 6 7 8 BM BO OM 9 mm R33 Nw 20 8 7 5 4 5 6 8 ON 1 7 0 BM 2% 2% B mM 19 16 NE 14 2 10 8 7 5 5 8 M 2 25 28 29 30 30 30 30 29 2 % 2% 2 19 17 Es 13 9 7 6 6 9 IS 2 29 33 35 35 M 3M 33 32 30 28 2% 2 2 18 SE 4 12 10 8 7 $3 4 6 10 14 19 23 2% 27 W 2% 2 28 27 2 2% 2 19 16 s 2 0 8 7 5 4 3 3 3 4 5 8 Hl t6 19 2 2 2 2 19 17 16 4 sw 9 16 4 M9 7 6 S$ S$ 6 7 9-H Is 19 25 30 3 36 36 33 29 26 2 Wom a i i 2 9 8 7 6 7 810 12 15 2 M7 35 42 46 4 4 37 33 28 nw 2 1 6 Bo 8 7 6 6 6 7 9 NM 18 % 337 41 4 38 34 29 25CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.17 ‘Table83A Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— 24° North Latitude, July (Continued) val Wall No.7 Solar Time, h Feng 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 WNP BW 6 7 w 9 2 Mm mm Nw RU 9 € 7779 0 1D 6 ob 7 9 0 mB 2 Y 6 NE 16 4 12 M9 8 9 12 17 2 2% 26 26 27 27 2 2 7 2% 2 BU 19 17 EB Wis 1 1 1 9 9 13 19 2% 2 3 31 3 M 31 3% 30 2 2 2 2B 21 19 SE 13 13 2 1 9 7 7 9 13 16 2 2 2% 25 25 26 26 26 25 23 2 2 18 17 s 2 10 9 § 7 6 $ 5 5 6 79 M6 BH 9 BT wo sW 19 17 15 3 1 10 8 8 8 8 9 1 13 16 2% 2% 28 31 32 30 28 2% 2 2 W uM 2 9 6 1 2 1 w 1 0 1 1 1 17 2D 2 3% 39 4 39 3% BD 2 26 NW 21 19 17 1 3 Ml 1 9 9 9 1 N 13 16 2% 2% 30 M 36 35 2 29 26 24 wall Wall No.9 Solar Time, b fuing 1 2234 3 6 7 8 9 WNP BW BS 7 i 2 2 2 2 te No 6 4 1 9 7 5 4 4 5 6 8 WW 12 14 16 18 2 2 25 26 2 2 2 NE 1 1 13 1 9 7 5$ 4 6 9 15 20 2 29 30 3 HM 31 3 30 28 2% 2% 2 E 1 7 4 2 9 7 6 5 6 10 17 24 30 34 36 36 36 35 34 32 30 28 25 2 se 13 13 M9 7 S$ 4 4 6 10 15 20 2 27 28 2 29 2 2 2 2 2 > SB ll 9 8 6 4 3 2 2 8 uM 7 % 2 2 RB A 9 IB sW 2% 2 18 15 2 10 8 6 4 4 9 2 16 2 27 2 % 7 % 33 2 WB ® B19 1 10 8 6 5 9 2 6 2 3 M 4 47 4 NW 3025 2 BoM oH 8 7 SS 9 12 15 2 2% 33 38 41 41 38 34 Wall No. 10 Solar Time, 23 45 678 9D UP BM 6 8 Mm 2 4 2 0 8 6 5 $ 6 7 8 10 12 16 16 18 2 2 2% 24 2% 2 2 6 M2 9 8 6 6 7 1 6 2% 2% 27 29 3 30 30 30 29 2 26 2% 2 7 1S 2 0 8 6 6 8 12 18 2% 2 32 34 34 35 34 33 32 30 28 25 23 6 1 1 9 7 6 S$ 6 8 Il 16 2% 23 25 27 2% 2 2 2 2 25 2 > wo 8 6 5 4 3 3 3 4 6 9 HW 7 9 2% 2 2 2% 19 1 ni 6 3 MN 8 7 5 S$ 5 6 7 9 1 te mM % N 3M 35 3 2 29 Bom 0 7 4 4 8 7 6 6 7 8 WB 7 B 3 7 2 4 8B 4 25 22 18 1s 2 10 8 6 6 6 6 8 1 1 6 2 2 R37 39 38 36 33 ‘wall ‘Wall No. 11 Solar Time, Facing 1234 8 6 7 8 FU BS 1 BD Ni 6 4 0G 0 & 8 8 8 910 1 2 1 17 18 2 A BM 2% 19 NE 19 17 16 14 12 M1 1 9 Ml 14 17 2 23 25 26 2% 2 27 27 26 2% 2% BR 2 E 21 19. 17 IS 13 12 10 10 12 18 19 24 27 29 30 30 30 30 30 29 28 26 25 23 SE 1B 17 1S 1 2 1 9 8 9 I W 17 19 21 23 24 25 25 25 25 24 23 2 20 S43 2 UW 9 8 7 6 $ 5 6 6 8 0 2 MW is 7 ig 8 is 18 17 16 Wo u 19 17 5 3 12 1 9 9 9 9 1 TY 14 17 2 2% 2 30 30 29 27 25 W 2 2% mM 4 19 17 1 Bo MoH oH 2 3 1s 1 2B 2 3 36 37 36 HH 3D NW 26 24 21 19 17 15 13 2 10 10 10 10 M1 14 17 20 25 2% 2 3B 2 ‘wall Wall No. 2 Solar Time Facing 122 = 4S 6 7] 8 UU OM 2 fe No 6 & B 2 0 98 8 9 9 10 N DB Is 16 18 19 20 2 2 19 18 NE 20 18 16 15 13 12 11 10 12 14 17 20 2 24 25 25 26 26 2 26 25 4 23 21 E 2 19 18 16 14 13 12 M13 16 19 23 2% 2% 2 29 2 29 2 2 2 26 25 2 SE 19 17 16 M4 13 11 10 9 10 11 M4 16 19 21 2 23 24 24 25 24 24 23 21 20 S43 2 U0 9 8 7 6 6 67 8 ON Bs 6 7 1 1 Ww 15 SW 23 21 19 17 16 1 2 Ml 1 10 9 1 M1 12 14 17 20 2 2 2 28 2 26 25 W 2 % 2% 2 20 1 1 M1 2 BR 2 Bs w 2 2 UM 3s 35 35 33 3 NW 2% 24 2 2 18 16 14 1 1 MM 2 13 4 17 2 24 2% 31 32 3028 Walt Wall No.13 Solar Time, Facing “1234S 6 TOO Bi 1 16 17 1 19 20 2 Bt No 6 @ B 2 10 9 9 10 2B Mos i 17 19 19 20 19 18 17 NE 19 8 17 6 4 3 2 2 B 16 DnB mM Mw 3 2% 8 mM BD U Eo 2 1 7 1 4 BoB Is 17 2 7 27 B® ww WM % 8 MB SE 8 7 6 1 1 2 Mo HB 9 2 2 2 BB B mB BA Dw S41 2 M1 9 8 7 7 7 9 10 2 13 1 1S 16 16 16 16 15 15 Woz 9 1 6 1s oR OM 2 GB IS 17 2 23 25 2% 25 2% 25 2 Wo 2 2 2 0.1 7 1s 4 Mo 1 19 23 27 3% 33 3 3 HD NW 24 23 21 20 18 16 15 4 B12 Bb 1s 17 20 2% 27 2» 29 29 28 268.18 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 83A Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— 24° North Latitude, July (Concluded) walt ‘Wall No. 14 a Solar Time, Facing 1 34 8 6 78 9M HH MS 6 19 0 MD 3m N76 i$ 4 8 2 HN NU 0 0 UU 2 BB MW Is 6 7 I We 18 18 NE 20 19 18 17 16 IS 4 13 14 1S 17 19 21 2 2 2 M 2M mM 2M 2 2B 2 2 E 2 u 20 19 17 W Is 15 15 17 19 21 22 25 26 2 2 WM MM 2% 2 mw 2B se 9 8 7 6 1S Mos 2 2 1 6 we 9 2% 2 UY BR BB BU S 4 1 2 2 UW 0 9 9 8 8 8 8 9 W 2 1 1 15 15 15 1S 1S 15 sw 2 2 20 8 17 6 6 4B 2 2 BD 1 MW 6 8 0 2 2% 2 2m 2m 2B W277 2% WB U2 9 17 1 1S 15 15S 15 16 18 2 24 27 2% 30 30 30 29 NW 4 2 2 2 19 18 17 16 1S 4 4 4 a dS 7196 2H watt Wall No. 15 Solar Time, Facing 1234S 6 8 UU MS 6 17 8 19 re Nau 97 8 8 1 9 8 7 6 67 8 9H BS 7 19 m 2 2 2% 2 NE 2 20 18 16 16 1 10 8 7 @ M1 14 18 mm 2% 2% 2 29 29 29 29 28 26 24 E 4 2 9 17 4 2 10 9 & 9 12 6 wm 3% 2 3 3 33 33 33 32 30 29 26 sE 2 0 17 15 1 1 9 8 7 7 BM Mw 1 2% 2B 2 2% 27 2 M 2% 2 mw S17 6 4 BoM 9 8 6 $ 4 4 4 5 6 8 1 1 15 17 1 19 2 2 19 sw 6 6 UB BN 9 7 66 6 79 9 BW HN RB RU wi 33 30 2% 3 2 1% i 1 9 & § & 9 1 2 6 2 % R 7 4 4 39 NW 3330 27 MoM oS 2 1 8 7 7 7 8 9 2 1S 19 2 WB 3536 35 wall ‘Wall No. 16 Solar Time, Fug 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 WHR DB W 6 6 7 % Y w 2 BR Bw Nw 8 7 1 4 2 1 9 8 8 &§ 8 9-10 B MM 16 17 19 20 2 2 om NE 2 2 19 17 1S 1 2 wW 1 1 12 15 1 UM 2 2% 2% WM Mm 2 WM 2% 2 2 E 4 22 20 18 16 1 12 11 WO M13 17 2 24 26 28 30 30 31 M30 29 2% 26 SE 21 20 18 16 4 13 11 10 9 9 10 12 14 17 19 2 23 2% 25 25 2 25 Mm 2 S716 4 3 2 0 9 8 6 6 5 5 6 7 8 W 12 14 16 17 18 18 8 17 swo7 2 B a 19 7 1s Bo WO 9 8 8 9 1 1 Is 18 2 25 28 2 2 W 34 32 2 2% 2% 2 18 1 1 2 10 1 HN 1B 16 2 2 30 33 36 36 35 NW 30 28 26 24 21 19 17 M4 12 NH 10 9 9 10 Nl 1 15 18 2 % 30 32 32 2 "Notes: 1. Diretappliation of data where * Dark surface 1 Indoor temperature of 18°F + Outdoor manimum temperature of 95°F with mean temperatire of| {5°R and dally range of 21°F «+ Solar radiation typial of clear day on 2st day of month 1 Outside surface lm resistance of 0.33 hf - "F/B 1 Inside surface resistance of 0.685 (N= 1?""FY/Bts Adjustments to able data Design temperatures: Core. CLTD = CLID + (18 ~ 4) + (ly ~ 88) {= Inside temperature 11, = mean outdoor temperate 1, = tnaximum outdoor temperature ~ (dally rangey2 oadjusinen recommended for color [atts other than 24,36 and 48 north Linea interpolation acceptable or table fora specific late maybe gener- sted, Se tet Month ther han Joly Por dsien purposed the data wll ufice for about 2 weeks from the ist day cof given month, Tables may be generated for a peife month etext.CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.19 ‘Table83B Cooling Lond Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— 36° North Latitude, July wall Wall No.1 ‘Solar Time, b acing 12 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 OW UD i 1 1 17 18 19 2% 2 2 23 24 NF 0-1-2 -3 -1 7 2 12 4 17 2 2 28 2 29 2% 30 2 17 WoT 5 3 NE 1 0 -1 -2 -3 1 2 41 48 46 38 30 28 29 30 29 28 2% 19 14 10 7 $ 3 E 1.0 -1 -2 -3 1 26 49 62 64 59 48 36 31 31 30 28 2 2 MM 1 7 5 3 SE 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -1 13 31 44 $2 55 52 45 36 32 30 28 2 19 14 10 7 5 3 S 1 0-1 -2-3 -3 0 4 9 18 2 39 45 47 4% 40 3 25 2 16 10 7 $5 3 sW 2 0-1-2 -2 -2 0 4 8 13 17 2B 36 SO 61 67 67 59 4 23 13 8 S$ 3 Wo o2 1-1-2 -2-2 0 4 8 13 17 mW 2 42 59 73 Bl 78 60 31 15 9 6 3 NW 2 0-1-2 -2 -2 6 4 8 3 17 21 25 29 4 53 63 65 54 28 14 8 5 3 ‘watt Wall No.2, Solar Time, Facing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 HD BD M 1 1 17 1 9 2% 2 2 23 2% N 5 3 2 0-1 -2-1 3 7 9 215 18 2 2% 2 2% 2% 9 HM B17 DB 8 NE 5 3 2 0-1 -2 1 12 2 36 41 39 35 32 30 30 29 2 26 23 18 4 10 7 E 5 3 2 O -1 -2 2 1 31 46. S4 56 52 45 38 34 32 30 27 2 19 M4 8 SE 53 3 2 0-1-2 0 7 19 3 4 48 50 47 42 37 M4 31 27 23 19 14 I 8B S$ 3 2 0-1-2 -2--1 2 6 22 30 37 42 44 4 97 BI 2 2 1S 8 sw 7 4 2 1-1-1 -2 -1 2 $ 9 13 19 2% 39 50 38 62 6 Sl 38 2% 17 Wo8 5 3 tf On-l -2-1 2 5 9 3 7 2B 33 4 59 6 73 6S 49 33 2 13 NWo7 4 2 4-1 -2 -2 -1 2 5 9 13 7 2 6 33 4 3 BSP ‘wall Wall No. 3 oe Solar Time, h Facing 122348 OS 6 OT UC OO SSG T8992 N 7 5 3 2 1 0 2 5 7 9 IM 17 0 2B 2% 2% 2 27 24 2% 16 13 10 NE 7 5 3 2 0 0 6 17 2% 32 34 33 31 30 30 30 29 28 25 2 18 15 12 9 E 7 5 4 2 1 0 7 0 32 42 47 47 44 4 37 35 33 31 28 2 2 16 13 10 SE 7 5 4 2 1 0 4 It MM 3 37 42 43 41 38 36 34 31 28 24 2 16 13° 10 Ss 8 5 4 2 1 0 0 1 3 7 2 2 3 37 38 36 33 2 25 20 16 13 10 sw ll 8 6 4 2 1 0 1 3 6 9 13 19 2 3B 47 53 55 52 43 34 27 20 IS WM 0 7 4 2 1 1 2 4 6 913 17 MB M 45 56 OF G 53 42 32 1B NW 2 8 6 4 2 1 0 1 3 6 91 6 20 2% 33 42 49 SI 4 35 27 2 16 ‘Wal Wall No. 4 ‘Solar Time, Fuing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 W tl D Wo 6 7 8 9 20 2 2 23 Nu 8 6 4 2 0 0 0 3 5 810 16 19 2 2% % 27 27 2% 2 19 15 NE 10 7 5 3° 2 0 0 4 2 2 29 33 33°32: «31 3 30 29 27 24 20 16 13 E 10 8 S$ 4 2 1.0 4 4 2% 37 45 47 4 40 37 M32 29 2S 2 oT 14 SE 10 8° 5 3 2 1 0 2 8 16 26 34 46 43 41 3835 339 5 Tk Sm 8 S$ 3 2 O-1-1 0 2 51 2 2 36 39 38 36 2 MT 2 1B sw i7 2 8 5 3 1 0 0 0 2 4 8 Y 2 M4 43 Sl 35 54 49 40 31 24 wouiis wo 7 4 2 0 0 0 2 5 8 15 2 30 41 52 6 63 59 50 39 29 NW 18 139 6 3 1 0 0 oO 2 4 8 1519 2 3139 46 S148 41332 ‘watt Wall No. 5 Solar Time, b Facing 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 W MD 1 M 1 17 1 19 2 2 2 23 2 N 3 10 8 6 5 3 2 3 5 6 8 1 12 IS 17 2 2% 2 2% 25 23 2 18 IS NE 13 10 8 6 S$ 3 3 7 14 2 25 2% 2 29 29 29 29 2 28 26 24 21 18 15 Elf i 9 7 $ 4 4 8& 16 25 33 38 40 40 38 37 35 34 32 29 26 23 2 17 SE 4 1 9 7 S$ 4 3 5 10 17 2% 30 35 37 37 36 35 33 32 29 2% 2B WW 17 Soi 9 7 5 3 2 2 2 4 7 7 2 2 NH 3 BB 3 29 2% B 19 16 sw 217 BM 8 6 4 3 4 4 6 8 1 1 2 3 3B 44 47 46 42 36 WW 25 WM 2 1 12 1 7 5 4 4 5 7 9 I 1S 2 2 37 46 52 54 49 43 36 30 NW 21 17 1B 1 8 6 4 3 3 4 6 8 Mi MM 17 2 2% 3 41 43 41 36 3 25 Wall Wall No. 6 Focing 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 DB 1 M 16 V7 18 19 2 2 2 2 24 NB 9 8 6 5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 2% 2 23 23 2 20 18 15 NE 4 2 10 8 7 5 6 9 15 0 24 26 26 26 27 2 2% 2 27 2 2 2 19 16 E16 13° 9 7 6 6 Il 17 25 31 35 36 36 35 3 34 33 31 29 26 2 2 1B SE 15 13 11 9 7 6 S 8 12 17 23 2% 32 33 3 33 33 32 30 28 2 23 2 18 sis 13 0 9 7 S$ 4 4 4 5 8 12 16 21 25 28 30 30 2 27 2 2 W IT : swe 19 16 13 No 8 7 6 6 6 8 9 WB na po aa 38 4 30 26 W 2 2 1 15 12 10 8 7 7 7 $8 10 12 15 20 27 3S 42 47 47 44 39 34 30 NW 21 18 15 13 10 8 7 6 6 6 8 9 Ml 14 17 2 27 33 37 39 36 33 29 258.20 Load Calculation Manual Table 8.38 Cooling Load ‘Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— ‘36° North Latitude, July (Continued) watt ‘Wall No.7 Solar Time, Facig to? 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 WNP DM 8 6 7 8 9 mM NR Dw NB 2 0 9 7 6 6 7 8 8 9H 2 M & 7 19 2 2 2 19 18 16 15 NE 1S 3 12 10 9 8 9 13 47 21 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 25 24 2B 2 18 17 E 7 1 GB 2 0 9 I IS a 2% 30 2 3 2 2 UN NH 30 29 HM 2 B- 2 19 SE 17 15 Bo 0 8 9 Hl Is 19 24 27 2 30 30 3 30 29 28 26 24 2 2 1B Sis 1 2 0 9 7.7 6 7 8 10 4 17 2 2% 25 2% 26 25 24 2 2% 19 17 sw 2 19 17 1S 13 1 8 9 0 10 12 14 19 24 2 33 36 37 35 32 3 2% Ws 2 9 7 1 Bo HM 0 Nn NB w 7 2 ® % 3 a 4 37 MN BW NW 20 18 6 MW 12 0 9 9 9 9 Wt 1 is 8 2 % N34 3 3 B35 DB watt Wall No. 9 Solar Time, b Fuing 12 3 4 5 6 % 8 9 DUP BMS 6 8 9 2 A 2 Nas oi 9 7 $ 4 4 4 57 8 0 Di 7 a mB B 2 2% NE IS 1 i 9 7 $$ 6 10 15 20 24 26 27 28 28 2% 28 28 2 25 23 29 £0 7 4 2 0 8 6 $ 7 2 9% 23 7 7 HM BO Bw B SE 20 17 M4 2 0 8 6 $5 5 8 1 IR 2% 29 33 34 35 3 34 1 OM BW 25 2 S19 16 M 1 9 7 6 4 3 3 4 5 8 BO B 2% 29 HN NH 2 M7 2 BD sw 30 2 21 17 Mo 9 7 S$ SF GB 7 1 13 So 37 At Bs a 39 wWo3s 30 2 2% 17 13 8 7 6 6 6 8 10 12 17 22 30 37 44 48 48 45 40 NW 2 25 21 17 M4 ol 9 7 5 5 5 6 7 9 2 14 18 2 2 35 38 9 7 OB watt Wall No. 10 Solar Time, Fig 1 2-3 4 5 6 «7 8 9 WP OW 6 fe 0 ne Nib BH 9 7 6 § $ 5 67 80 DS 7 9 0 BR RA 1D NE 18 1 13 1 9 7 6 6 & 12 16 2 23 25 2% 2 27 W®W W®W 2 2% 25 23 2 E 2 17 18 12 1 8 7 7 9 14 2 % 3 3 38 35 35 35 34 33 31 2B 26 SE 20 17 1s 2 1 8 6 6 7 10 4 19 2% 2% 31 2 33 33 33 32 30 2 25 3 Ss 19 17 M 2 0 8 6 $5 4 4 4 6 9 13 1 B 2 2 29 29 2 2% Um 2 sw 2 2 2 1 2 0 8 6 6 6 7.8 0 1 1 2 HN 36 39 0 9 HM B WM 30 2 2 1 i 2 9 8 7 77 8 0 3 7 2B 3% 37 @ 4 8 OB NW 28 25 21 18 15 12 10 8 6 6 6 6 #8 10 2 15 19 2% 29 34 36 3% 34 wat! Wall No. 1 Solar Time, b Fung 1223 44~=S 6 7 8 9 Wk oO WS 7 8 19 0 2 mmm NE i 7 15 13 2 10 9 9 11 14 17 m 2 2 2 2 25 25 25 2 mM 2B 2 WD E 2 19 17 6 4 2 MoM WB I wm 2 2% 33 HH MH MW 3B Ms B SE 20 19 17 15 13 12 10 10 11 13 16 20 23 26°28 29 29 29 29 2% 27 2% 4 2 S19 17 IS 6 12 1 9 8 7 7 8 9 tt WM 17 20 23 24 25 25 26 23 22 20 sw 27 2% 2 19 17 1S 18 2 1 Ww 10 10 M13 16 19 24 28 32-34 39 33 31 29 W 30 27 2 2 0 1 1S Mo oN 1 13 1s 18) 23 2 33 37 3,38 36 NW 25 23 21 18 16 14 13 1 10 10 9 10 Hh 12 13 15, 18 2 26 30 31 31 29 27 ‘walt ‘Wall No. 12 Solar Time, h Fung 12? 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 OR § M 8 1 17 8 19 2% 2 2 2m No 6 G 2 1 0 9 8 & 8 8 9 0 I Mw 1 6 18 19 19 19 18 17 NE 9 17 16 14 13 MW 10 2 14 17 19 2 mB 2 2 MW 2 25 24 2 23 22 20 E 2 2 18 16 15 13 12 12 14 17 21 25 27 29 30 3% 30 30 30 29 WW 7 2 B SE 21 19 17 6 4M BoM M12 13 16 2 23 25 27 28 2% 2B 28 WwW 2 2% Uw BD S19 17 6 M4 1 tl 1 9 8 3 8 9 Hl Wf 17 2% 2 23 24 2% 23 23 21 20 SW 2% 4 2 0 1 1 M1 2 Mo MM 2 1 16 19 23 27 30 2 33 32 30 B W 30 2 2 23 2 18 16 15 14 13 12 12 13 14 16 19 2 27 32 35.37 36 34 2 NW 2523 21 9 7 OS 2 ON 0 2 4 1s 18 25 28 3030287 ‘walt Wall No. 13 Solar Time, h Fug 12? 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 UHR OW 6 7 19 a m3 Nis 4 Gb 2 1 10 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 B Ww Is 16 7 1 Is 17 16 NE 9 17 6 IS 4 2 1 2 3B 1 B19 2 2 2 WB B B MB BB mM Bw E 2 20 19 17 1 IS 14 14 16 19 2 25 27 28 2 2 2 2 29 2% 2 % 2 2B SE 2 19 1 1 15 14 13 12 13 15 17 20 23 24 26. 26 2 N 27 % 2% 3 B BD $B 17 6 4 3 2H 0 9 9 OU Ri 7 Ob MB RB RB Bm 2 19 sw 23 2 2 1 17 1 MB 1B 1 1 13 1s 17 20 23 26 29 31 30 28 27 W 2% % M4 B UM 19 17 WG 1S M4 14 4 1S 15 17 20 23 27 31 33 34 33 32 30 NW 3 2 20 19 7 16 OM Bo 2 Be BB 4 Ie 18 2 25 27 28 27 26 25CLYD/SCL/CLF Method 8.21 ‘Table 83B Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— ‘362 North Latitude, July (Concluded) ‘wall Wall No. 14 Solae Time, pm 123 4 3 6 7 8 9 DUP 8 WB 6 7 1 9 20 MB 2m Nb 6b 4 Bb 2 uw 0 0 0 0 0 Non 2 Bb WS 6 6 NO 8 17 6 i MB B 4 6 7 1 9 20 2 a BRB BB RB A w E23 22 2 19 18 17 1 15 16 18 20 23 25 26 27 2 2 2% W&M WM 2% 2 SE 2 20 19 18 17 16 1S 34 14 15 17 19 2 2 2 25 25 26 2 2 25 25 2 BD S17 6 6 MW 3 2 2 MN M HM 2 1 16 17 19 2% M A A 2 20 19 sw 2 24 2B 21 2 19 17 16 1S 15 M4 14 14 15 16 18 2 2% 26 28 28 28 28 27 W 28 27 25 24 2 2 19 18 17 16 1% 16 16 16 17 19 2 24 ZT NW 23 22 21 2 18 17 6 1S 4 1 13 13 1B 4 4 16 17 19 2 24 25 26 25 24 vat ‘Wall No. 15, 7 Solar Time, b faim 120304 ~=5.6 7 8 9 DUP DMS 6 7 8 wm B23 No 8 6 4 2 NU 9 7 6 6 6 6 7 8 0 MB Is 7 19 wD UH mM Bw MEM 9 17 15 BoM 9 8 7 9 WM 18 Dm 2 mM 2 26 2 2 BW mw 2 BD Eu 2 9 17 5 2 0 9 8 0 B&B 2 7 0 2 3 M MB BOM BW 2B SE ou 2 19 17 1 2 10 8 8 & 1 17 2 2 2B 3H 3 3 2 NH 30 2®W 2% Ss 3 2 1 6 4 2 10 8 7 5 5 5 7 9 2 1s 19 B B® BM WM % 2 sw 3330 27 4 21 8 is 2 1 9 8 7 7 8 1 BM RB HM RS MN 36 Wo 3s ok M2 17 4 2 1 9 8 8 9 1 2 2 2% 2 WW A 4 4 NW 3129 26.23 200417 «24 2 108 7 7 7 8 9 HBB val ‘Wall No. 16, Solar Time, Fung 1234S 6 ST 8 we Nw 7 6 4 3 HN 0 9 8 7 7 7 8 9 0 NB 6 7 W 19 2 19 NE 2 2 18 16 14 13 11 10 10 10 12 15 17 19 21 2 Mh 24 25 2 28 BM DB E 2 23 2 i 47 is 13 MM Wz 1S 18 2 2 2 3 31 HM 3 NH BL 30 2 2 sb 4 2 2% 1 6 4 2 1 1 0 2 17 20 23 2% 27 2% 1% %W WwW 2 2% Ss 2 2 18 17 18 GB 1 0 8 7 7 7 8 10 12 IS 18 2 2 2% 2% 2 BM 2 sw 3 29 7 2% 2 19 17 1S 13 10 10 10 10 Tl 14 17 2 28 29 32 33 MD Wo 3330 8 23 2 19 17 FS 1B 2M MoM 2 Mm 6 2% % 30 34 37 9 NW 2 27 28 23 21 18 16 14 12 HM 10 9 9 10 M1 12 4 17 2 2% 27 2 30 30 ‘over: 1, Divs appliation of data where *Darksurlace 1 = inside temperature * Indoor temperature of 78°F {f= mean outdoor temperature Outdoce maximum temperature of 95°F with mesa temperature of _ fy = maximum outdoor temperature ~ (ily range)/2 85°F and dally range of 21°F + No adjustment commended for color Sola relation typiel of lear day on ist day of month { Tatitudesotber than 24,38, and 48 noth Outside sueface film resitance of 0.33 Qk IP" "Linear nterpoation is acepable ra tble fora specific atude maybe 1 Inside curse resistance of 1685 (0 generate Se text + Months other than July Adjustments to table data for design purpose the data wil fice for about 2 weeks fom the 2s day ‘Design temperatures of given month Core CLTD = CLTD + (8) 4 ly ~ 85) = Tables may be generated fore specific month. See tet.8.22 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 83C Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sulit Walls— 48° North Latitude, July ma WallNo.t Sola Tine, mm 1234S 6 7 8) wD BO Be bw BM Nor o-1 39 0 0 GW 2 Mo me mB MY 7 a Bs 5 3 NE 1 0-1 1 30 2 4 Mw % BD BM MM 1s 7.5 3 E 1 0-1 1M SG Gt 8 Gs 5 50 2 mw 3s wD 1s 1 7 Ss 3 sEo2 0-1 49 % 0 9 8 Gl SS 4 36 HM 2 MD 1s 1 7 5 3 Ss 2 0-122 -2 1 3 i * i 2 $8 @ © 1 @ BB Is mn 7 5 3 swo2 1-1-2 9 21 1s ‘8 bh B® & % 0 8M oH 2 16 9 6 3 Wo2 t-b-2-2-1 1 $ 9 b 2 % & & RO M 4 wD 6 4 WWo2 0-1 22 2 1 $8 MB BS 6 BW 6 3 wat Wall No.2 feng i334 8 6 PS HP BB nan Bw N63 2 0-1-1 15 79 mu 7 a m4 wm mm Me RD NE S$ 3 2 0-1 0 6 B 2» x 9 3% 30 2 ow B® Bw 2 WY WOM 8 P33 2 0-1 06% % © 67 2H MM BH Bw sn 8 3 3 2 O-1-1 2 8 3% HS HH % HG 7 BoB ww I ns Ss 6 4 2 Od -f 0 3 9 9% 4 0 55 7 MH 7 8B 0 BM DB swf 5 3 1 01 6 2 6 SM BM 6 86 O 7 7 HW DM DB Wo5 6 3 1 Ol 6 3 6 9 7 BRS HO BO 5s HB 2 Is nwo $ 3 i 0-11 02 $ 9B ow 6 OM MH BD wal allNa.6 Soar Time, b fungi 334 8 6 7) 9 WP Bee ee ne N86 4 2 1 1 3 5 1 8 Nw IF @ m m% 2 25 % 2 2 17 4 10 NE 7 S$ 3 2 1 3: 0 m7 ot 309 mB BB B27 2 WD Is 2 9 E83 4 2 1 3 DM eM Oo 7 BOB Hw Mw eB sos 6 4 2 1 1 6 8 OH Sl & 1 MoM 3% MT wD so 6 ¢ 3 1002 5 2 DD BG © WD 7 2 % HD MB IS B won 9 7 4 2 1 1 2 4 6 Ws MM Hw @ SS 3D WN DB Woon § $3 2 2 2 4 7 9 te 33 & SS OH 5B 46 6 2 BD nwo 9 6 4 2 1 12 4 6 ob be DB DH wo 6 B® BD wal WallNot Solr Tine, fig T2238 6 7 OP Bw a N29 6 4 2.1 12 6 6 #0 6 © 21 2% 25 2% 26 2% D ID 16 NE 1 8 $0302 1 207 5 8 931 M2 B® B® B® Bw 7 B Eu 8 6.4 2 1 2 8 B 0 7 © HM © 3 MON 2 2 me sou 8 694 2 1 1 4 Hh % 0 & HO ® 4 40 36 32 2 BM S29 6 4 2 1 0 0 1 3 9% 8 MO 8 1 0 6 OM RT woo um 6 4 2 1 6 1 4 $8 Bm 0 M 0 HB OB OF 35 4 36 wou 7 5 2 1 0 1 3 5 8 nb 2» © 1 oH aH Oo B nwo M0 6 4 2 0 0 12 S58 UM BB MO 1 oS va WallNo.s Salar Tine, b Yagi 3S 6 Mo Pw BBM Nobu 9 7 5 3 3 4 5 6 #0 DMN 9 UDB mB mn 1 16 NEB 1 8 6 5 4 5 0 WG m2 2% % % 7 MM MM 3 BU IS Eu 2 9 7 $ 4 6 © ww 1 © H 7 MR BM BM SE is 2 10 8 6 4 4 7 BO BS © B&H O 0 3 3s 32 HW A S63 1 6 6 5 3 3 3 6 D6 BUH 1 8 8 © NH Rw mM Dw sw 9 1s 2 9 7 5 4 4 5 7D wo 36 we SO 2 4 os Wooo 1 Mm 8 6 $$ 6 7 8 I Is MOP % 4 2 55.2 6 39 B NWI wo 8 6 S$ 4 4 S$ 6 8 OM 6 oo MT wo 6 wat Wal No.6 Sola Time, fang i 3) 8 6 7 PPM Bw Bs ww HB BH NM 20 8 6 5 $ 6 6 7 80 DM 6 IB W A mw 2 mw Is 16 NEM 2 10 8 6 6 7 BW mM m% 2 8 2% 2% 2% % 2 BU IE 16 Ew wi 9 8 7 9 ww mH % 7 HM 3% BM BON WW 7 MAD so MW 2 © 8 7 7 0 is hn 2 HH HM DD % BD sis on 9 7 6 5 6 8h BH MT BH WH Bw sw ws 2 0 8 7 7 7 9 MW 0 Ho Ss @ 7 BD uD Wn pd 6 BM 9 § 8 § 9 BS Mu MO 7 % 7 2H RB nw 2 fs 1 8 7 6 6 7 8 3) MM 6 MM Me DD BCLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.23 ‘Table 83C Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cocling Load from Sunlit Walls— 48° North Latitude, July (Continued) watt Wall No.7 Solar Time bh Fang 123 4S 6 7 8 9 PB MS 7 i 19 2 3 2 NB 2 10 9 8 7 7 8 8 8 9 DB MW 1s 19 2 0 19 18 16 45 NE >1 HM 10 9 9 4 4S 18 2 2 2 2 2 Ww Mm 2 25 2% 2% 21 2m 18 16 E17 6 4 2 © 0 3 1 2 2 3 3 3 2B BR 3 RM W Bw mM BR 2 SE 18 16 14 13 11 10 tl 4 18 23 27 31 34 35 35 35 34 3B 3 HO HM 25 BB > Ss 9 17 1s 13 1 9 8 9 Ht IS 19 2 2 M 34 34 34 32 30 28 26 2 2 ws no 7 i BRU 1 HW Rw Wm ® 3 RB 4 2 0 9 Mw W 2% 2 2 6 6 4 2 2 NM 2 wm 7 m w® M39 4 2 4 6 3 NW 2B 6 M2 HM 9 9 9 1 13 14 17 2 2 2 32 33 3 2 26 2 val ‘Wall No.9 Solar Time, b Facing 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 WN BD WS 6 1 BY 0 mM BB Neb opu 975 5 5 5 67 $02 MW 7 9 0 2B B RB w NE 16 3B I 9 7 6 6 & 2 1 2 2 B% 2 2 %® 7 2 M %® MD Dw E 2 17 1 2 0 & 6 6 9 15 2 2B M 3 3 38 37 36 35 33 2 2 23 SE 21 18 15 13 10 8 7 6 7 10 16 2 28 34 38 41 41 40 39 97 3 Mw 25 Su 2 17 oil 9 7 5 4 4 5 8 12 18 24 30 35 39 40 40 38 35 S27 sw 3M 29 24-20 16 13 1 8 7 6 6 7 8 I IS 2 29 3 43 47 49 48 44 39 wos 2 0 2 we 2 8 7 7 6 7 8 1 2 w B29 37 4 4 SO NW 2 25 2 8 4 2 9 7 6 53 5 6 7 9 MH MW Wh % 3% 3% 3 watt Wall No. 10, Solar Thine Feng 1223 4 8 6 78 OU BO Nw 3 uN 9 7 6 5 3 6 67 90 2 4 6 8 0 2 2 Bw 19 NE 1 13 9 7 6 7 10 13 17 2 m 2 2% 25 26 26 2 26 2 2% 2 20 EB 2 1 15 13 10 8 7 8 N 1 2 2 32 35 %6 36 36 35 34 33 3 29 2% 2% SER 1D 6 MM 9 7 7 9 2B WT B® WB 3 3 39 39 38 36 M31 2B 25 S24 2 1 Is 12 10 8 6 S$ $ 7.9 14 19 2% 30 34 37 38 38 36 4 ON 7 sw M29 25 2 17 Wo 9 8 7 7 7 8 6 41 4s 46 4S 2B Ww % 2 0 2 1 6 1 0 9 8 7 8 9 1 13 7 2 30 7 4 4 4 MM A NW 2 2 2 8 I 2 1 8 7 6 6 7 81 2 Mo 2% HM 35 MD ‘watt Wall No. 11 Solar Time, Facing 1234S 6 7 8 UU MS 8 2 2 Bm Ni 6 3 2 0 9 &§ 8 § 8 § 9 0 2 MW is 7 WB I Ww 19 19 18 NE 18 16 15 13 12 10 0 10 2 15 18 20 2 2 2 2 2 2% 2% mM 2B 2 > 2 E 2 2 1 1 14 2 12 2 1S 9 2 27 3 3 2 32 3 32 3H 30 2 2 2% 2 SEB 2 19 17 15 3 12 2 B is 19 23 27 3 3 M 3 3 RH 29 2 3s S23 2 19 17 1S 2 10 10 9 12 16 19 2 2 30 32 3 33 MH 30 28 26 sW 30 28 25 2 2 I 15 14 13 12 2 12 BB IS 1 2 28 32 3% 39 39 38 36 33 wo 2 0 % 3 2 9 6 I B 2 2 2 B 1 16 23 2B 33 38 40 40 38 35 NW 25 23 21 18 16 14 13 1 10 10 10 10 M12 3 5 17 20 2% 28 30 30 29 27 wall _____ Watt No.12 Solar Time, b Fuing 1 =2=3~~dOS TU Me 8 1 2 N66 3 2 1 0 9 8 8 8 9 9 0 N 2 MW 1s 16 17 18 19 19 18 17 NEW 17 15 @ 2 Ho Ho Bo B19 0 a Rm BBB mM BBR A Ww E 2 0 19 7 15 14 1 13 16 19 2 2% 29 30 31 NM M 31 30 30 29 27 26 24 SE 23 21 2 1 16 14 13 13 14 16 19 23 2% 29 31 33 33 33 B 32 30 2 27 25 SB 2 2 HB 6 M4 1 2 1 Ho MB 6 19 23 2% 2 HN 3 M 30 29 27 SW 30 2% 25 2 2 19 17 1S 4 13 1B 1 Mote 19 2 2H 3 7 HM BB W 2 0 % M 2 19 17 6 1S 4 1B 1 4 4 t6 19 2 27 2 36 8 3 36 HM NW 2 9 7 1S NO 2 Bs 720 3 26 9 2 2B ‘Wall Wall No. 13, Solar Time, b Facing 1223 4 8 6 7 8 9D BW S 6 YW 2 am BM Nb W232 01 0 0 9 9 9 90 Ho MN B MW 1s 16 7 17 1B OB 17 6 NE 17 6 4 3 2 12 B 4 6 B19 2 20 2 2 DB BB BM > 2% 9 E 2 2 19 18 16 IS 14 15 17 2 2% 26 28 29 2 30 30 30 29 2 2% 27 25 2% SE 23 2 2 19 17 1 13 15 16 18 2 23 26 2 30 NM 3 MN MH 3 2 B® 2 25 $3 2 2 6 17: Mo B 2 2 BIS 17 2% B % 2% 29 3 29 2 HM 6 B SW 29 27 25 2 2 19 18 16 1S 15 14 15 15 17 2 2 27 30 33 35 35 34 33 3 W 30 2% 2 m4 2 2 18 17 16 1S 15 1S 15 16 17 2 2 27 HM 34 35 35 34 NW 3 2 2 19 17 16 4 1 2 2 BR B13 4 6 7 2% 2B 2 2 2 2 2%8.24 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table $3C Cooling Load Temperature Differences for Calculating Cooling Load from Sunlit Walls— 48° North Latitude, July (Concluded) walt Wall No. 14 Solar Time, fag 12 34 8 6 7 8) Bw ww Mm BM Ni 6 4 3 2 1 fH 10 10 0 0 1 M 1 13 Mo 1s Is 6 17 7 17 6 NED 8 17 6 15 4 13 3 M 16 17 i 19 2 2 2 mM 2m 2 BB A Uw E 24 2 2 20 18 17 16 16 18 2 2 24 2% 27 28 2% 2 2% 28 28 2 NM 2% 2s SE 2 23 2 2 1 18 17 16 17 18 20 2 24 2% 2% 29 2 30 30 2 29 2 27 2% S42 2 2 18 17 1S 14 14 14 1S 16 18 MM 2 25 2 7 2% HM M 2% 2s sw 2 27 % 2% 23 21 2 19 1 17 16 16 16 17 19 2 2% 27 30 32 33 32 32 30 W 30 28 27 25 23 2 2 19 18 17 17 16 16 17 18 19 2 28 2% 3H 32 33 RZ NW 3 2 21 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 3 3 13 14 M15 17 18 21 23 24 25 25 4 wall Wall No. 15, Solar Time, Fuig 23S 6 UN MS 1 2 Nb 8 6 4 3 0 9 8 7 6 6 7 7 8 0 HN 1 15 7 1 20 A U 2 NE 2 19 17 15 1B 1 9 8 8 10 13 1 18 20 2 23 2% 2 2 26 2 25 2 2 EB 2 2 20 17 IS B 1 9 0 12 Is 2 2 29 2 M M 3 MM 33 HO 2 se 27 24 2 18 1 1 I W 9 10 12 16 2 2% 29 33 35 37 7 37 HH HM 32 Dw Ss 9 2% 2% 2 17 1s 12 10 8 7 7 7 «9 2 17 Mt 2% 30 33 35 36 35 33 31 sw 38 35 31 27 24 20 17 14 12 10 9 B 9 10 12 15 20 2 NH 36 40 42 42 At W 4 37 33 29 26 2 19:16 13 1h 1 9 9 1 Ml 13 16 2 % 32 38 4 8 4 NW 3] 2 2% 3. 17 1S 1 9 8 7 8 8 9 NB 6 9 23 28 31 2 3 wat! Wall No. 16 Solar Time, W Fuing 1234S 6 7 8) UN MS 6 9 HM 2 2M NB 6 5 3 2 0 9 8 8 8 § & 9 0 1 BH 6 7 WB 9 19 9 NE 2 19 18 6 4 13 1 10 10 2 4 6 18 19 2 2 DB M % mM WM B BR B23 3 2 9 7 B Bb 2 2 MW 7 0 4 7 w 3 MB BR BN WO D seo 2 2 0 1 6 4 2 DB Rw 17 2% % 7 HW RM MM M BR MN DB S 2% 2% 3 2 9 16 4 12 1 19 9 10 1 17 2 2% 2% 30 32 33 2 HN 30 sW 3 3 oH 2 2 1 7 I Bo 2 M 2 1 16 2 2% 29 33 36 BO wo 3 2 9 % BU 6 MB 2 2 2 2 17 2M 8 3 M 3 3 NW 2 27 25 23 21 18 16 14 12 10 9 9 10 HM 12 13 16 19 2 2 2% 29 2B Note: 1 Diset application of ata * Dark surface where ‘Indoor temperature of 78°F 1 Outdoor maximum tempersture of 95°F with mesn temperature of {85°F and dally range of 21°F «+ Solar radiation typical of clear day on 2st day of month ‘Outside surface lm resistance of 0.333 (hft~°F)/Bru ‘ insde surface resistance of 0.685 (hfe *FY/Btu Adjustments to table data S Desien emperors: Cort. CLID = CLID + 8 ~ 5) + (= 85) = inside temperature {= mean outdoor temperate 11, manu outdoor temperature ~ (Ais range)/2 + Noadjustmentresommended for color 1 Latitudes other han 24,3, and 48 north "Linear intrpoltion s acceptable ora table fora specifi latitude maybe senerated. Stent + Monti other than July por design purpored the data will suffice for about 2 week fom the 21st ay of gven mouth Tables may be generated fora spec month Se text(CLTID/SCL/CLF Method ‘Mass Suspended Location” Ceiling Without Mass ins the insulation with Without Mass evenly placed with Without Mass outside the insulation with ‘Table8.4 Roof Classificiations for Use with Table 8.2 Reactor, 2-4 F/BtM 0105) Stol0 Toto 15 151020 201025 25t030 0005 51010 10to 1s 15t020 201025 251030 0105) 5t0 10 10015 151020 201025 251030 0105 51010 101015 1510.20 20t025 251030 0105, 51010 101015, 151020 201025 251930 0105 51010 Wt 15 151020 201025 251030 Denotesa root that sot possible with he chosen parameters. ‘the Bin, concrete considered masive and the others nonmassve BT, Wood Lin. (C12, HW Concrete 2in.8.26 Load Calculaiion Manual ‘Table 8.5 ‘Thermal Properties and Code Numbers of Layers for Walls and Roofs ‘Code “Thickness and Thermal Properties Number __Deseription L k 2 & R Mass Ao Outside suracerestance (Table #7) g9 nat 00 00 033 00 AL Tin. Stucco 0.0833 04 1160 020 oat 87 ‘AZ in. Face brick 0333 om 1280 on 043 47 A} Stedlsiding 0.005 260 480.0 010 0.00 24 At 1/2in.Slag o.08t7 on 700 040 038 22 ‘AS Outside surface resistance 00 00 00 00 033 00 46 087 024 780 026 017 33 a 0333 on 125.0 on 043 47 BI Airspace resistance 00 60 09 00 ost oo B2—1in- Insulation 0.083 0.025 20 02 333 02 B3 in Insulation 7 0.167 0.025 20 02, 667 03 B43 in. Insul 025 0.025 20 02 10.00 os BS tin Insulation 0.0833 0.025 37 02 33 0: 5 in. Insulation 0167 0.025 37 02. 667 10 BT in Wood 10.0833 oor 370 06 10.00 u BS 25in, Wood 0.2083 007 310 06 2.98 1 BS din. Wood 0333 007 310 06 476 123 BIO 2in, Wood 0.167 007 370 06 239 62 BIL 3in, Wood 025 0.07 310 06 337 93 BIZ 3in. Insulation 025 0.025 37 02 10.00 ry BIS in. Insulation 0333 0.025 37 02 1333 19 BM Sin Insulation oat? 0025 31 02 1667 2a BIS in, Insulation 03500 0.035 37 02 20.00 29 BI6—O.15in. Insulation 0.0126 0.025 37 02 050 a BIT 03 in. Insulation 0.0252 0.025 37 02 1.00 an BIg 0.45 in Insulation 00379 0.025 37 02 130 02 B19 061 in. Insulation 0.0505 02s sa 02 2.00 03 B20 0.76in. Insulation 0.0631 0.025 37 02 2.50 os B21 136in. Insulation 0.1136 0.025 37 02 850 08 B22 167i. Insulation 01388 0.025 37 02 5:30 aa B23 242in. Insulation 02019 0.025 37 02 8.00 2 B24 2.73 in. Insulation on 0.028 37 02 9.00 3 B25 3.33in. Insulation oar 0.025 57 02 11.00 16 B25 3464in. Insulation 03029 0.025 37 02 Ror it B27 4S4in. Insulation 03786 0.025 3a 02 15.00 22 CL in. Clay tile 0333 033 100 02 101 233 2 Wins Lightweight concrete block 0333 02 380 02 131 127 C3 Gin, Heavyweight conerete block 0333 047 slo 02 on 203 C4 in. Common brick 0333 oa 1200 02 019 00 34a Heavyweight concrete 0333 10 140.0 02 033 467 6 Bin-Clay tile 0.667 033 700 02 200 467 C)—Bin- Lightweight concrete block 0.667 033 380 02 2.00 283 8 Bin. Heavyweight concrete block 0.657 06 e0 02 Lit 407 9 in. Common brick 0.667 oa 1200 02 139 800 C10 Bin Heavyweight concrete 0.667 10 1400 02 067 oA CLL 12in, Heavyweight concrete 10 10 400 02 1.00 100 C12 Zin, Heavyweight concrete 0167 10 1400 02 oaT Ba C13 Gin, Heavyweight concrete os 10 1400 02 030 700 Cl din Lightweight concrete 0333 on 400 02 333 13 CIS Gin. Lightweight concrete 03 01 400 02 5.00 200 cis, LGghtweight concrete 0.667 04 400 02 667 263 cr Lightweight cone. block (filled) 0.67 0.08 180 02 a4 120 C18_—_Bin, Heavyweight cone Block (fled) 0.667 034 530 02 96 334 C19. 12in. Lightweight cone. block filled) 1.000 0.08 190 02 12.50 Bo 20 2in. Heavyweight cone. block (filled) 11000 039 560 02 236 560 ED Inside surface resistance 00 00 00 00 069 ao EL 3/4in, Plaster or sypsum 0.0625 042 100.0 02 01s a E2 —1/2in. Slag or stone 0.0817 033 55.0 040 0.08 2 £3 3/Bin.Feand membrane 0.0813 oat 700 040 029 2 EA Ceiling airspace 00 00 00 00 1.00 00 E5__Acoustietle 0.0625 0.038 300 02 179 9 {T= theknes gk = thermal conduct Birk 1"°F;p = density Me, = pect, Bub IR = thermal ance, “FRB Mass = wat assCLYD/SCL/CLF Method ‘Table 8.6A__Wall Types, Mass Located Inside Insulation, for Use with Table 8.3 Secondary R-Factor, Material f0-°F/Btu_ AT 0.0102.0 2001025 251030 3.01035 351040 0004.75 4750055 Stucco 3.51065 and/or _6.5107.75 plaster 7.75109.0, 9.010 10.15 10.75 to 12.75 12.7510 15.0 15.0t0175 1750200 20010230 0 * 2300210 + 0.0102.0 201025 251030 3.01035 351040 4000.4.5 Steel 4.750055 orother 5.51065 igh 6.5t07.75, weight 7.75109.0 siding 9.010 10.75, 10-75 0 1275 12.7510 15.0 15010175 1750200 20.01023.0 23.01027.0 0.0102.0 2.01025, 251030 3.01035, 351040 40104.75 4750055 Face 5.51063 brick 6.5 407.75 1.75t09.0 9.010 10.75: 10.75 to 12.75 12.750 15.0 15000175 10 175t0200 10 20010230 iT 23.01027.0 : See Table 8.5 for definition of Code tes Seeowooey wou Marerign (VER Py 2-9) ES rnosir Number | __Symbol| __“eeersper AZ Stel Sidiae attests z a7 10 10 10 u n u 5 10 un n un 16 16 16 16 not wall that is not posible with the chosen at of paramater, Bo ‘Principle Wall Material"* a 10 10 Qo u n u n n a 2 2 16 6 16 n R 2 2 2 B B B B B B | ch 10 n un un 0 n u cogido du ene 6 diferentes Codon, ada tn la fable 26d ! J uo] w a « @ | Symbol pp"? | AG p= —_| | _A2 | 8.27 10 n n n n un 16 16 Descrspern Fash [Gin Faw Bove Gin Fae tn'qe8.28 ‘Table 8.68, Secondary Rfuctor, ‘Material f0-°/Btu___ AL 0.01020 20025 251030 3.01035, 351040 40104.75 4751055 Stucco 5.51065 andor 6510775 plaster 7.75 109.0 9.010 10.75 10.75 10 12.75 12.75 10 15.0 15.010175 17510200 20.010.23.0, 23.0027.0 0.01020 2.01025 251030 3.01035 351040 4010475 Stel 4.751055 orother 5.51065 light-_6.5t07.15, weight 7.751090 siding 9.010 10.75, 10.75 to 12.75 12,75to 15.0 15.010 17.5 17510200 20.01023.0 23.0t027.0 0.01020 2.01025 251030 3.01035 351040 4.0104.75 4750055 Face 5.51065 brick _ 6.510775 115109.0 9.00 10.75 10.7510 12.75 12.7510 15.0 15.010 17.3 17510200 20.0 1023.0 23.010 27.0 (et. S feces & 6 10 10 n u n n 16 16 16 16 16 16 Load Calculation Manual ‘Wall Types, Mass Evenly Distributed, for Use with Table 8.3 ‘Principle Wall Material™™ ww a 2 8 4S 6 ve Ro Bg | Gi ce Ry gio v0 S10 % © (ete wool 2 ete Wood 0 10 0 1 nou nou 10 10 10 10 10 n 15 15 16 16 16 16 0 10 10” 16 0 16 10 16 Hn 16 16 16, 6 1 F % + 10 wot 4S 15 16 16 10 10 16 16 16 0 1% 0 16 16 0 16. ¢ of) 6 poe 10 15 5 16 Denote a wall hat isnot posable with he chosen parameter *ASee Table for definition of Code lees.CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.29 ‘Table 8.6C_Wall Types, Mass Located Outside Insulation, for Use with Table 8.3, Secondary Racor, Principle Wall Material™* Mitral (28/Biu ALA? ww aoond + + * + * eee ee Bee Pete see Eta ee te eet Bb ete Ce ele teed ete ste Besta eels bs eh ce Sg og che eto Se Paeach esses Heredia estes Heat Pets st ete tte Bsa SEE B22 5S RS ww See doa 2 $F Ft 2 2 BS yi Be 6s 4150055 Se ee ee Se SY fs © 3 suco “35065 + 5 5 5 ¢ 4 2 2 5 SER 8s t+ oo mdor 650775} $F 2 2 5 BG PN YS FD fms wwe tS ttt EG EE Be Se ho Fe sown + 5 * + + 5 4 4 5 SeqisSi i 4 u wise + $ + + + 5 4 & 0 ye Pie Pio wo 9 tt mseso + 5 + + 5 8 8 St ows + 5 ft 8 Se OF Ow Wswmo + 5 5 + 2 5 4 4 © + © 1 wD 16 mownd = 9 + * + 9 & 9 IF 1 + 1 15-16 pownd > tt tt sss bo SEES ER EE ie a coe Se ee SESE leo Se preg eco bg eee epee bbe eee eg ea ee ete eect FS fowss #3 He 2 2 Ft a a SS towers + 3H tH 2 2 2 8 3 mF sed 4isoss fo} tt 2 2 2 SS oroer “55t63. #4 tt 2 FS som + st HH 2 2 2 8 kU St west 775090 + SF Ht 2 2 2 Sk aS siding “Qowi7s == SH e222 SS wise + $+ # Fe 2 2 5 5 Hn 5 5 4 wo piss + 5 ett SS OS So ows S$ HH tA SS wt bsemd + 5 ttt GS wt wmowo + 9 + + + 4 4 4 9 9 B @ 1 w Bown + + 2 st tt FF we spbtoaieeeE ES Eee EEE Eee Eels eee Ese Eee Hee EEe EMEP EDe-eeESEEEISeeeee tetas eee cee eee eet eee et ce eee betta dsos0 03 TE Fw xowss 3 Set a Et soa 3 StF St towers 3 oS wt tS tt aswss 3 St aw Fee “556s 4S tw wick 630775 4 St Oo kw iso = SSS tT sowio7s 9 $ 2 9 I + Mm © © 6 2 + B +f a ¢ wsens $ 2 wo § + 1 @ 0 * 2 + & 5 BF paws = S$ st tt iors 5 mo wo + i @ mw + = + 6 + fs Wsw20 895 + ww + i i i + + F Fs mowed 99 + i % + 1% 1 1 + * F F fF FF aa a ee eee Se ce Se gto ee Dents wal tai not porte withthe chown arama ‘*Sechbich for dtinton of ods lete8.30 Solar Time, 1 2 cup, °F Lo 3 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 8.7 Cooling Load Temperature Difference for Conduction through Glass and Doors aos <2 2 67 8 -2 2 0 9 0 24 " 7 2 8 Corrections The values inthe able were calculated fran inside temperature of| ‘}eeF and as outdoor maximim temperature of 98°F with an outdoor dally range of “Thetebleremains pprosimately cortct for oer outdoor maximuns(93 1 102°F) and other outdoor dal ranges (Ito 34°F, provided the outdoor dally BoM 1 6 17 1 1 2% mM BW wm pp 4 4 Bb a wo 8 6 4 3 2 “reageteraperatue remains approximately 85°F Ifthe oom alr temperatures fen from 78°F, and/or the outdoor daly sverage temperature different fom "see noe, Table 83. v (Stable 8.8A_Zone Types for Use with SCL and CLF Tables, Single-Story Building 1 Zone Parmele? Zone ps Bir and Re Floor “Fartion Taito Gass Poole and : iis coveng type” ——_Sinde_——— Soar Eyuiment EMS pags lo? Capt Gym A B F ° 2 Tod Gael Conuteblock 3 ¢ é 3 a Ted Sip Gypsum ay 3 € é 3 o Tez Vial Gypsum HalfvoNone € € 6 ‘ Tod Vin Gonmte blo n € 5 5 : . Lord Via Coneetebosk_HalftoNone__D. B D io é 3 Caper Gypsm A 3 B 3 7 3 Gpet Conte block Full a S 5 3 3 3 Garet Congas block Haro None B 3 A 3 a 3 Vint Gypcum Ful BO. e e 3 ° 3 Viel Gypsum Halftonone € c 6 $ 3 Vier Coneetetock Fe 5 é € S ° 3 Vint Contetstock HatftoNone © c c 6 0 + Carper psn a 5 2 6 3 : viet pum Pal : é é a é ‘ Vint Gun HaftoNone c é » a "A tor of 14 zone parameters flly defined in Chapter 2. Those not showa ia this table wete selected to achieve the minimum error baad showa in the ight hand cola for Solr Cooling Load (SCL). Theertor band for Lights and People ‘nd Equipments approsimataly 10% ‘The cfc of inside shades nepligiblein this case,CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.31 ‘Table 8.8B Zone Types for Use with SCL and CLF Tables, Top Floor of Multistory Building Zone Paranees* Zone Type ror Band No Mibiivor ——Gailng Floor Futon Tass Gass Peon and pac ay wats pe pet Coveing pe Stade Solar Eauipment UHM Plas Mins Tord Bin, Concte With Carpet Gypsum ml =ASOCASCwSSS 2Sinconeete With eer tit ereeen | earionous atta thteHit tte h tes icone With Capet — Conceebock “th” = BOA 23in-concce With Carel Cmarteblock HalfoNoe §=B A Go 23in-conacte With vm = CGgum i BA 23in-concete With vot = Gum Manone «= AD 3Sin Goce With Vint concetetioct uh = GB 23in-coneete With Vit Conceteblosk HaloNore «= = BOC 2Sinconcete — Wihout = Gapet | Gypeu me RG iSicomcs Wine = Gert Guenter AG 2Sinconrete — Witeut Gimp = A A OE OG 4 2Sinconacte Wihou ~ Vin Contec «Fu BO 2SinConacte Wiest «Vil! «=Conceeblock HilfioNoe «BAG Tin Voda ° ‘Grn * A A BOS tinWood te SS conteete A 8 ec UB 3 BSin. Conde Cape pum Ae 25 in Cone Cart pum HaltoNone AAT 33 Cone Gant concede “Vth AAT 25 in Conte Capel Comucte bck HalfoNone =D AG 2m Concrete vig Gum nd BA 23in Concrete Vint Gum Malone «=A 23m Concrete Vint comet mm 8 AG 23m Concrete Vint Concteblock HaltoNone = AT 33tn Concrete Carpet * ee Ar att et heal be 33in Gomcce cnan tA 23in Concrete oem, eitiotowe oa teat Balt 23in. concrete concetioce “nm RA 25in Comets Concestiost MalwNone BA BOG i's Wood ‘sum A A Bb oS Lin, Wood So coneeebioek AA eG 7 35in. Cone CM Ope AA 25in. Cone Car Gpmm=—HatoNone «BOA Conse ‘ 3 Gun mm BGC Concete Vint «Gum MaloNoe «BBG Conan cart Opam mn Ak Concrete Gr Spam = Hafonone «AA 3 te onee Vet mmm ™ RRS 23 Concrete Vint Gypum_—HaltoNone AAT "in, Wood ° te " a 3 op A wil of 14 zone parameters fly defined in Chaper 2 Those not showa in Equipments approximately 10% {Distable were selasedo achieve he minimum eror band shown etheriaht hand column for Solar Cooling Load (SCL). The error band for Lights and People and **Theeffect ofthis parameter is negligible inthis as.8.32 Load Caleulation Mannal ‘Table 8.8C__Zone Types for Use with SCL and CLF Tables, First Floor of Multistory Building ‘Zone Parameters* ‘Zone Type Error Band No. Mid-Floor Gelling ‘Floor Partition aside Glass People a Walls ‘Type ‘Type Covering ‘Type Shade Solar Equipment Lights Plus Minus Tor225imConerete With Carpet. Gypsum Pall A © Bo? ot 25in, Concrete With Carpet Gypsum Half to None B © B92 2’sin. Concrete With Carpet Concrete block. Full B D c 9 2 2'5in. Concrete With Carpet_ Conerete block Half to None c D ec 0 0 25in, Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Full c D dp 0 2'5in. Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Half to None € D D 4% 0 Concrete With Vinyl_Conerete block Full D D dD 6 3 | Concrete With Vinyl_ Concrete block: Half to None D D dD 6 3 2'5in. Conerete Without Carpet Gypsum ” B c B92 2'5in, Concrete Without Carpet Concrete block Fall c D c Mp 0 2/3in. Concrete Without Carpet Concrete block Half to None € D ec 6 0 2'5in. Concrete Without Vinyl _» Gypsum Full € D D ob 6 25in. Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Half to None D D D 6 6 2'5in, Concrete Without Vinyl Concrete block Full c D D 6 OO 2'Sin. Concrete Without Vinyl_ Concrete block Half to None D D D6 3 Yin, Wood st) Carpet. Gypsum Full A A Boo2 72 Lin, Wood Carpet. Gypsum Half to None B A B66 66 Lin, Wood ** Carpet Concrete block Full B B c 6 6 1 in. Wood s+ Carpet Concrete block Half to None c B e 7 3 1 in, Wood s¢ Vil Gypsum Fall B B Bow 6 in, Wood Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c B BoM 3 in. Wood + Vinyl Concrete block Full c c Dp ow 3 Lin, Wood s+ Vinyl__ Concrete block Half to None D c D2 4 3 25in, Concrete Gypsum Full rs c BOT 2'5in. Concrete With Carpet Gypsum Half to None B € BO 9 2 25in. Concrete With Carpet Concrete block. ” B c B92 25in. Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Full c D c pw 0 25in.Conerete With Vinyl * Half to None c D c 0 2'5in. Concrete With _Vinyl_Conerete block Pall c D c wo 2'Sin. Concrete Without Carpet Gypsum - B c B98 (2 2/5in. Concrete Without Carpet Concrete block Full B c Bo 9 2 sin. Concrete Without Carpet Concrete block. Half to None c © Boo (Oo 2'5in. Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Full c dD ¢ pp 6 23in. Concrete Without Vinyl t Half to None c D c 6 6 2'Sin. Conerete Without Vinyl_ Concrete block Fall € D © p 0 Tin. Wood 2 Carpet Gypsum Full A A Boo2 2 Lin, Wood s¢ Carpet Gypsum Half to None B A B66) «6 in, Wood + Carpet Conerete block ” B B BR 6 «6 1 in, Wood ss Vinyl Gypsum Full B B c Bw 6 1 in, Wood s¢Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c B cou 3 1 in, Wood + Vinyl Concrete block Full c B eee wees Lin, Wood s+ Vinyl_ Concrete block Half to None c B cow 3 4 2Sin.Conerete With Carpet. Gypsum Full CA B B48 25in. Concrete With Carpet = Gypsum Half to None B B BoB 6 2'5in. Concrete With Vinyl. Gypsum “el c c cp 3 23in. Concrete Without Carpet. Gypsum ” B c ec o7 6 2'5in, Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum. ” B c co ou 6 in, Wood = Carpet. Gypsum "Fall A B A 0 0 1 in, Wood s* Carpet Gypsum Half to None A B A 2 0 1 in, Wood Vinyl Gypsurn Full B B Bo 8 Lin, Wood Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c B B20 6 “A otal of [4 zone parameters fall defined in Chapie 2. Those not shown in {his table wereselestedto achieve the minimum eor band shown n theright-hand {Column for Solar Cooling Load (SCL). The error band for Lights and People and Equipment is apprximataly 10%. ‘The effet ofthis parameters nelle inthis ase aa3 —" CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.33 _Table 88D _Zone Types for Use with SCL and CLE Tables, Middle Floor of Multistory Building i 7 ‘Zone Parameters” Zone Type Error Band No. Mid-Floor Ceiling Floor Partition Tide Glass People and Walls Type ‘Type Covering Tyne Shade Solar Equipment Lights Plus Minus 1or2 2Sin.Conerete With Carpet Gypsum ” B B c 6 6 25in. Concrete With Carpet Conerete Block Fall c c © 41 4 25in. Concrete With Carpet Concrete Block Half to None © € c ow 4 25in.Conerete With Vinyl Gypsum Full € D Dow 4 2'5in. Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Half to None D dD Dp 6 B 25in. Concrete With _Vinyl_ Concrete Block “ D D DO oo30(d7 25in. Concrete Without Carpet Gypsum “| B B D 6 6 "Concrete Without Carpet Concrete Block ” c c D om 4 Concrete Without Vieyl_ Gypsum Full B © c mn 6 Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c © oc 9 7 Conerete Without Vinyl Concrete Block ” € c D9 -t Wood Gypsum ” A A A 0 0 Wood e+ # Concrete Block * B A Bo 6 8 7 Concrete With Carpet Gypsum “ B B c. 6 6 Concrete With Carpet_ Concrete Block Full B c © 6 6 Concrete With Carpet Concrete Block Half to None c ¢ ¢ a 4 ‘Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Full c dD Db wo 4 Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Half to None D D Do o7 BR Concrete With Vinyl Concrete Block Fall c D dD om 1 Concrete With _Vinyl_ Concrete Block Half to None D Dp oD 7 BR Concrete Without Carpet Gypsum ” B B c 6 6 Concrete Without Carpet Concrete Block Pall c c © 1. 4 Concrete Without Carpet Conerete Block Half to None B € c 6 6 Conerete Without Vinyl Gypsum Full B c con 6 Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c € Cc 9 7 Concrete Without Vinyl Concrete Block Full B c © ou -2 Conerste Without Vinyl Conerete Block Half to None c c © 9 Al ‘Wood eo Gypsum ” A A A 0 0 Wood tt _ Concrete Block. ” A A Bo a Conereie With Carpet Gypsum 7 B c c 6 6 Concrete Vinyl Gypsum Full c c c ow 6 Concrete With Vinyl Gypsum Half to None c © c 6 6 Conerete Without Carpet. Gypsum B A c 6 6 Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Full B A co o7 6 Concrete Without Vinyl Gypsum Half to None B A cm 6 in, Wood oo “ ” A A Bo-2 2 Th total of M zone parameters ally defined in Chapt 2 Those not shown ia ‘histable wee seected to seine the minimum eror band shown in therigh-tand {column for Solar Cooling Laed (SCL), The ror band for Lights and People and Equipment is approximately 105%, ‘rth effect ofthis parameters negligible inthis ase ‘Table8.8E Zone Typesfor Use with CLF Tables, Interior Rooms Zone Parameters* Room ‘Middle —-Ceiling Floor Location Floor “Type Covering Single NA N/A Carpet story NA, NA Vinyl ‘Top _2Sin.Concrete With Carpet floor 23in. Concrete With Vinyl 23in. Concrete Without ** in, Wood =o Bottom 25in.Conerete With Carpet floor 25in. Concrete ** Vinyl 2'Sin, Concrete Without Carpet Lin, Wood ** Carpet Lin, Wood os _ Vit Mid —25in. Concrete N/A Carpet floor 25in. Concrete N/A Vinyl in, Wood N/A ** People nd Libis Eaelpment cB be bc DOD DOB DB be DOD DOD Boe DD DC DOD co “aotl of H zone parameters fly defined in Chapter 2. Those nt shown in {his abl were selsedt achieve an er band of approximately 10%, the eter ofthis parameters nelle inthis caseLoad Calculation Manual a 8.34 ‘Table 8.9A_ Solar Cooling Load For Sunlit Glass—24° North Latitude, July Glass ‘Zone type A Solar Time, Fang T2348 6 7] 8 eM Bw we RB N 0 0 0 0 0 19 3 36 36 38 40 42 42 4 38 399 # 32 11 6 3 1 1 O NE 0 0 0 0 O 54 124 150 144 N15 78 58 49 44 38 32 25 14 6 3 1 1 0 0 E 0.0 0 0 0 57 139.177 180 154 107 8 Sd 46 40 33 2 1 6 3 1 1-0 0 SE 0 0 0 0 0 2% 74 104 114 105 a3 $9 30 4 38 2 25 14 6 3 1 1 0 O S 0 0 0 0 0 $ 15 23 30 35 40 43 43 40 37 3 2M 14 6 3 1 1 0 0 sw 0 0 0 0 0 § 18 23 30 35 39 42 61 88 110 118 105 2 2 12 6 3 1 1 Wo1 0 0 0 0 5 15 2 30 35 39 41 67 116 160 186 18 18 44 2 NS 3 1 NW 1 0 0 0 0 $ 13 2% 30 35 39 41 St 83 122 151 158 106 39 19 9 5 2 4 hor 0 0 0 0 0 10 $5 113 170 218 253 271 273 258 225 176 15 S424 126 3 com Zone type B Solar Time, Fag 1234S 6 7 UU BM BO ww MN RB N 2 2 1 1 1 6 30 3 2 3% 37 39 40 39 37 39 4 3 16 10 7 5 4 3 NE 2 1 1 1 4 47 105 128 126 106 78 62 55 50 44 38 31 2 12 9 6 $5 3 3 E 2 2 1 1 1 49 118 451 158 141 105 74 6 $5 4B 41 33 22 13 10 7 S$ 4 3 SE. 2 1 1 1 1 2 63 ¥ 100 95 78 60 53 4 4 37 30 20 12 8 6 4 3 2 S 1 1 1 1 0 5 1 2 2% 3 36 39 40 38 36 32 26 17 10 7 5.4 3 2 sw 5 3 3 2 1 5 13 2 26 3 35 38 55 79 98 106 98 GF 33 2 IS I 8 6 Wo? 6 4 3 2 6 14 MA 2 W 35 38 GL M02 14 16S 167 11S 56 37 2% 18 13 10 NW 6 5 4 3 2 6 14 2 27 32 35 38 47 75 108 134 142 102 48 32 2 16 NB hor 8 6 4 3 3 1 48 97 146 190 224 244 251 243 219 181 130 78 50_35 25 19 14 10 Glass Zone type C Hl Solar Time, h Facing 123 4S 6 O78 Tp oo MW 8 6 7 8 9 20 2 2 2 mM N 5 5 4 4 4 19 3 3 35 36:46:38 MOD OM 4 NE 8 7 6 6 5 50 104 120 és 53 50 47 3 38 3 2 16 1 12 109 E 9 8 7 7 6 S317 M3 M3 423 88 62 56 SI AT 2 35 2% 19 16 14 13 N10 SE 7 6 6 5 4 2% 6 88 92 8 68 SI 47 4 40 36 30 21 15 12 11 10 9 8 S 4 4 3 3 3 7 2 2 29 336 36 34 32 2 2% 15 10 8 7 6 5 5 sw 0 9 8 7 7 0 1 2 m% 32 3437 53 75 RB 97 7 82 2% 2 7 MO W iS 14 12 1 10 13 20 25 30 34 36 38 60 99 132 152 150 97 43 31 26 22 19 17 NW 1B 12 10 9 8 12 19 24 29 33 35 37 45 72 103 125 129 87 36 27 2 19 16 4 hor 24 21 19 17 15 22 57 102 145 181 208 223 226 217 198 160 115 ~71_51_ 433833 30_27 Glass Zone type D Solar Time, b Fang 1 2234 5 6 7 8 9 WHR OD 6 5 6 1 6 1 2 2 m2 2 No 8 87 6670 0 0 9 UB UH 9 3 4 9 WO 1 Is B12 10 o NE 12 1 10 9 8 43 8% 10 97 B @ 34 32 49 46 2 37 2 23 21 18 16 15 13 E 4 13 11 10 9 46 97 118 121 108 §3 6s 39 56 52 47541 33 27 2% 2 19 17 16 SE 11 10 9 8 7 M 53 1 7 74 @ 50 47 45 42 38 33 26 21 18 16 15 13 12 S 6 6 S$ S$ 4 7 B 18 2 2 2% 2 3 UM 3 2% 2% 1 19 Nw 9° B 7 SW 1S M2 1 10 12 18 22 26 29 31 34 47 6 79 BH TB 53 OM mM 2 19 IT ‘W221 19 17 1S 17 2 26 29 32 34 36 53 8 112 130 130 1 50 42 36 32 29 26 NW 20 18 16 14 13 15 20 24 28 3 33.34 41 63 58 106 1 8 43 35 30 27 24 hor 3633 3027 24 29 5590 126 154 178 193 199 196 181 156 122 88 71 62 36 50 45 40 ‘Notes. Direct application of data = Months oter than July ‘Standard double-srenth lass with no inside shade 1'For design purposes, the dta wil sufice fr about 2 week from the 2st 1 Char sy, 2s day of month ay of sven month “Tales may be generated fra spesiic month, See text Adjustments (table data + Other type of es and internal shade Latitudes other than 24,36, nd 48* north ‘Ue shading coefficients as muller. See tex. “Linear interpolation i accepeable ora abe for aspesfle Externally shaded gs Tne may be generated Sete. Use north orientation. See text. {CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.35 Table 8.98 Solar Cooling Load for Sunlit Glass—36° North Latitude, July Guas Zone type A Solar Time, fig “13 348 6 7) WP Dw RY Ne N 0-0 0 0 0% 9 2% 2 % 9 4 4 9 3% 2 3% 2 6 3 1 1 «0 NE 0 0 0 0 0 79 129 139 120 & $850 4 4 97 2% 7 7 302 1 0 0 E 0 0 0 0 0 8 153 le 182 155 107 6 4 45 39 3% 17 «7 «9 2 «1 0 «0 SE 0 0 0 0 0 42 9 125 142 140 19 86 58 48 40 M2 17 7 «3 2 1 «0 0 50 0 0 0 0 8 7 m4 3 5 8 79 6 32 8 2 1 7 «3 2 1 «0 0 sW 0 0 0 0 0 8 7 mM 30 35 38 57 90 mM TH MM eT a oS 8 4 2 1 Wor 0 0 0 0 8 17 M 30 35 38 40 66 115 159 188 191 149 52 25:12 «6 3 2 NW 1 0 0 0 0 8 17 2% 30 35 38 40 4 56 93 29 148 7 43 2 10 5 2 1 hor 0 0 0 0 0 20. 66 120 171 215 246 263265 251 201 178 124 66 28 13732 1 Gtass Zone type B Solar Time, Figg 1234 8 6 7 8 9 Dw eo ey on ee N22 1 1 1M 2 2 2 3 36 8 38 GH 38 32 0 35 Is 10 7 5 4 3 NE 2 1 1 1 1 68 109 120 08 81 ot 4 90% 2 9 0 mB 9 6 5 3 3 E 2 2 1 1 1 7 190 18 16 143 106 75 6 SS 48 41 OM 2S 1 7 5 4 SE 2 2 1 1 1 %6 77 107 124 125 I BS GF 55 48 4 3 2% M10 7 5 48 S22 111 74 uM OTN D6 2 4 3M 1 9 7 5 4G sw 6 4 3 3 2 8 15 2 m7 31 35 St 80 MR 126 I 9 4 9 2 Mo 8 WS 6 S$ 4 3 9 6 mm M35 37 GOD MO 166 12 MG 2 29 2 15 Ht NW 6 5 4 3 2 8 is 2 7 ON 37 OD BSW 4 MM oH 8 hor 8 6 $4 31957 103 148 H88 218 257 246 237 215 182 137 85337 19 uss Zone ype Solar Time, fang iS aS 8) ew N55 4 4 3h 5 4 US % MD OM M1 8 7 6 6 NE 7 6 6 S$ $5 1105 1 95 6 SI 48 45 ensued wih get 0. tooaDueameunce window pls om windows on or a ~ ‘Table 8.11 Shading Coefficients for Double Glazing with Between-Glass Shading Sola Transmittance” Type of Shading Nominal — Outer Description of AirSpace Venetian Binds Ypyyered ‘peo! Glass_Each Pane in, Pane Tight Medium Sunscreen ear out 3a,uve O87 Siadeinconac wih slssorshsde «033036 tern separated from gas by airspace Gear out vs 0 Sade in contact wih last-volds 7 os Garin filed wth lai Heat-absorbing® ‘Shade in contact with glass or shade 0.28 0.30 037 it Separated fom gas by ai space ctearia “a 046 080 ‘Shade in contact with lasso 7 - oat filled with plastic. petro anata anor aes "Refers to grey, bronze, and green tinted heat-absorbing glass.8.38 Load Calculation Manual ‘Table 8.12 Shading Coefficients for Single and Insulating Glass with Draperies _ Glass Glass oe a ae es a Glazing Transmittance SC) A OB GODOT OURO OG UO Single glass 1/4 in, clear 095 080 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 1/2in, clear 088 0.74 0.70 0.65 061 0.56 052 0.48 043 0.39 0.35 1/4 in, heat absorbing 061 057 054 052 049 046 044 041 038 0.36 033 1/2in, heat absorbing 050 043 042 040 039 038 036 0.34 033 0.32 0.30 Reflective coated (Gee manufacturer's literature for ‘exact values) 0.60 057 054 0.51 049 0.46 0.43 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.33 050 046 044 042 041 039 038 0.36 034 033 031 040 0.36 0.35 0.34 033 032 030 029 028 0.27 0.26 030 025 0.24 0.24 023 023 023 «022 021 0.21 0.20 litt $888 Insulating glass (1/2 in. airspace) (Clear out and lear in 0.64 0.83 0.66 062 0.58 0.86 0.52 0.48 0.45 0.42 0.37 0.35 Heat absorbing out and clear in 03, 056 049 O47 04S 043 0.41 039 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32 Reflective coated — 040 038 037 037 036 0.34 032 031 029 028 0.28 (ee manufacturers literature for = 030 029 028 0.27 027 0.25 025 025 025 0.24 0.24 exact values = 020 “019 019 08 018 017 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.150115 For glass alone, with no drapery “Shading costa ales forthe SClnes in Fgure3.1forrereent itive glazings, Subetate for SCinde etersn Figure 3.10 Ne ine ofthe lazing selected SHADING COEFFICIENT o 6 INDEXLETTER pec eee GLAZING INDICATED INTABLE® 12 vaan’ of DRAPERIES ADD ToDH FULLNESS 0707 —7 REFLECTANCE (Fabre wath wo tes raped wo) ots: “P'Shading cootcints are for draped {abnes 2, Otherproperi 2, Une Fabric Relectance and Tran: ittance to obtain accurate shading oe coefficients 4. Uspopemess and Yara Ratetance crOpmrnestandrabic Relestance {Godt he Varous Environmental Gharactorstie orto obtain approx imate shading coon. CLASSIFICATION OF FABRICS 1 = Open we 1 Somopen 2 Choed weave ror fabrics in tat FABRIC TRANSMITTANCE ° 8 ° 5 = 320040 050. &é ‘070 FABRIC REFLECTANCE Toobtain Fabric Desgnat™ I, yet) Using coor (1)FabricTrans- For greatest accuracy, use Fable Teansmittance and Fabric Reflectance; 2) rmitance and Fabric Relloctanéo, (2) Openness and Varn Reflectance find Follow agonal SC lites to lettered.columns in Tabo 8.12; Find SC online point on chat and note designator for hat area I properties arenot known, withthe glazing used. Example: SC of points 045 wih 0.28 in. Clear Single ‘lassiication may be approximated by ey. Gass (Co ‘To Obtain Shacing Cooticient (SC): (1) Locate drapery abricasapointusingits Note: SC known properties, or approximate Using ts fable lassiieaon designator. In Table 12 Fig. 8.1 Indoor Shading Properties of Drapery FabricsCLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.39 ‘Table 8.13 Solar Optical Properties and Shading Coefficients of Transparent Plastic Sheeting ‘Transmittance ‘Type of Plastic Visit Solar sc Acrylic ‘Clear 092 oss 098 Gray Tint 01s 027 032 : 033 oat 063 : 045 035 074 ‘ 039 082 0.80 " 076 074 089 Bronze Tint 010 020 0.46 . 027 035, 038 ‘ 0.49 036 075 : 061 02 0.80 . o7s 075 0.390 Reflective* ous 012 021 Polycarbonate Cleat, 1/8 in 038 2 098 Gray, 1/8 in 050 037 074 Bronze, 1/8 in. 050 037 074 Ruins metalized poljester film on plastic ‘Table 8.14 Shading Coefficients for Domed Horizontal a - = mae, ct, Table 8:15 Shae 1g Coefficients for Louvered Sunscreens Profile ___ Grown 1 Group? Group 3 Group 4 ‘Grow 5 Grou 6 Anile°| Sy/P* Trans Tran Tans Trans Trans Tans: mmiance —SC__miltance SC__mittance SC__mittance SC _mittance__SC_mitance SC jo 016 02 03 025 033 ~~«040+~« 3 Yo oo to + ss rr + ot Pte oo wo es See a Eee Hisat teat ae & Sof + Fo oo 10 yb es as 1k. Le se Pb Fe 24 oe oe 24 sob FB om me om 18 fot fF 63 07 02 14 as + f° 4 40 07 Lo us + + + Fo 00 10 aes ttt 07 Od 0S Gat tf 1 02 07 oot fF oa 02 02 SB ot ff 1 03 os oo + 7 t+ 00 00 00 trot ttt 8 0s on Denial Table 8.16C_ Shadow Lengths and Widths for Building Exterior Projections, July 2ist “Horizontal Projecion—48° North Latitude ON) gts Pojeton 28> Nor ate shadow Length, Foot per Foot Projection, Sy/P shadow With, Foot per Foot Projection, Sy/Py Solar NONE Ese 8 SW OW me oN NEE S&S SW WNW 02 01 01 03 > os a7 sss tos 03 03 tt oot ff ft ¢ te og 03 07 + tt oar eee Heese $12 07 09 sa ts ol 08 72 ¢ tt tos 1 moa ott o4 08 26 5 tf Sona i) te 22 tt os ool w3 * ft 1 'P 36 1s 20 63+ 18 03 06 : ot tos Pd ie ar ¥ 19 00 se Sot + 63 20 1a a8 23s 06 1 fob OR aa aT re) 08 83 Dobe no 5 26 oa 23 er + 8 a O13 aot ot OF 0s fo 01 03 roto ft Os Os sof 03 06 ot tt 08 Ot hot os 04 “Denote fall shade8.42 Lights OnFor 0 2 4 16 0 2 4 16 4 16 i os 23 4 ‘Zone Type A 0.92 0.95 0.96 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.33 0.96 0.97 0.93 0.96 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.97 ‘Zone Type B 0.85 090 093 0.86 0.91 093 086,091 093 087 092 0.94 0.88 0.92 095 “Zone Type C 0.80 0.84 0.87 081 0.85 087 0.82 0.86 0.88 084 0.87 0.89 085 0.89 0.91 ‘Zone Type D 0.72-0.76 0.79 0.74 0.77 0.80 3 097 037 ovr 0.98 0.98 094 094 095 095 0.96 0.88 0389) 0.90 031 092 ost 0.82 6 097 037 098 0.98 0.98 09s 095 095 096 0.96 0.89 030 091 092 0.93 0.83 0.84 Load Calculation Manual ‘Fable8.17 Cooling Load Factors for Lights* Number of Hours after Lights Turned On 7s 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.95, 0,98 0.98 0.98 0.99 095 0.96 095 0.96 096 0.96 0.96, 0.97 097 097 0.90 0.91 0.91 092 0.92 0.92 092 0.93, 0.93 0.94 085 0.36 0.86 0.87 175 0.79 O.81 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.77 0.81 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.91 See Tbe 8 for zone types. Data based ona radntiveeonvestve fr ‘Aajusiment for other radiatve/coveaive factions are discussed in Appendix C 9 043 098 098 098 0.9 023 0.96 097 097 093 0.23 092 0393 0.4 0395 02s 038 0.89 090 10 0.06 0.98 098 0.98 0.99) oz 097 097 097 0.98 ous 0.93 0.94 094 0.95 020 0.90 u 0.04 04 098 099) 0.99) 0.08 024 097 097 098 on 0.25 0.94 0.95 095 0.7 0.28 2D 0.03 0.07 0.98 0.99) 0.9 0.0 043 097 098 098 0.09 0.16 0.95 0395 0.96 ous 0.23 0.90 0.91 0.92 01 0.92 0.93 0.94 0,94 0°95 0.96 0.95 rion of 0.5970 92 033, B 0.02 0.04 outa 039 199 008 08 024 058 098 0.08 0.3 026 0.36 0.96 03 019) 4 0.02 0.03 oT 0.9 039, 0.04 0.06 oad 0398 098 0.07 ol 0.18 0.96 097 0.2 0.17 8 0.02 0.02 ood os 099) 0.03 0.05 0.08 02s 0.98 oo 0.09 04 029 093 out os 030 0.25 0.21 0.94 0.94 032 1 7 8 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.99 0.15 0.08 0.03 003 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.07 0.05 005 018 009 0.07 0.99 025 ols 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.19 OS 0.13 0.97 0.28 0.20 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.9 0.7 Os 0.26 0.23 0.20 ‘Table 8.18 Rates of Heat Gain from Occupants of Conditioned Spaces, Adjusted for Normal Percentage of Men, Women, and Children” Level of Activity Seated, at rest Seated, light work “Moderate office work Standing, walking ight bench work Dancing Heavy work "Data edapted fom Table 52, Chapter 5 ‘Typical Office Office Hleat Gain, Btu/h Application Sensible ‘Theater Sales clerk Factory Nightclub Factory 245 245 250 250 25 305 580 Tatent Total 10s 350 133 400 20 450 250 300, 415750, 343850 01450 B 01 0.02 6.02 0.03, 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 040 00s 0.06 0.08 oun 0.16 0.07 0.10 0.13 0.8 134 0.28 0.24 0.21 23 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.05 0.05 0.07 006 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05, 0.08 0.07 0.10 0.09, 0.3 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.08 0.12 0.11 0116 0.14 2M oo oon 002 0.02 0.03 002 0.02 003 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.06 0.08 oul 0.05 0.01 0.10 0.13 ot 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03) 0.02, 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.08 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.09 0.12 oo oo om oo 0.02 oot 002 03 03, 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.05 07 0.08 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.19-0.17 0.15 0.14 a \ Lwt@ CLTD/SCL/CLF Method 8.43 ‘Table 8.19 Cooling Load Factors for People and Unhooded Equipment ‘Number of Hours after Entry into Space or Equipment Turned On ame? es 67s PHB ME CY NB DB Space Zone Type A 20.15 0.88 0.18 0.08 0:04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 DFS ergs 1193 0.95 022 0.10 0105 003 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.45 UBB 093 0.95.0.97 0.97 0.33 O11 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.08 § G55 088 093 0.95 097 0.97 098 0.98 0.24 0.11 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 001 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1b O78 088 0.93 0.95 0.97 097 0198 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.24 0.12 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 Ir O48 O88 0.93 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 099 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 00) 0.01 O01 Li 0.6 088 0.93 0196 097 0198 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.0) 0. TE One 0189 0.94 0.96 097 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0,99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.03: 0.02 0.02 Ie fr O89 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.0} ‘Lone Type B TOS 0.74 O16 OT O08 0,06 005 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 GES vas O81 O85 0:24 O.1T 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.6 0.08 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.0L 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 § O68 095 081 0.85 0.89 0.91 0.29 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 § AES ons ot 0.85 089 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.31 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 001 0.0L 1b bs O43 O81 O85 O89 O91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.33 0.24 O.IF O14 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01 D0 Ty biee 0:6 OSL 0.86 089 0.92 0194 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.34 0.24 0.19 O.14 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 002 0.07 Tr AE 046 0182 0.86 089 092 0194 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.35 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 004 0.03 Te 06d OTE 083 O.ET 0.90 092 0.94 0.95 0.96 O.9T 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.35 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 Te OTT 80 085 0.88 091 0.93 0.95 0.96 097 098 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1,00 1.00 0.35 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.08 ‘Zone Type C T0460 0.68 0.14 OT 009 0.07 006 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 FT Deo G8 0.4 0.79 0.23 O.18 O.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.0L $ -GGt o69 O44 0.79 0:83 0.86 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.0) 0.1 0.0) § OE oes O45 0:79 O43 OEE 0.89 091 0.32 026 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 1 © Oe? 0.40 075 0:80 083 0186 0189 0.91 092 0.94 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 1 OSs Ont oe O81 0.84 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.93 0:94 0.95 0.96 0.37 0.29 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 TE Os 0:12 099 O82 O85 O88 0.90 0.92 093 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.38 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.14 O.11 0.09 0.08 0.06 NE O68 4 0.79 083 0.86 0189 091 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.39 0.31 0.25 0.21 O17 O14 O11 OMe Ts G72 O48 0.82 0.85 OBB 0:90 092 0.93 0.94 095 0.96 0.97 097 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 09 039 0.31 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.14 ‘Zone Type D F059 DAT O13 O09 DOE 0.06 0.05 O05 OOF 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 7 eo O67 O42 0.16 0.20 0.16 0.13 O11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0403 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.0) 0.01 001 € Cet 068 0.3 0.77 0.80 083 0.26 0.20 O.17 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 OR § Bee G9 04 0.77 0.80 0.83 O85 0.87 0.30 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.5 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0. ib OG oto os 0.78 O81 0.84 086 0.88 0.89 0.91 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.17 O.14 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 oes OT 096 079 O82 O84 O87 0.88 0:90 0.91 0.92 0.93 035 0.29 024 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.48 Oe Te 0.67 O23 O78 O81 083 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 095 0.95 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.16 O14 O12 O11 DOR Te 90 0146 0180 0.83 085 0.87 0189 0.90 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.38 0.31 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.17 O15 O13 Te Od O80 083 O85 OT OB 091 0.92 093 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.96 097 0.97 0.97 0.98 098 0:39 0.32 0.27 023 0.20 0.17 {Ser Table 8. Tr zone ype. Data based ona radiative/convesive fraction of 010/030. ‘Rajusiment for othe radistiv/convetve actions is dscussed in Appendix.8.44 Load Calculation Manual 7 ‘Table 8.20 Cooling Load Factors for Hooded Equipment Hours in Namber of Hours after Equipment Turned On Operation 23 4 5 67 90 nN PR BM oS 6 OT Bo Zone Type A 0.64 0.83 026 0.11 0.06 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 083 090 0.93 031 0.14 0.07 004 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 001 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.464 9.83 090 093 09 036.083 046 UOT Gos GUE 0H3 0.03 0.01 0.01 OL OI 0.00 0.00 0.00 L6H 2.00 00 0.64 0.83 0.90 0.93 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.34 016 0.09 006 0.04 0.03 003 0.01 0.01 0.01 001 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.64 083 0.90 0.93 096 0.96 097 097 099 0.99 0.34 0.17 O10 006 0.04 0.03 003 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.09 12 0464 0.83 090 094 0.96 097 097 097 099.099 0.99 0.99 0.36 O17 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 O01 14 0166 0.83 0.90 094 0.96 097 097 099 0.99 099 099 0.99 1.00 1.00 0.36 O17 O10 0.07 0.04 0.08 0.03 0.03 O01 16 066 0.84 0.91 0.94 0.96 097 097 0.99 0.99 0.99 099 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 036 017 010 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.03 18 + 067 084 091 094 096 097 097 0.99 0.99 099 099 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.36 0.17 0.10 0.07 004 Zone Type B 2 050 0463 0.23 0.16 0.11 0.69“0.07 0.06 0.04 003 003 001 001, 001 0.61 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 200 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 050 0464 073 0.79 034 024 019 0.14 0.10 009 0.06 0.04 0.04 003 0.03 0.01 001 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 5 a3 ae 050 0.64 0.73 079 O84 O87 O41 0.29 O2L DAT O43 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 O01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 000 0530 0.64 0.73 0.79 0.84 087 0.90 093 044 031 0.24 019 O14 OI 0.09 0.07 006 0.04 0.03 003 0.1 0.01 O01 10 0.50 064 0:73 0.79 0.84 0.87 090 093 0.98 096 0.47 0.34 026 0.20 0.16 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 o.01 12 051 066 073 080 084 0.89 091 093 0.94 096 0.97 0.97 O49 0.34 0.27. 0.20 0.16 O.Il 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 14 053 0.66 0.74 0.80 0.84 089 091 093-094 0.95 097 0.97 099 099 0.50 036 027 021 0.16 O13 0.10 0.07 0.05 16 056 069 0.76 0.81 086 089 091 093 0.94 096 0.97 0.97 099 099 099 099 030 036 027 021 016 013 O10 18 059 071 0.79 0.83 0.87 090 093 0.94 096 097 0.97 099 0.99 0.99 099 0.99 1.00 1.00 050 0.36 027 021 O16 “Zone Type C 2 043 0.54 020 016 0.13 010 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 043 054 043 0.70 033 026 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 dt 6 044 0.56 043 0.70 0.76 080 040 031 026 O21 O47 014 0.1 O40 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 8 0.44 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.76 0.80 O84 0.87 046 0.37 0.30 026 0.20 016 0.3 0.11 0.09 0.07 0406 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 10 046 0.57 064 O71 0.76 080 O84 0.87 089 091 050 040 033 0.26 021 OT 0.14 0.1 010 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 12 047 059 G65 0.73 0.77 O81 O84 087 090 091 093 094 33 Ol 034 027 0.23 019 O16 O13 0.10 0.09 0.07 14 0.50 0.60 067 0.74 0.79 083 086 0.89 0.90 091 093 0.94 0.96 0.96 0.54 043 036 0.29 024 0.20 0.16 013 OL 16 0.54 0.63 0.70 0.76 080 O84 O87 0.89 0.91 0.93 094 094 096 0.97 097 097 056 0.44 036 0.30 0.24 020 O16 180460 0.69 0.74 079 O83 086 089 0.90 0.91 093 094 0:96 0.96 0.97 097 0.99 0.99 099 0.56 0.46 037 030 0.24 Zone Type D 2 041 053 049 0.43 0.11 0.09 007 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.04 003 0.03 0.03 001 O01 OO 0.41 G01 OO 0.01 aor 4 043 053 0.60 066 029 0.23 019 0.16 O14 0.11 0.10 0.09 007 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.04 003 0.03 0.03 0.01 a0 6 044 054 O61 067 0.71 036 0.37 029 0.24 0.21 0.19 016 O43 O41 010 0090.07 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 8 0.46 0.56 063 067 0:71 0.76 0.79 O81 043 0.34 0.29 024 0.21 0.19 016 014 0.11 O10 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 10 047 057 0.64 069 0.73 0.77 080 083 084 0.87 047 039 031 0.27 024 020 0.17 016 O13 OIl 0.10 0.09 O07 12 050 0:59 066 0.70 0.74 0.77 OSL 0.83 086 0.87 0.89 090 030 OI. 0.34 0.30 0.26 023 O19 0.7 O14 O43 OL 14 053 061 069 0.73 0.76 080 083 0.84 087 089 0.90 0.91 093 093 083 043 036 031 0.27 0.23 020 O17 016 16 057 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.79 O81 08 0.86 089 090 091 093 0593' 0.94 0.94 0.96 O54 0.44 037 033 029 0.24 O21 _18__063 0.71 0.76 0.79 081 084 087 089 0.90 0.91 093 0.93 094 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 056 046-039 033 0.29 “Ses Table 88 for zane type. Data is based on a adatveonvective faction of 100/0 ‘Aajuriment for other raditve/convesive faction ate dicted in Appendix ‘Table 8.21 Potential Errors for Roof CLTDs in Table 8. Error, % Root No. Plus ‘Minus 1 8 5 : 8 3 " : 3 5 bd i IL 4 B : 10 4 7 7 10 4 2 : 1 4 8 é 9 3 "0 ‘ 7 ‘ : $ ie We TT Fae i t 5 : u é 3 (Tale Value — TPM Valus)TPM Vale] 100Chapter 9 TETD/TA METHOD ‘The Total Equivalent Temperature Difference/Time Aver- aging method (TETD/TA) was introduced in the 1967 |ASHRAE Handbook. This chapter contains updated data for the calculation of the Total Equivalent Temperature Differences, which brings the calculated conduction heat gain results as close as possible to those generated by the ‘Transfer Function Method (TEM). Other than this change, the method remains unchanged from the 1967 or 1972 ASHRAE Handbook. 9.1 Overview of TETD/TA Method ‘See Figure 9.1 for an overview of the TETD/TA method. ‘The cooling load is calculated by the following: 1. Determine all heat gains and estimate the convective and radiative fractions. Heat gain due to conduction through exterior surfaces is estimated using an equivalent tem- perature difference, knownas the Total Equivalent Tem- perature Difference (TETD). Solar heat gain through ‘windows s divided into conduction heat gain and radi- ation heat gain. Conduction heat gain through windows is assumed to be quasi-steady state and is based.on a UAAT calculation. Radiation heat gain through win- dows is based on an hourly Solar Heat Gain Factor (SHG) similar to the TFM, except that absorbed and transmitted radiation are treated in ageregate rather than separately. Other heat gains are calculated in the same manner as the TFM or CLTD/SCL/CLF Method. Dexrmine al Rrnoliypes Troup desement td dcy cos Cacao t andy werage sola pets Calne eat foreach opaque [——P>| Caeulate a gains due to conduction ‘exterior surface Eads ‘based on TETD and UA. Biteences” for each surface. ies Deine rive an TEND) oe convexive pons cnn sao Cale sar Inerses for ‘Schou for cach exterior ‘Cooling loads All convective surface for: conduction gains are oa thug windows p>| ited inmodiaety are based on to cooling load. UAAT; assumed ‘ all convective. ak Atrataiveguns |-—P>) Guee arte avenged a ithaveg en Cate solarheat, period selected Factors |__jpp|zain and determine | | —g5> by designer. The (SHGF) for eat at envoctve linens | each window az termines 7 ‘cooling load for eseh ou ‘Dasine orapant, Tghgand xine Toads; also determine | faint an convective orton. Fig. 9.1 Overview of TETD/TA Method 919.2 2. A time-averaging period is estimated for each zone based on the perceived thermal characteristics of the zone. Then, all radiative heat gains are time averaged; ie., the cooling load due to radiative heat gain is calculated as the average radiative heat gain over the time-averaging period. 3. The total cooling load is calculated as the sum of all con- vective heat gains for the hour and the time-averaged radiative heat gains, ‘The rate of heat extraction cannot be calculated with the ‘TETD/TA method, because this procedure is geared spe- cifically towards determining peak design loads. 9.2 Solar Radiation Caicuiations The calculation of solar radiation intensity for each hour and surface orientation is carried out as described in Sec- tion 2.4.1 of Chapter 2. The calculation of sol-air temperatures is performed using the procedure described in Section 2.4.2 of Chapter 2. The actual expression for hourly sol-air temperatures is ven as Equation (2.26). In addition, the daily average sol- air temperature f,, must be calculate 2m Z tgs /24 ba 1) where ¢,, = sol-air temperature for the ith hour of the day. ‘The calculation of Solar Heat Gain Factors (SHGF) is also carried out using the procedure described in Section 2.4.3. However, the TFM requires the SHGF to be split into ‘two components, the Transmitted Solar Heat Gain Factor (TSHGF), and the product of the Absorbed Solar Heat Gain Factor (ASHGF) and the inward flowing fraction N,. ‘The TETD/TA method requires only the total of the two components: SHGF = TSHGF + (ASHGF)N, (9.2) ‘As explained in Section 2.4.3, a typical value of the inward flowing fraction is 0.267, based on typical indoor and outdoor film coefficients. Calculation of Solar Heat Gain (SHG) is given by: SHG = SHGF (SC) A where SC = shading coefficient. 3) Values of the shading coefficient for different glazing and interior shading options are given in Tables 8.10 through 8.15. The radiant and convective portions of the solar heat, gain must be determined. Table 9.1 gives the suggested frac- tions for solar heat gain for windows with and without inside shading, The solar heat gain determined by Equation (9.3) is multiplied by the appropriate fractions to determine the radiant and convective portions. Load Calculation Manual Table 9.1 Convective and Radiant Percentages of ‘Total Heat Gain for Hour Averaging Purposes Radiant Convective ‘Heat Gain Source Heat, % Heat, % ‘Window cola, no inside shade = Window sola, with inside shade 2 Fluorescent lights 50 Incandescent Tights 20 People 3 ‘Transmission, external roof and walls, 40 Infiltration and ventilation = 100 Machinery and appliances* 201080 801020 "The loa from machinery or appliances varies depending on the temperature ‘ofthe surface The igher the surface temperature the greater the percentage of rah fot heat gan. 9.3 Conduction Heat Gain through Walls and Roofs Conduction heat gain through walls and roofs is calcu- lated using the Total Equivalent Temperature Differences (TETDs). TETDs can be determined for any wall if the decrement factor (DF) and the time lag (TL) are known. ‘Together, the decrement factor and the time lag form a single term response factor series. In contrast, the condue- tion transfer functions used by the TFM represent a response factor series with an infinite number of terms by incorporating almost all of the historical temperature terms into several heat flux history terms. ‘The TETD for any surface for any hour is given by: TETD = fey ~ t+ DF MGern—teo) (9-4) ally average sol-air temperature sol-air temperature for current hour lecrement factor ol-air temperature TL hours ago ‘Values of the decrement factor and time lag can be deter- mined for various wall and roof group types from Tables 9.2 and 9.3. The representative wall or roof groups shown in ‘Tables 9.2 and 9.3 are based on research performed by Harris and McQuiston (1988). The representative group for wall depends on the primary wall material, secondary wall material, mass location, and R-value range. These parameters are discussed in Section 2.3 of Chapter 2. The values of the parameters are selected from Tables 2.6a through 2.64. ‘The representative group for a roof depends on the primary roof material, mass location, R-value range, and the presence of a suspended ceiling. These param- eters are discussed in Section 2.3 of Chapter 2. The values of the parameters are selected from Tables 2.7a, 2.7b, and 2.66.TETD/TA Method ‘Fable 9.2 Wall Conduction, Time Lag, and Decrement Factors, 93 ‘Table 9.3 Roof Conduction, Time Lag, and Decrement Factors ‘vat oot Group un pr Group mun _pe_ 1 Layee 0 A3 BIBI Ad AD 130 0881 ‘Layets DAD B25 ESE AO Le 097 4b TayersEDELBIA AI AD AD Sol Got 2 Layo EDASBIGESE2 AO 28034 3 Taye E0C3 BS AGADAD 33, Ohne EO ESE CIZES ED A0 33) 00s 4 Layers EO EI B6C12 AD AD dae Ost 4 Layers BDEL BIS EA B7 40 285 Om 5 Layers EO A621 C7ADAD SOG: °$: Layers EO BLA CI2 3 F2 a0 i oe & Dyes EDEL B23 ALA Sy OSG Lyewencsmiretez ag iS te 7 LayersEO A6CSB3.A3 AO Boal? Layers E0822 C12 £3 EDCI2AD $00 056 2 OeteoAbcizps cao Sut GN Lager EDBIG CIS EE AO Sa oa? 9 Layers BO AG BIS BIO.A0 AO 702 038 9 Layers EO ES E4 B12 Cl4 E32 AO 632 0.60 3 LBS Eotieapsazao 22 OS 10. Lager EOES C15 BIGES EAD ni. 0a OT LAELEObI CHEE At An 705053 Layers EO CS BIS E32 AD 739,08 12 Layers EDEL BICIOAL AD Jas 03322 Laer EDCI3 BIG ES EDCIZ-AO 708 040 1b Laws BDARCSRIBAGAD Tir oa «BB LeEDCISDOESEZ AD $3 on : ers EDES Mayes ED ABAD BG 6 80 ym 02S RS ebeseaca nein ao Me Ole 15 Loves ED AG CITI AT A Bo 047g Layer EDS EA Cis B20 ES Ez AO ise Os 17 Layers BD AZC2BIS ADAD S91 038 fy [ayers BD ES 24 ls CLAS E2.AD 833050 1b Layers E0C12 BIS 3 £23 A0 bal oat Layers 0 AG B2S.C9-A0 40 923 028 9, Layers EOCS 27 E3E2C12 AO ea 03 1B LwenEOCo BEA ACAD 897 020 ap Layers EO Ba C16 EB E2 AO £5302 20_Layers BO CI BL A6-A0 2278163) Lajers 0 cla Bia E32 Ca. A0 S93 036 22 LayersEDCi4 BIS A2 AD.AD Ins 036 fseoeseuciamiaes 2 cia a0 336 bie 23 Layers EO EI BIS C7. A2.AO 17 028 24 Layers EO ES E4 C5 E3 E2 B6 BI C12 AO B84 012 2 Layers A6 C201 A7 AO 112902335 Layers EO ES EA C13 BIB 3 E2 AO sm tds 25 Layers BD. A2 C1S.BI2.A6 AO Lod 26 Layers EO ES E4 BIS C15 B3 E2 AO 10.44 0.30 26 Layers B0A2 C6 B6.A6 AD ais 27 Layers E0 C13 BIS E3 E2 C12 AO 10.48 0.24 27 Layers EO El Bl4 Cll Al AO 0.12 ‘28 Layers EO BY BI4 E3 E2 AO M18 0.19 28 Layers DEI CIL BIS Al AO 010 35. Layers EDES Ea C12 BIDE E25 AO ost ons 2 Layers 0 A2CIBS AG AO 008 39 Layers EOESE4 BO BOES E2AO ta ols 30 Layers E01 BI9 C19 A2 AO 028 31. Layers EDDY CISESEZCI3 AO iar on 3 Layers EOE BISCISA2 AD Oat 32. Layers EDES ba CS B20B3E2CH3 AO al 010 52. Layers BOE B23 B9 A2 AD 016 33. Layers EOES E45 BIS E3 E23 A0 iar Oe 33. Tayes BO A2 Co IS AG AO 02-34, LayersEO BS E4C13 B23 3 £23 0 Me 006 34 Layers EOCILBAI A2AOAD 00935. Layers EDCS BIS E3B2 C13 AO 235 ls 35. Layers EOE! BIG AZAD G8 36 Lajers ED C13 B27 E3E2CI3 AO er Os 36. Layers A2 C1LB2SAGAO Og 37 Ler BOS E4 BIS CLUES E2CIB a0 Baal 31 Layers EOE B25 C19 A2 AD bid «38, Layers EO ES E419 15 £3 E2 A0 Bs 00) 38 Layers EO El Bis C20 A2.A0 O12 «39 ayes EDESEACISIROESERC.AO 1223007 39. Layers EO A2 CI6BILAG AD (O10 40_Layers BD ES Ea C5 26E3 E2.C13 AD 26 006 4&0 Layers EO A2C20 BIS AG AD HSS foe aL Layers EO ES Et C13 85 B3 E2 C13 AO 128s Os, 41_Layers EO EI CII BG A2 AO Mar do 42_Layes ED BS Ee C13 BI4E3 E2013 Ao var 03 When the values of the descriptive parameters for a wall or roof have been determined, the representative wall or roof group can be determined using one of three methods: 1. The software described in Appendix A has subroutines for accessing an electronic database. When given the values of the four parameters, the subroutines return the number of the wall or roof group. The subroutines are: WGETD Returns number of representative wall group, disk-based version WGETM Returns number of representative wall group, memory-based version RGETD _Returnsnumber of representative roof group, disk-based version RGETM _ Returnsnumber of representative roof group, memory-based version 2. Tables 12, 15, 16, and 17 of Chapter 26 of the ASHRAE ‘Handbook of Fundamentals (1989) can be used tomanu- ally perform the same function as the aforementioned subroutines. 3, Tables 8.4 and 8.6 in this manual contain a subset of the tables in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Many construction types can be found in these tables. Note that the time lag values given in Tables 9.2 and 9.3 are given to two decimal places. The time lag can be rounded to the nearest hour, with a small loss in accuracy, or the sol-air temperature can be calculated for the time exactly one time lag before the present hour. ‘Once the TETD fora particular hour has been calculated for a surface, the conduction heat gain is given by: qo = UA(TETD) 5) where: ‘U-value of the surface, Btu/h-ft? A= area of surface, ft? Determination of U-values is discussed in Chapter 4. ‘Once the heat gain has been calculated, it must be split into radiant and convective portions. The fractions are given by Table 9.1 as 60% radiant and 40% convective for transmission heat gain through external roof and walls.